kia, the company€¦ · drive safely and enjoy your kia! xm(fl) can(eng) foreword.qxp 1/23/2013...

Kia, THE COMPANYThank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle.As a global vehicle manufacturer focused on building high-qual-ity, value for money prices, Kia Motors is dedicated to provid-ing you with a customer service experience that exceeds yourexpectations.

All information contained in this Owner’s Manual is accurate atthe time of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to makechanges at any time so that our policy of continual productimprovement can be carried out.

This manual applies to all Kia models and includes descriptionsand explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. Asa result, you may encounter material in this manual that is notapplicable to your specific Kia vehicle.

Drive safely and enjoy your Kia!

XM(FL) CAN(ENG) FOREWORD.QXP 1/23/2013 3:19 PM

i

Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle.When you require service, remember that your Kia Dealer knows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trainedtechnicians, recommended special tools, genuine Kia replacement parts and is dedicated to your complete satisfac-tion. Because subsequent owners require this important information as well, this publication should remain with thevehicle if it is sold. This manual will familiarize you with operational, maintenance and safety information aboutyour new vehicle. It is supplemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual that provides important infor-mation on all warranties regarding your vehicle. We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the rec-ommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation of your new vehicle.Kia offers a great variety of options, components and features for its various models. Therefore, some of the equip-ment described in this manual, along with the various illustrations, may not be applicable to your particular vehicle.The information and specifications provided in this manual were accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves theright to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obliga-tion. If you have questions, always check with your Kia dealer.We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle.

© 2013 Kia Canada Inc.All rights reserved. Reproduction by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or byany information storage and retrieval system or translation in whole or part is not permitted without written author-ization from Kia Canada Inc.Printed in U. S. A.

FFoorreewwoorrdd


ii

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

I

IntroductionHow to use this manual / Fuel requirements / Vehicle break-in process / Vehicle handling instructions /Vehicle data collection and event data recorders

Your vehicle at a glanceExterior overview / Interior overview / Instrument panel overview / Engine compartment

Safety features of your vehicleSeats / Seat belts / Child restraint system / Air bag

Features of your vehicleKeys / Door locks / Tailgate / Windows / Hood / Fuel filler lid / Panoramic sunroof / Steering wheel / Mirrors/ Instrument cluster / Lighting / Wipers & Washers / Climate control system / Multimedia system / Etc.

Driving your vehicleBefore driving / Engine start/stop button / Transaxle / All Wheel Drive (AWD) / Brake system / Cruise control system / Active ECO system / Winter driving / Vehicle load limit / Etc.

What to do in an emergencyRoad warning / Emergency while driving / Emergency starting / Engine overheat / Flat tire / Towing / Etc.

MaintenanceEngine compartment / Maintenance service / Engine oil / Engine coolant / Brake fluid / Washer fluid /Parking brake / Air cleaner / Wiper blades / Battery / Tire and wheels / Fuses / Etc.

Specifications & Consumer information

Index

table of contents


1

Introduction

How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

• Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol . . . . . . . . . 1-3• Do not use methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4• Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4• Operation in foreign countries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

Vehicle handling instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5Vehicle break-in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 1.QXP 3/21/2013 3:25 PM Page 1

Introduction

21

HOW TO USE THIS MANUALWe want to help you get the greatestpossible driving pleasure from yourvehicle. Your Owner’s Manual canassist you in many ways. We strong-ly recommend that you read theentire manual. In order to minimizethe chance of death or injury, youmust read the WARNING and CAU-TION sections in the manual.Illustrations complement the wordsin this manual to best explain how toenjoy your vehicle. By reading yourmanual, you will learn about fea-tures, important safety information,and driving tips under various roadconditions.

The general layout of the manual isprovided in the Table of Contents.Use the index when looking for aspecific area or subject; it has analphabetical listing of all informationin your manual.Sections: This manual has eight sec-tions plus an index. Each sectionbegins with a brief list of contents soyou can tell at a glance if that sectionhas the information you want.

You will find various WARNINGs,CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in thismanual. These WARNINGs were pre-pared to enhance your personal safe-ty.You should carefully read and followALL procedures and recommenda-tions provided in these WARNINGs,CAUTIONs and NOTICEs.

✽✽ NOTICEA NOTICE indicates interesting orhelpful information is being provided.

WARNING A WARNING indicates a situa-tion in which harm, serious bod-ily injury or death could result ifthe warning is ignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situationin which damage to your vehiclecould result if the caution isignored.


1 3

Introduction

Your new vehicle is designed to useonly unleaded fuel having a pumpoctane number ((R+M)/2) of 87(Research Octane Number 91) orhigher.

Your new vehicle is designed toobtain maximum performance withUNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini-mize exhaust emissions and sparkplug fouling.

Gasoline containing alcohol andmethanolGasohol, a mixture of gasoline andethanol (also known as grain alco-hol), and gasoline or gasohol con-taining methanol (also known aswood alcohol) are being marketedalong with or instead of leaded orunleaded gasoline.

Pursuant to EPA regulations, ethanolmay be used in your vehicle.Do not use gasohol containing morethan 10% ethanol, and do not usegasoline or gasohol containing anymethanol. Ethanol provides lessenergy than gasoline and it attractswater, and it is thus likely to reduceyour fuel efficiency and could loweryour MPG results.Methanol may cause drivability prob-lems and damage to the fuel system.Discontinue using gasohol of anykind if drivability problems occur.Vehicle damage or drivability prob-lems may not be covered by themanufacturer’s warranty if they resultfrom the use of:1. Gasoline or gasohol containing

methanol.2. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

CAUTIONNever add any fuel systemcleaning agents to the fuel tankother than what has been speci-fied. (Consult an authorized Kiadealer for details.)

WARNING• Do not "top off" after the noz-

zle automatically shuts offwhen refueling.

• Tighten the cap until it clicksone time, otherwise the CheckEngine light will illumi-nate.

• Always check that the fuel capis installed securely to pre-vent fuel spillage, especiallyin the event of an accident.


Introduction

41

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15percent gasoline, and is manufac-tured exclusively for use in FlexibleFuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compati-ble with your vehicle. Use of “E85”may result in poor engine perform-ance and damage to your vehicle'sengine and fuel system. Kia recom-mends that customers do not usefuel with an ethanol content exceed-ing 15%.

Use of MTBEKia recommends avoiding fuels con-taining MTBE (Methyl Tertiary ButylEther) over 15.0% vol. (OxygenContent 2.7% weight) in your vehicle.Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0%vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight)may reduce vehicle performance andproduce vapor lock or hard starting.

Do not use methanolFuels containing methanol (woodalcohol) should not be used in yourvehicle. This type of fuel can reducevehicle performance and damagecomponents of the fuel system.

Fuel AdditivesKia recommends that you use goodquality gasolines treated with deter-gent additives such as TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline, which help pre-vent deposit formation in the engine.These gasolines will help the enginerun cleaner and enhance perform-ance of the Emission ControlSystem. For more information onTOP TIER Detergent Gasoline,please go to the website (www.top-tiergas.com)For customers who do not use TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline regularly,and have problems starting or theengine does not run smoothly, addi-tives that you can buy separatelymay be added to the gasoline.If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline isnot available, one bottle of additiveshould be added to the fuel tank atevery 7,500miles or every engine oilchange is recommended. Additivesare available from your authorizedKia dealer along with information onhow to use them. Do not mix otheradditives.

CAUTIONNever use gasohol which con-tains methanol. Discontinue useof any gasohol product whichimpairs drivability.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle LimitedWarranty does not cover dam-age to the fuel system or anyperformance problems causedby the use of “E85” fuel.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle LimitedWarranty may not cover damageto the fuel system and any per-formance problems that arecaused by the use of fuels con-taining methanol or fuels con-taining MTBE (Methyl TertiaryButyl Ether) over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)


1 5

Introduction

Operation in foreign countriesIf you are going to drive your vehiclein another country, be sure to:• Observe all regulations regarding

registration and insurance.• Determine that acceptable fuel is

available.

As with other vehicles of this type,failure to operate this vehicle correct-ly may result in loss of control, anaccident or vehicle rollover.Specific design characteristics (high-er ground clearance, track, etc.) givethis vehicle a higher center of gravitythan other types of vehicles. In otherwords they are not designed for cor-nering at the same speeds as con-ventional 2-wheel drive vehicles.Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneu-vers. Again, failure to operate thisvehicle correctly may result in loss ofcontrol, an accident or vehiclerollover. Be sure to read the“Reducing the risk of a rollover”driving guidelines, in section 5 ofthis manual.

No special break-in period is need-ed. By following a few simple precau-tions for the first 1,000 km (600miles) you may add to the perform-ance, economy and life of your vehi-cle.• Do not race the engine.• While driving, keep your engine

speed (rpm, or revolutions perminute) between 2,000 rpm and4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed forlong periods of time, either fast orslow. Varying engine speed isneeded to properly break-in theengine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emer-gencies, to allow the brakes to seatproperly.

• Don't let the engine idle longerthan 3 minutes at one time.

• Don't tow a trailer during the first2,000 km (1,200 miles) of opera-tion.

VEHICLE BREAK-INPROCESS

VEHICLE HANDLINGINSTRUCTIONS


Exterior overview I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Exterior overview II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3Interior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

2

Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Interior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 2



22

EXTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Hood......................................................4-38

2. Head lamp...........................................4-108

3. Fog lamp .............................................4-112

4. Wheel and tire .......................................7-50

5. Outside rearview mirror.........................4-64

6. Panorama sunroof.................................4-44

7. Front windshield wiper blades...............7-44

8. Windows ................................................4-33

OXMA013001

■ Front view

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.


2 3


9. Door locks .............................................4-21

10. Fuel filler lid .........................................4-40

11. Rear combination lamp

12. High mounted stop lamp

13. Rear window wiper blade ....................7-45

14. Tailgate ................................................4-25

15. Antenna .............................................4-159

16. Rearview camera ..............................4-106

17. Parking assist system .......................4-102

OXM013002L

■ Rear view

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.



42

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Driver position memory system button .....3-8

2. Inside door handle...................................4-22

3. Power window switch...............................4-33

4. Central door lock switch ..........................4-23

5. Power window lock button .......................4-36

6. Outside rearview mirror control ...............4-65

7. Outside rearview mirror folding ...............4-66

8. Fuel filler lid open switch .........................4-40

9. Parking assist system On/Off button.....4-102

10. AWD Lock button...................................5-23

11. ESC Off button ......................................5-36

12. Instrument panel illuminationcontrol switch .........................................4-69

13. BSD On/OFF button ..............................5-49

14. Steering wheel.......................................4-49

15. Steering wheel warmer On/Off Button ..4-51

16. Tilt and telescopic steeringcontrol lever .........................................4-50

17. Lighting control lever............................4-109

18. Inner panel fuse panel...........................7-65

19. Parking brake pedal...............................5-32

20. Hood release lever.................................4-38

21. AC inverter...........................................4-152

22. Active ECO ...........................................5-54

23. Seat..........................................................3-2

OXMA013003N ❈ The actual interior in the vehicle may differ from the illustration


2 5


INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Audio remote control buttons ............4-160

2. Driver’s front air bag ............................3-60

3. Horn.....................................................4-51

4. Instrument cluster................................4-68

5. Wiper and washer control lever.........4-113

6. Ignition switch or Engine start/stop button .................5-5, 5-8

7. Cruise control button ...........................5-44

8. Digital clock .......................................4-154

9. Audio .................................................4-159

10. Hazard warning flasher .......................6-2

11. Climate control system.........4-121, 4-131

12. Front seat warmer / Seat cooler ...............................3-12, 3-14

13. Power outlet.....................................4-151

14. Cup holder.......................................4-149

15. Center console storage box ............4-146

16. Rear seat warmer..............................3-21

17. Glove box ........................................4-146

18. Passenger’s front air bag ..................3-60

OXM013004L

❈ The actual instrument panel in the vehicle may differ from the illustration



62

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

ODMEMC2001/ONCEIN2007

■■ Gasoline Engine (Theta II 2.4L) - GDI

❈ The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

■■ Gasoline Engine (Lambda II 3.3L) - GDI

1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-34

2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-31

3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ...............7-36

4. Air cleaner.........................................7-39

5. Fuse box ...........................................7-64

6. Negative battery terminal..................7-47

7. Positive battery terminal ...................7-47

8. Radiator cap .....................................7-35

9. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-31

10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ...7-37


Safety features of your vehicle

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2• Front seat adjustment - Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5• Front seat adjustment - Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6• Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12• Seat cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14• Rear seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15

Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25• Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25• Pre-tensioner seat belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31• Seat belt precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34• Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37

Child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38• Using a child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40• Tether Anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43• Securing a child restraint seat with

child seat lower anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44Air bag - supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . 3-47

• How does the air bag system operate . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48• Do not Installing a child restraint on a front

passenger's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50• Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50• SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51• Occupant classification system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54• Main components of occupant detection system . . . 3-55• Driver's and passenger's front air bag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60

• Side air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66• Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67• Inflation and non-inflation conditions of

the air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70, 3-72• SRS Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-74• Additional safety precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-75• Air bag warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77

3



23

Front seat(1) Forward and backward(2) Seatback angle(3) Seat cushion height

(Driver’s seat)(4) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)*(5) Seat warmer* /

Seat cooler (Air ventilation seat)*(6) Headrest

2nd row seat(7) Forward and backward*(8) Seatback angle and folding(9) Headrest(10) Armrest(11) Seat warmer*

3rd row seat*(12) Seatback folding(13) Headrest

* if equipped

SEATS

OXMA033001

Manual seatManual seat

Power seatPower seat


3 3


WARNING - Driver’s seat• Never attempt to adjust the

seat while the vehicle is mov-ing. This could result in lossof control, and an accidentcausing death, serious injury,or property damage.

• Do not allow anything to inter-fere with the normal positionof the seatback. Storing itemsagainst a seatback or in anyother way interfering withproper locking of a seatbackcould result in serious or fatalinjury in a sudden stop or col-lision.

• Always drive and ride withyour seatback upright and thelap portion of the seat beltsnug and low across the hips.This is the best position toprotect you in case of an acci-dent.

(Continued)

WARNING - Uprightingseat

When you return the seatbackto its upright position, hold theseatback and return it slowlyand be sure there are no otherpassengers around the seat. Ifthe seatback is returned with-out being held and controlled,the back of the seat couldspring forward resulting in acci-dental injury to a person struckby the seatback.

WARNING - Looseobjects

Loose objects in the driver’sfoot area could interfere withthe operation of the foot pedals,possibly causing an accident.Do not place anything under thefront seats.

WARNING - Driverresponsibility for front seatpassenger

Riding in a vehicle with a frontseatback reclined could lead toserious or fatal injury in an acci-dent. If a front seat is reclinedduring an accident, the occu-pant’s hips may slide under thelap portion of the seat belt, apply-ing great force to the unprotect-ed abdomen. Serious or fatalinternal injuries could result.Thedriver must advise the front pas-senger to keep the seatback inan upright position whenever thevehicle is in motion.

WARNINGDo not use a sitting cushion thatreduces friction between the seatand passenger. The passenger’ships may slide under the lap por-tion of the seat belt during anaccident or a sudden stop.Serious or fatal internal injuriescould result because the seatbelt cannot operate normally.



43

(Continued)• When resetting the seatback to

the upright position, make sureit is securely latched by push-ing it forward and backwards.

• To avoid the possibility ofburns, do not remove the car-pet in the cargo area. Emissioncontrol devices beneath thisfloor generate high tempera-tures.

WARNINGAfter adjusting the seat, alwayscheck that it is securely lockedinto place by attempting tomove the seat forward or back-ward without using the lockrelease lever. Sudden or unex-pected movement of the dri-ver's seat could cause you tolose control of the vehicleresulting in an accident.

(Continued)• In order to avoid unnecessary

and perhaps severe air baginjuries, always sit as far backas possible from the steeringwheel while maintaining com-fortable control of the vehicle.We recommend that your chestbe at least 25 cm (10 inches)away from the steering wheel.

WARNING - Rear seat-backs

• The rear seatback must besecurely latched. If not, pas-sengers and objects could bethrown forward resulting inserious injury or death in theevent of a sudden stop or col-lision.

• Luggage and other cargoshould be laid flat in the cargoarea. If objects are large, heavy,or must be piled, they must besecured. Under no circum-stances should cargo be piledhigher than the seatbacks.Failure to follow these warningscould result in serious injury ordeath in the event of a suddenstop, collision or rollover.

• No passenger should ride inthe cargo area or sit or lie onfolded seatbacks while thevehicle is moving. All passen-gers must be properly seatedin seats and restrained proper-ly while riding.

(Continued)


3 5


Front seat adjustment - manualForward and backward

To move the seat forward or back-ward:1. Pull the seat slide adjustment

lever up and hold it.2. Slide the seat to the position you

desire.3. Release the lever and make sure

the seat is locked in place.Adjust the seat before driving, andmake sure the seat is locked securelyby trying to move forward and back-ward without using the lever. If theseat moves, it is not locked properly.

Seatback angle

To recline the seatback:1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the

seatback recline lever.2. Carefully lean back on the seat

and adjust the seatback of theseat to the position you desire.

3. Release the lever and make surethe seatback is locked in place.(The lever MUST return to its orig-inal position for the seatback tolock.)

OXM039002

OXM039003

WARNING• Do not adjust the seat while

wearing seat belts. Moving theseat cushion forward maycause strong pressure on theabdomen.

• Use extreme caution so thathands or other objects are notcaught in the seat mechanismswhile the seat is moving.

• Do not put a cigarette lighteron the floor or seat. When youoperate the seat, gas maygush out of the lighter andcause fire.



63

Seat height (for driver’s seat)

To change the height of the seat,push the lever upwards or down-wards.• To lower the seat cushion, push the

lever down several times.• To raise the seat cushion, pull the

lever up several times.

Lumbar support (if equipped)

The lumbar support can be adjustedby pressing the lumbar supportswitch on the side of the seat.1. Press the front portion of the

switch to increase support, or therear portion of the switch, todecrease support.

2. Release the switch once it reach-es the desired position.

Front seat adjustment - power (if equipped)The front seat can be adjusted byusing the control switches located onthe outside of the seat cushion.Before driving, adjust the seat to theproper position so you can easilycontrol the steering wheel, pedalsand switches on the instrumentpanel.

WARNINGThe power seat is operable withthe ignition OFF.Therefore, children shouldnever be left unattended in thevehicle.

OXM033018OXM039004


3 7


Forward and backward

Push the control switch forward orbackward to move the seat to thedesired position. Release the switchonce the seat reaches the desiredposition.

Seatback angle

Push the control switch forward orbackward to move the seatback tothe desired angle. Release theswitch once the seat reaches thedesired position.

CAUTION• The power seat is driven by an

electric motor. Stop operatingonce the adjustment is com-pleted. Excessive operationmay damage the electricalequipment.

• When in operation, the powerseat consumes a largeamount of electrical power. Toprevent unnecessary chargingsystem drain, don’t adjust thepower seat longer than neces-sary while the engine is notrunning.

• Do not operate two or morepower seat control switches atthe same time. Doing so mayresult in power seat motor orelectrical component malfunc-tion.

OXM039006 OXM039007



83

Seat height (for driver’s seat)

Pull the front portion of the controlswitch up to raise or press down tolower the front part of the seat cush-ion. Pull the rear portion of the con-trol switch up to raise or press downto lower the rear part of the seatcushion. Release the switch once theseat reaches the desired position.

Lumbar support (for driver’s seat)

The lumbar support can be adjustedby pressing the button.

Driver position memory system(if equipped, for power seat)

A driver position memory system isprovided to store and recall the driv-er seat and outside rearview mirrorposition with a simple button opera-tion. By saving the desired positioninto the system memory, differentdrivers can reposition the driver seatbased upon their driving preference.If the battery is disconnected, thedesired seat position memory willneed to be re-saved.

OXM039008 OXM039009

OXM033002


3 9


Storing positions into memoryusing the buttons on the doorStoring driver’s seat positions1. Shift the shift lever into P (for

Automatic transaxle) while theengine start/stop button is ON orignition switch ON.

2. Adjust the driver’s seat and out-side rearview mirror comfortablefor the driver.

3. Press SET button on the controlpanel. The system will beep once.

4. Press one of the memory buttons(1 or 2) within 5 seconds afterpressing the SET button. The sys-tem will beep twice when memoryhas been successfully stored.

Recalling positions from memory1. Shift the shift lever into P (for

Automatic transaxle) while theengine start/stop button is ON orignition switch ON.

2. To recall the position in the memo-ry, press the desired memory but-ton (1 or 2). The system will beeponce, then the driver’s seat willautomatically adjust to the storedposition.

Adjusting the control switch for thedriver’s seat while the system isrecalling the stored position willcause the movement to stop andmove in the direction that the controlswitch is moved.

WARNING Use caution when recalling theadjustment memory while sit-ting in the vehicle. Push the seatposition control switch to thedesired position immediately ifthe seat moves too far in anydirection.

WARNING Never attempt to operate thedriver position memory systemwhile the vehicle is moving.This could result in loss of con-trol, and an accident causingdeath, serious injury, or propertydamage.



103

Easy access function (if equipped)The system will move the driver'sseat automatically as follows:• Without smart key system

- It will move the driver’s seat rear-ward when the ignition key isremoved.

- It will move the driver’s seat for-ward when the ignition key isinserted.

• With smart key system- It will move the driver’s seat rear-

ward when the engine start/stopbutton is changed to the OFFposition.

- It will move the driver’s seat for-ward when the engine start/stopbutton is changed to the ACC orSTART position.

You can activate or deactivate thisfeature. Refer to "User settings" inchapter 4.

Headrest (for front seat)

The driver's and front passenger'sseats are equipped with a headrestfor the occupant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides com-fort for the driver and front passenger,but also helps protect the head andneck in the event of a rear collision.

OHM038048N

WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the head-rest should be adjusted so themiddle of the headrest is atthe same height of the centerof gravity of an occupant'shead. Generally, the center ofgravity of most people's headis similar with the height ofthe top of their eyes. Also,adjust the headrest as closeto your head as possible. Forthis reason, the use of a cush-ion that holds the body awayfrom the seatback is not rec-ommended.

• Do not operate the vehiclewith the headrests removed.Severe injury to the occu-pants may occur in the eventof an accident. Headrests mayprovide protection againstneck injuries when properlyadjusted.

• Do not adjust the headrestposition of the driver’s seatwhile the vehicle is in motion.


3 11


Adjusting the height up and downTo raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower theheadrest, push and hold the releasebutton (2) on the headrest supportand lower the headrest to the desiredposition (3).

Adjusting the angle (if equipped)The headrest angle may be adjustedby pulling or pushing the lower part ofthe headrest.Adjust the headrest so that it properlysupports the head and neck.

OXM039011 OXM039010

CAUTIONExcessive pulling or pushingmay damage the headrest.



123

Active headrest The active headrest is designed tomove forward and upward during arear impact. This helps prevent thedriver's and front passenger’s headsfrom moving backward and thushelps minimize neck injuries.For your safety, the active headrestcan’t be removed. If there is anyproblem with the active headrest,take your vehicle to an authorizedKia dealer and have the systemchecked.

Seat warmer (if equipped)

The seat warmer is provided to warmthe front seats during cold weather.With the ignition switch in the ONposition, push either of the switchesto warm the driver's seat or the frontpassenger's seat.

WARNINGA gap between the seat and theheadrest release button mayappear when sitting on the seator when you push or pull theseat. Be careful not to get yourfinger, etc. caught in the gap.

OXM033005

OXM033004

■ Type A

■ Type B

HNF2041-1


3 13


During mild weather or under condi-tions where the operation of the seatwarmer is not needed, keep theswitches in the "OFF" position.• Each time you press the switch,

the temperature setting of the seatwill change as follows :

• The seat warmer defaults to theOFF position whenever the ignitionswitch is turned on.

✽✽ NOTICEWith the seat warmer switch in theON position, the heating system inthe seat turns off or on automatical-ly depending on the seat tempera-ture.

OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )

→

CAUTION• When cleaning the seats, do

not use an organic solventsuch as paint thinner, ben-zene, alcohol and gasoline.Doing so may damage the sur-face of the heater or seats.

• To prevent overheating theseat warmer, do not place any-thing on the seats that insu-lates against heat, such asblankets, cushions or seatcovers while the seat warmeris in operation.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on seats equippedwith seat warmers. Damage tothe seat warming componentscould occur.

• Be careful not to spill liquidsuch as water or beverages onthe seat. If you spill some liq-uid, wipe the seat with a drytowel. Before using the seatwarmer, dry the seat com-pletely.

WARNING - Seat warmerburns

Passengers should use extremecaution when using seat warm-ers due to the possibility ofexcess heating or burns. Theseat warmer may cause burnseven at low temperatures, espe-cially if used for long periods oftime. In particular, the drivermust exercise extreme care forthe following types of passen-gers:1. Infants, children, elderly or

handicapped persons, orhospital outpatients

2. Persons with sensitive skinor those that burn easily

3. Fatigued individuals4. Intoxicated individuals5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness orsleepiness (sleeping pills,cold tablets, etc.)



143

Seat cooler (Air ventilation seat)(if equipped)

The temperature setting of the seatchanges according to the switchposition.• If you want to cool your seat cush-

ion, press the switch (blue color).• Each time you press the button,

the airflow will change as follows:

• The seat warmer (with air ventila-tion) defaults to the OFF positionwhenever the ignition switch isturned on.

Seatback pocket

The seatback pocket is provided onthe back of the front passenger’s anddriver’s seatbacks.

OXM033003

OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )

→

ORP032013

WARNING - Seatbackpockets

Do not put heavy or sharpobjects in the seatback pockets.In an accident they could comeloose from the pocket andinjure vehicle occupants.

CAUTION - Seat damage• When cleaning the seats, do

not use an organic solventsuch as paint thinner, ben-zene, alcohol and gasoline.Doing so may damage the airventilation seat.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on the seat. Thosethings may damage the airventilation seat.

• Be careful not to spill liquidsuch as water or beverages onthe seat. If you spill some liquid,wipe the seat with a dry towel.Before using the air ventilationseat, dry the seat completely.


3 15


Rear seat adjustmentForward and backward (2nd row seat)

To move the seat forward or back-ward:1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever

up and hold it.2. Slide the seat to the position you

desire.3. Release the lever and make sure

the seat is locked in place.Adjust the seat before driving, andmake sure the seat is locked securelyby trying to move forward and back-ward without using the lever. If theseat moves, it is not locked properly.

Seatback angle (2nd row seat)

To recline the seatback:1. Pull up the seatback recline lever.2. Hold the lever and adjust the seat-

back of the seat to the position youdesire.

3. Release the lever and make surethe seatback is locked in place.(The lever MUST return to its orig-inal position for the seatback tolock.)

Walk-in seat (2nd row seat, if equipped)

To get in or out of the 3rd row seat,1. Route the seat belt webbing

through the rear seat belt guide clip.After inserting the seat belt, tightenthe belt webbing by pulling it up.

2. Pull up the walk-in lever (1) on the2nd row seatback.

OXMA033103

OXMA033104

OXM039031

OXMA033105



163

3. Fold the 2nd row seatback andpush the seat to the farthest for-ward position.After getting in or out, slide the 2ndrow seat to the farthest rearwardposition and pull the seatback firm-ly backward until it clicks intoplace. Make sure that the seat islocked in place.

Folding the rear seatThe rear seatbacks can be folded tofacilitate carrying long items or toincrease the luggage capacity of thevehicle.

OXMA033106

WARNINGNever attempt to adjust the 2ndrow seat while the vehicle ismoving or the seat is occupiedas the seat may suddenly moveand cause the passenger on theseat to be injured. WARNING

The purpose of the fold-downrear seatbacks is to allow you tocarry longer objects that couldnot be accommodated in thecargo area.Never allow passengers to siton top of the folded down seat-back while the vehicle is mov-ing. This is not a proper seatingposition and no seat belts areavailable for use. This couldresult in serious injury or deathin case of an accident or sud-den stop. Objects carried on thefolded down seatback shouldnot extend higher than the topof the front seatbacks. Thiscould allow cargo to slide for-ward and cause injury or dam-age during sudden stops.


3 17


To fold down the rear seatback 1. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in

the pocket between the rear seat-back and cushion, and insert therear seat belt webbing in the guideto prevent the seat belt from beingdamaged.

2. Set the front seatback to theupright position and if necessary,slide the front seat forward.

3. Lower the rear headrests to thelowest position.

■ 2nd row seat

■ 3rd row seat (if equipped)

ODM032034/OXM039030/OXM039031/OXM039032



183

4.Pull on the seatback folding leveror strap, then fold the seat towardthe front of the vehicle. When youreturn the seatback to its uprightposition, always be sure it haslocked into position by pushing onthe top of the seatback.

5.To use the rear seat, lift and pullthe seatback backward by pullingon the folding lever or strap.Pull the seatback firmly until itclicks into place.Make sure the seatback is lockedin place.

6.Return the rear seat belt to theproper position.


ODM032028/OXM039022/ODM032030/OXM039025

■ 2nd row seat


3 19


To fold down the rear center seat-back (for 2nd row seat)

1. Lower the rear headrests to thelowest position.

2. Push the center seatback foldinglever up, then fold the seat towardthe front of the vehicle.

When you return the seatback to itsupright position, always be sure ithas locked into position by pushingon the top of the seatback.

ODM032033

WARNING - 2nd row cen-ter seat folding

• Do not fold the 2nd row centerseat, if there are occupants inthe 3rd row seats, as this mayresult in injury to occupants ifthe seat moves during a colli-sion. If occupants in the 3rdrow seats, fix the 2nd row cen-ter seat in its upright andlocked position.

• The 2nd row center seat backdoes not lock into positionwhen it is folded toward thefront of the vehicle. If you usethe 2nd row center seat backfolding function to carry longobjects, you should fix thelong object to prevent it frombeing thrown about the vehi-cle in a collision and causinginjury to vehicle occupants.

WARNING - Uprightingseat

When you return the seatbackto its upright position, hold theseatback and return it slowly. Ifthe seatback is returned with-out holding it, the back of theseat could spring forwardresulting in injury caused bybeing struck by the seatback.

CAUTION - Damagingrear seat belt buckles

When you fold the rear (2ndand/or 3rd row) seatback, insertthe buckle in the pocket betweenthe rear seatback and cushion.Doing so can prevent the bucklefrom being damaged by the rearseatback.



203

CAUTION - Rear seat beltsWhen returning the rear (2ndand/or 3rd row) seatbacks to theupright position, remember toreturn the rear shoulder belts totheir proper position. Routing theseat belt webbing through therear seat belt guides will helpkeep the belts from being trappedbehind or under the seats.

OUN026140

WARNING - 3rd row seat3rd row occupants shouldalways remain in the center ofthe seat cushion so the occu-pants head is protected by theheadrest.If not, the tailgate may hit theoccupant's head, which couldcause injury.

WARNING - CargoCargo should always besecured to prevent it from beingthrown about the vehicle in acollision and causing injury tothe vehicle occupants. Do notplace objects in the rear (2ndand/or 3rd row) seats, since theycannot be properly secured andmay hit the front seat occupantsin a collision.

WARNING - Cargo loadingMake sure the engine is off, theautomatic transaxle is in P (Park)or the manual transaxle is in R(Reverse) or 1st, and the parkingbrake is securely applied when-ever loading or unloading cargo.Failure to take these steps mayallow the vehicle to move if theshift lever is inadvertentlymoved to another position.


3 21


Rear seat warmer (if equipped)

The seat warmer is provided to warmthe rear seats during cold weather.With the ignition switch in the ONposition, push either of the switchesto warm rear seats.During mild weather or under condi-tions where the operation of the seatwarmer is not needed, keep theswitches in the "OFF" position.The seat warmer defaults to the OFFposition whenever the ignition switchis turned on.

✽✽ NOTICEWith the seat warmer switch in ONposition, the heating system in theseat turns off or on automaticallydepending on the seat temperature.

CAUTION• When cleaning the seats, do

not use an organic solventsuch as thinner, benzene, alco-hol and gasoline. Doing so maydamage the surface of theheater or seats.

• To prevent overheating the seatwarmer, do not place anythingon the seats that insulatesagainst heat, such as blankets,cushions or seat covers whilethe seat warmer is in operation.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on seats equippedwith seat warmers. Damage tothe seat warming componentscould occur.

• Be careful not to spill liquidsuch as water or beverages onthe seat. If you spill some liquid,wipe the seat with a dry towel.Before using the seat warmer,dry the seat completely.

WARNING - Seat warmerburns

Passengers should use extremecaution when using seat warm-ers due to the possibility ofexcess heating or burns. Theseat warmer may cause burnseven at low temperatures, espe-cially if used for long periods oftime. In particular, the drivermust exercise extreme care forthe following types of passen-gers:1. Infants, children, elderly or

handicapped persons, orhospital outpatients

2. Persons with sensitive skinor those that burn easily

3. Fatigued individuals4. Intoxicated individuals5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness orsleepiness (sleeping pills,cold tablets, etc.)

OXMA033015



223

Headrest

The rear seat(s) is equipped withheadrests in all the seating positionsfor the occupant's safety and com-fort.The headrest not only provides com-fort for passengers, but also helpsprotect the head and neck in theevent of a collision.

OHM038049N

**

* if equipped

WARNING - Headrestadjustment

• For maximum effectiveness incase of an accident, the head-rest should be adjusted so themiddle of the headrest is at thesame height as the center ofgravity of an occupant's head.Generally, the center of gravi-ty of most people's head issimilar with the height of thetop of their eyes.Also adjust the headrest asclose to your head as possi-ble. For this reason, the use ofa cushion that holds the bodyaway from the seatback is notrecommended.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not operate the vehicle

with the headrests removed.Severe injury to an occupantmay occur in the event of anaccident. Headrests may pro-vide protection against severeneck injuries when properlyadjusted.

• Do not adjust the headrestheight while the vehicle is inmotion.


3 23


Adjusting the height up and down(for 2nd row seats)

To raise the headrest :1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).

To lower the headrest :1. Push and hold the release button

(2) on the headrest support2. Lower the headrest to the desired

position (3).

Removal and installation(for 2nd row seats)

To remove the headrest :1. Raise it as far as it can go then

press the release button (1) whilepulling the headrest up (2).

To reinstall the headrest :1. Put the headrest poles (3) into the

holes while pressing the releasebutton (1).

2. Adjust it to the appropriate height.

OXMA033107OXMA033108

■ Outside

■ Center

OXMA033018



243

3rd row headrest (if equipped)

The headrest will fold down automat-ically when the seatback folding.Always be sure the headrest haslocked into position after you returnthe seatback.

Armrest (2nd row seat)

To use the armrest, pull it forwardfrom the seatback.

WARNING• Make sure the headrest locks

in position after adjusting it toproperly protect the occu-pants.

• After installing the headrest,make sure that it is installedin the right direction.A headrest installed reverselycould increase whiplashinjury during rear impact.

OXM039061N OXMA043215


3 25


SEAT BELTSSeat belt restraint system

WARNING• For maximum restraint sys-

tem protection, the seat beltsmust always be used whenev-er the vehicle is moving.

• Seat belts are most effectivewhen seatbacks are in theupright position.

• Children age 12 and undermust always be properlyrestrained in the rear seat.Never allow children to ride inthe front passenger seat. If achild over 12 must be seatedin the front seat, he/she mustbe properly belted and theseat should be moved as farback as possible.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never wear the shoulder belt

under your arm or behindyour back. An improperlypositioned shoulder belt cancause serious injuries in acrash. The shoulder beltshould be positioned midwayover your shoulder acrossyour collarbone.

• Avoid wearing twisted seatbelts. A twisted belt can't doits job well. In a collision, itcould even cut into you. Besure the belt webbing isstraight and not twisted.

• Be careful not to damage thebelt webbing or hardware. Ifthe belt webbing or hardwareis damaged, replace it.

WARNINGSeat belts are designed to bearupon the bony structure of thebody, and should be worn lowacross the front of the pelvis orthe pelvis, chest and shoulders,as applicable; wearing the lapsection of the belt across theabdominal area must be avoided.Seat belts should be adjusted asfirmly as possible, consistentwith comfort, to provide the pro-tection for which they have beendesigned.A slack belt will greatly reducethe protection afforded to thewearer.Care should be taken to avoidcontamination of the webbingwith polishes, oils and chemicals,and particularly battery acid.Cleaning may safely be carriedout using mild soap and water.The belt should be replaced ifwebbing becomes frayed, con-taminated or damaged.

(Continued)



263

Seat belt warning (for driver’s seat)

The driver's seat belt warning lightand chime will activate pursuant tothe following table when the ignitionswitch is in "ON" position.

1GQA2083

(Continued)It is essential to replace theentire assembly after it has beenworn in a severe impact even ifdamage to the assembly is notobvious.Belts should not be worn withstraps twisted. Each belt assem-bly must only be used by oneoccupant; it is dangerous to puta belt around a child being car-ried on the occupant's lap.

WARNING• No modifications or additions

should be made by the userwhich will either prevent theseat belt adjusting devicesfrom operating to removeslack, or prevent the seat beltassembly from being adjustedto remove slack.

• When you fasten the seat belt,be careful not to latch the seatbelt in buckles of other seat. It'svery dangerous and you maynot be protected by the seatbelt properly.

• Do not unfasten the seat beltand do not fasten and unfastenthe seat belt repeatedly whiledriving. This could result inloss of control, and an accidentcausing death, serious injury,or property damage.

• When fastening the seat belt,make sure that the seat beltdoes not pass over objects thatare hard or can break easily.

• Make sure there is nothing inthe buckle. The seat belt maynot be fastened securely.


3 27


*1 Warning pattern repeats 11 timeswith an interval of 24 seconds. Ifthe driver's seat belt is buckled, thelight will stop within 6 seconds andchime will stop immediately.

*2 The light will stop within 6 secondsand chime will stop immediately.

Seat belt - Driver's 3-point systemwith emergency locking retractor

To fasten your seat belt:To fasten your seat belt, pull it out ofthe retractor and insert the metal tab(1) into the buckle (2). There will bean audible "click" when the tab locksinto the buckle.

The seat belt automatically adjusts tothe proper length only after the lapbelt portion is adjusted manually sothat it fits snugly around your hips. Ifyou lean forward in a slow, easymotion, the belt will extend and letyou move around. If there is a sud-den stop or impact, however, the beltwill lock into position. It will also lockif you try to lean forward too quickly.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you are not able to pull out theseat belt from the retractor, firmlypull the belt out and release it. Thenyou will be able to pull the belt outsmoothly.

B180A01NF-1

Conditions Warning Pattern

Seat BeltVehicle

SpeedLight-Blink

Chime-

Sound

Unbuckled 6 seconds

Buckled 6 seconds None

Buckled →Unbuckled

Below 5 km/h

(3 mph)6 seconds None

5 km/h~

10 km/h6 seconds

Above 10 km/h

(6 mph)

6 sec. on / 24 sec. off

(11 times)

Unbuckled

Above 10 km/h

(6 mph)

↓

Below 5 km/h

(3 mph)

6 seconds *1

↓

Stop *2



283

Height adjustmentYou can adjust the height of the shoul-der belt anchor to one of the 4 posi-tions for maximum comfort and safety.The height of the adjusting seat beltshould not be too close to your neck.The shoulder portion should beadjusted so that it lies across yourchest and midway over your shouldernear the door and not your neck.To adjust the height of the seat beltanchor, lower or raise the heightadjuster into an appropriate position.To raise the height adjuster, pull it up(1). To lower it, push it down (3) whilepressing the height adjuster button(2).

Release the button to lock theanchor into position. Try sliding theheight adjuster to make sure that ithas locked into position.

B200A02NF

WARNINGYou should place the lap beltportion as low as possible andsnugly across your hips, not onyour waist. If the lap belt is locat-ed too high on your waist, it mayincrease the chance of injury inthe event of a collision. Botharms should not be under orover the belt. Rather, one shouldbe over and the other under, asshown in the illustration.Never wear the seat belt underthe arm that is near the door.

WARNING• Verify that the shoulder belt

anchor is locked into positionat the appropriate height.Never position the shoulderbelt across your neck or face.Improperly positioned seatbelts can cause seriousinjuries in an accident.

• Failure to replace seat beltsafter an accident could leaveyou with damaged seat beltsthat will not provide protec-tion in the event of anothercollision leading to personalinjury or death. Replace yourseat belts after being in anaccident as soon as possible.

OXM039026

Front seat


3 29


Seat belts - Front passenger andrear seat 3-point system withcombination locking retractorTo fasten your seat belt: Combination retractor type seat beltsare installed in the rear seat posi-tions to help accommodate theinstallation of child restraint systems.Although a combination retractor isalso installed in the front passengerseat position, it is strongly recom-mended that children always beseated in the rear seat. NEVERplace any infant restraint system inthe front seat of the vehicle.This type of seat belt combines thefeatures of both an emergency lock-ing retractor seat belt and an auto-matic locking retractor seat belt. Tofasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab intothe buckle. There will be an audible"click" when the tab locks into thebuckle. When not securing a childrestraint, the seat belt operates in thesame way as the driver's seat belt(Emergency Locking Retractor Type).

It automatically adjusts to the properlength only after the lap belt portionof the seat belt is adjusted manuallyso that it fits snugly around your hips.When the seat belt is fully extendedfrom the retractor to allow the instal-lation of a child restraint system, theseat belt operation changes to allowthe belt to retract, but not to extend(Automatic Locking Retractor Type).Refer to “Using a child restraint sys-tem” in this section.

✽✽ NOTICEAlthough the combination retractorprovides the same level of protectionfor seated passengers in either emer-gency or automatic locking modes,have the seated passengers use theemergency locking feature forimproved convenience. The auto-matic locking function is intended tofacilitate child restraint installation.To convert from the automatic lock-ing feature to the emergency lockingoperation mode, allow the unbuck-led seat belt to fully retract.

CAUTIONDo NOT fold down the left por-tion of the rear seat back whenthe rear center seat belt is buck-led. ALWAYS UNBUCKLE therear center seat belt before fold-ing down the left portion of therear seat back. If the rear centerseat belt is buckled when theleft portion of the rear seat backis folded down, distortion anddamage to the top portion of theseat back and seat belt garnishmay result, causing the seatback to lock into the foldeddown position.



303

When using the rear center seat belt,the buckle with the “CENTER” markmust be used.

To release the seat belt:The seat belt is released by pressingthe release button (1) on the lockingbuckle. When it is released, the beltshould automatically draw back intothe retractor.If this does not happen, check thebelt to be sure it is not twisted, thentry again.

Stowing the rear seat belt

The rear seat belt buckles can bestowed in the pocket between therear seatback and cushion when notin use.

ODM032051 B210A01NF-1 ODM032034

OXM039030

■ 2nd row seat



3 31


Routing the seat belt webbingthrough the rear seat belt guides willhelp keep the belts from beingtrapped behind or under the seats.After inserting the seat belt, tightenthe belt webbing by pulling it up.

Pre-tensioner seat belt

Your vehicle is equipped with driver'sand front passenger's pre-tensionerseat belts (retractor pretensioner andEFD (Emergency Fastening Device)).The pre-tensioner seat belts may beactivated, when a frontal collision issevere enough, together with the airbags.When the vehicle stops suddenly, orif the occupant tries to lean forwardtoo quickly, the seat belt retractormay lock into position. In certainfrontal collisions, the pre-tensionerwill activate and pull the seat belt intotighter contact against the occu-pant's body.

CAUTIONRemove the seat belt from theguides before using. If you pullon the seat belt when it is storedin the guides, it may damage theguides and/or belt webbing.

OXM039031

OXM039032

■ 2nd row seat


OXMA033101



323

(1) Retractor PretensionerThe purpose of the retractor pre-tensioner is to make sure that theshoulder belts fit in tightly againstthe occupant's upper body in cer-tain frontal collisions.

(2) EFD (Emergency Fastening Device)The purpose of the EFD is tomake sure that the pelvis belts fitin tightly against the occupant'slower body in certain frontal colli-sions.

If the system senses excessive ten-sion on the driver or passenger'sseat belt when the pre-tensioner sys-tem activates, the load limiter insidethe retractor pre-tensioner will releasesome of the pressure on the affectedseat belt.

The seat belt pre-tensioner systemconsists mainly of the following com-ponents.Their locations are shown inthe illustration:1. SRS air bag warning light2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly3. SRS control module4. Emergency fastening device (EFD)

WARNING• Do not put anything near the

buckle. Placing objects nearthe buckle may increase therisk of personal injury in theevent of a collision.

• For your safety, be sure thatthe belt webbing is not looseor twisted and always sitproperly on your seat.

ODMESA2024


3 33


WARNINGTo obtain maximum benefitfrom a pre-tensioner seat belt:1. The seat belt must be worn

correctly and adjusted to theproper position. Please readand follow all of the importantinformation and precautionsabout your vehicle’s occupantsafety features – includingseat belts and air bags – thatare provided in this manual.

2. Be sure you and your passen-gers always wear seat beltsproperly.

✽✽ NOTICE• Both the driver's and front pas-

senger's seat belt pre-tensionersystem may be activated not onlyin certain frontal collision but alsoin certain side collision or rollover,if the vehicle is equipped with aside or curtain air bag.

• When the pre-tensioner seat beltsare activated, a loud noise may beheard and fine dust, which mayappear to be smoke, may be visiblein the passenger compartment.These are normal operating condi-tions and are not hazardous.

• Although it is harmless, the finedust may cause skin irritation andshould not be breathed for pro-longed periods. Wash all exposedskin areas thoroughly after anaccident in which the pre-tension-er seat belts were activated.

• Because the sensor that activatesthe SRS air bag is connected withthe pre-tensioner seat belt, theSRS air bag warning light onthe instrument panel will illumi-nate for approximately 6 secondsafter the ignition switch has beenturned to the ON position, andthen it should turn off.

CAUTIONIf the pre-tensioner seat beltsystem are not working proper-ly, this warning light will illumi-nate even if there is no malfunc-tion of the SRS air bag. If theSRS air bag warning light doesnot illuminate when the ignitionswitch is turned ON, or if itremains illuminated after illumi-nating for approximately 6 sec-onds, or if it illuminates whilethe vehicle is being driven, havean authorized Kia dealer inspectthe pre-tensioner seat belt andSRS air bag system as soon aspossible.



343

Seat belt precautionsWARNING

• Pre-tensioners are designedto operate only one time. Afteractivation, pre-tensioner seatbelts must be replaced. Allseat belts, of any type, shouldalways be replaced after theyhave been worn during a colli-sion.

• The pre-tensioner seat beltassembly mechanisms becomehot during activation. Do nottouch the pre-tensioner seatbelt assemblies for several min-utes after they have been acti-vated.

• Do not attempt to inspect orreplace the pre-tensioner seatbelts yourself. This must bedone by an authorized Kiadealer.

• Do not strike the pre-tension-er seat belt assemblies.

• Do not attempt to service orrepair the pre-tensioner seatbelt system in any manner.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Improper handling of the pre-

tensioner seat belt assem-blies, and failure to heed thewarnings not to strike, modify,inspect, replace, service orrepair the pre-tensioner seatbelt assemblies may lead toimproper operation or inad-vertent activation and seriousinjury.

• Always wear the seat beltswhen driving or riding in amotor vehicle.

• If the vehicle or pre-tensionerseat belt must be discarded,contact an authorized Kiadealer.

WARNINGAll occupants of the vehiclemust wear their seat belts at alltimes. Seat belts and childrestraints reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries for alloccupants in the event of a col-lision or sudden stop. Without aseat belt, occupants could beshifted too close to a deployingair bag, strike the interior struc-ture or be thrown from the vehi-cle. Properly worn seat beltsgreatly reduce these hazards.Even with advanced air bags,unbelted occupants can beseverely injured by a deployingair bag.Always follow the precautionsabout seat belts, air bags andoccupant seating contained inthis manual.


3 35


Infant or small childYou should be aware of the specificrequirements in your state. Childand/or infant seats must be properlyplaced and installed in the rear coun-try. For more information about theuse of these restraints, refer to “Childrestraint system” in this section.

✽✽ NOTICESmall children are best protectedfrom injury in an accident whenproperly restrained in the rear seatby a child restraint system thatmeets the requirements of the safetystandards of your country. Beforebuying any child restraint system,make sure that it has a label certify-ing that it meets safety standards ofyour country. The restraint must beappropriate for your child's heightand weight. Check the label on thechild restraint for this information.Refer to “Child restraint system” inthis section.

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for childrestraint systems should alwaysoccupy the rear seat and use theavailable lap/shoulder belts. The lapportion should be fastened andsnugged on the hips and as low aspossible. Check if the belt fits period-ically. A child's squirming could putthe belt out of position. Children aregiven the most safety in the event ofan accident when they are restrainedby a proper restraint system in therear seat. If a larger child (over age12) must be seated in the front seat,the child should be securelyrestrained by the available lap/shoul-der belt and the seat should beplaced in the rearmost position.Children age 12 and under should berestrained securely in the rear seat.NEVER place a child age 12 andunder in the front seat. NEVER placea rear facing child seat in the frontseat of a vehicle.

WARNINGEvery person in your vehicleneeds to be properly restrainedat all times, including infantsand children. Never hold a childin your arms or lap when ridingin a vehicle. The violent forcescreated during a crash will tearthe child from your arms andthrow the child against the inte-rior. Always use a child restraintappropriate for your child'sheight and weight.



363

If the shoulder belt portion slightlytouches the child’s neck or face, tryplacing the child closer to the center ofthe vehicle. If the shoulder belt stilltouches their face or neck they need tobe returned to a child restraint system.

Restraint of pregnant women Pregnant women should wearlap/shoulder belt assemblies when-ever possible according to specificrecommendations by their doctors.The lap portion of the belt should beworn AS SECURELY AND LOW ASPOSSIBLE.

Injured personA seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported.When this is necessary, you shouldconsult a physician for recommenda-tions.

One person per beltTwo people (including children)should never attempt to use a singleseat belt. This could increase theseverity of injuries in case of an acci-dent.

Do not lie downTo reduce the chance of injuries inthe event of an accident and toachieve maximum effectiveness ofthe restraint system, all passengersshould be sitting up and the front andrear seats should be in an uprightposition when the vehicle is moving.A seat belt cannot provide properprotection if the person is lying downin the rear seat or if the front and rearseats are in a reclined position.

WARNING - Pregnantwomen

Pregnant women must neverplace the lap portion of thesafety belt over the area of theabdomen where the fetus islocated or above the abdomenwhere the belt could crush thefetus during an impact.

WARNING - Shoulderbelts on small children

• Do not allow small children toride in the vehicle without anappropriate child restrain sys-tem.

• Never allow a shoulder belt tobe in contact with a child’sneck or face while the vehicleis in motion.

• If seat belts are not properlyworn and adjusted on chil-dren, there is a risk of death orserious injury.


3 37


Care of seat beltsSeat belt systems should never bedisassembled or modified. In addi-tion, care should be taken to assurethat seat belts and belt hardware arenot damaged by seat hinges, doorsor other abuse.

Periodic inspectionAll seat belts should be inspectedperiodically for wear or damage ofany kind. Any damaged parts shouldbe replaced as soon as possible.

Keep belts clean and drySeat belts should be kept clean anddry. If belts become dirty, they can becleaned by using a mild soap solu-tion and warm water. Bleach, dye,strong detergents or abrasivesshould not be used because theymay damage and weaken the fabric.

When to replace seat beltsThe entire in-use seat belt assemblyor assemblies should be replaced ifthe vehicle has been involved in anaccident. This should be done even ifno damage is visible. Additionalquestions concerning seat belt oper-ation should be directed to anauthorized Kia dealer.

WARNING When you return the rear seat-back to its upright position afterthe rear seatback has been fold-ed down, be careful not to dam-age the seat belt webbing orbuckle. Be sure that the web-bing or buckle does not getcaught or pinched in the rearseat. A seat belt with damagedwebbing or buckle could possi-bly fail during a collision or sud-den stop, resulting in seriousinjury. If the webbing or bucklesare damaged, get them replacedimmediately.

WARNINGRiding with a reclined seatbackincreases your chance of seri-ous or fatal injuries in the eventof a collision or sudden stop.The protection of your restraintsystem (seat belts and air bags)is greatly reduced by recliningyour seat. Seat belts must besecured against your hips andchest to work properly. Themore the seatback is reclined,the greater the chance an occu-pant's hips will slide under thelap belt causing serious internalinjuries. Also, the shoulder beltmay strike the occupant's neck.Drivers and passengers shouldalways sit well back in theirseats, properly belted, and withthe seatbacks upright.



383

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMChildren riding in the vehicle shouldsit in the rear seat and must alwaysbe properly restrained to minimizethe risk of injury in an accident, sud-den stop or sudden maneuver.According to accident statistics, chil-dren are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seats than inthe front seat. Larger children not ina child restraint should use one ofthe seat belts provided.You should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country. Childand/or infant safety seats must beproperly placed and installed in therear seat. You must use a commer-cially available child restraint systemthat meets the requirements of theSafety Standards of your country.Child restraint systems are designedto be secured in vehicle seats by seatbelt, or by a tether anchor and/orLATCH anchors (if equipped).

Children could be injured or killed ina crash if their restraints are notproperly secured. For small childrenand babies, a child seat or infant seatmust be used. Before buying a par-ticular child restraint system, makesure it fits your vehicle seat and seatbelts, and fits your child.Follow all the instructions providedby the manufacturer when installingthe child restraint system.

WARNING• A child restraint system must

be placed in the rear seat.Never install a child or infantseat on the front passenger'sseat. Should an accidentoccur and cause the passen-ger-side air bag to deploy, itcould severely injure or kill aninfant or child seated in aninfant or child seat. Thus onlyuse a child restraint in therear seat of your vehicle.

(Continued)

(Continued)• A seat belt or child restraint

system can become very hotif it is left in a closed vehicleon a sunny day, even if theoutside temperature does notfeel hot. Be sure to check theseat cover and buckles beforeplacing a child there.

• When the child restraint sys-tem is not in use, store it inthe cargo area or fasten it witha seat belt so that it will not bethrown forward in case of asudden stop or an accident.

• Children may be seriouslyinjured or killed by an inflatingair bag. All children, eventhose too large for childrestraints, must ride in therear seat.


3 39


WARNINGTo reduce the chance of seriousor fatal injuries:• Children of all ages are safer

when restrained in the rearseat. A child riding in thefront passenger seat can beforcefully struck by an inflat-ing air bag resulting in seri-ous or fatal injuries.

• Always follow the childrestraint system manufactur-er’s instructions for installa-tion and use of the childrestraint.

• Always make sure the childseat is secured properly in thevehicle and your child issecurely restrained in thechild seat.

• Never hold a child in yourarms or lap when riding in avehicle.The violent forces cre-ated during a crash will tearthe child from your arms andthrow the child against thevehicle’s interior.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never put a seat belt over your-

self and a child. During a crash,the belt could press deep intothe child causing serious inter-nal injuries.

• Never leave children unattend-ed in a vehicle – not even for ashort time.The vehicle can heatup very quickly, resulting inserious injuries to childreninside. Even very young chil-dren may inadvertently causethe vehicle to move, entanglethemselves in the windows, orlock themselves or othersinside the vehicle.

• Never allow two children, or anytwo persons, to use the sameseat belt.

• Children often squirm andreposition themselves improp-erly. Never let a child ride withthe shoulder belt under theirarm or behind their back.Always properly position andsecure children in the rear seat.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never allow a child to stand-up

or kneel on the seat or floor ofa moving vehicle. During a col-lision or sudden stop, the childcan be violently thrown againstthe vehicle’s interior, resultingin serious injury.

• Never use an infant carrier or achild safety seat that "hooks"over a seatback, it may not pro-vide adequate security in anaccident.

• Seat belts can become veryhot, especially when the vehi-cle is parked in direct sunlight.Always check the seat beltbuckles before fastening themover a child.

• After an accident, have anauthorized Kia dealer checkthe child restraint system, seatbelt, tether anchor and loweranchor.

• If there is not enough space toplace the child restraint systembecause of the driver's seat,install the child restraint sys-tem in the rear right seat.



403

Using a child restraint system

For small children and babies, theuse of a child seat or infant seat isrequired. The child seat or infant seatshould be of appropriate size for thechild and should be installed inaccordance with the manufacturer'sinstructions.

For safety reasons, we recommendthat the child restraint system beused in the rear seats.

Since all passenger seat belts movefreely under normal conditions andonly lock under extreme or emer-gency conditions (emergency lockmode), you must manually changethese seat belts to the auto lockmode to secure a child restraint.

CRS09

OUN026150

Forward-facing child restraint system

Rearward-facing child restraint system

WARNINGNever place a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passengerseat, because of the danger aninflating passenger-side air bagcould impact the rear-facingchild restraint and kill the child.

WARNING - Child seatinstallation

• A child can be seriouslyinjured or killed in a collisionif the child restraint is notproperly anchored to the vehi-cle and the child is not prop-erly restrained in the childrestraint. Before installing thechild restraint system, readthe instructions supplied bythe child restraint systemmanufacturer.

• If the seat belt does not oper-ate as described in this sec-tion, have the system checkedimmediately by your author-ized Kia dealer.

• Failure to observe this manu-al's instructions regardingchild restraint systems andthe instructions provided withthe child restraint systemcould increase the chanceand/or severity of injury in anaccident.


3 41


Placing a passenger seat beltinto the auto lock mode

The auto lock mode will help preventthe normal movement of the child inthe vehicle from causing the seat beltto loosen and compromise the childrestraint system. To secure a childrestraint system, use the followingprocedure.

To install a child restraint system onthe outboard or center rear seats, dothe following:1. Place the child restraint system in

the seat and route the lap/shoul-der belt around or through therestraint, following the restraintmanufacturer’s instructions. Besure the seat belt webbing is nottwisted.

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latchinto the buckle. Listen for the dis-tinct “click” sound.

Position the release button so that itis easy to access in case of an emer-gency.

3. Pull the shoulder portion of theseat belt all the way out. When theshoulder portion of the seat belt isfully extended, it will shift theretractor to the “Auto Lock” (childrestraint) mode.

E2MS103005

OEN036101 OEN036102



423

4. Slowly allow the shoulder portionof the seat belt to retract and listenfor an audible “clicking” or “ratchet-ing” sound. This indicates that theretractor is in the “Auto Lock”mode. If no distinct sound isheard, repeat steps 3 and 4.

5. Remove as much slack from thebelt as possible by pushing downon the child restraint system whilefeeding the shoulder belt back intothe retractor.

6. Push and pull on the child restraintsystem to confirm that the seatbelt is holding it firmly in place. If itis not, release the seat belt andrepeat steps 2 through 6.

7. Double check that the retractor isin the “Auto Lock” mode byattempting to pull more of the seatbelt out of the retractor. If you can-not, the retractor is in the “AutoLock” mode.

To remove the child restraint, pressthe release button on the buckle andthen pull the lap/shoulder belt out ofthe restraint and allow the seat beltto retract fully.

OEN036104OEN036103

WARNING - Auto lockmode

The lap/shoulder belt automati-cally returns to the “emergencylock mode” whenever the belt isallowed to retract fully.Therefore,the preceding seven steps mustbe followed each time a childrestraint is installed.If the retractor is not in theAutomatic Locking mode, thechild restraint can move whenyour vehicle turns or stops sud-denly. A child can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the childrestraint is not properly anchoredto the vehicle, including settingthe retractor to the AutomaticLocking mode.


3 43


When the seat belt is allowed toretract to its fully stowed position,the retractor will automaticallyswitch from the “Auto Lock” modeto the emergency lock mode fornormal adult usage.

Securing a child restraint seatwith tether anchor system

Child restraint hook holders arelocated on the back of the rear seat-backs.

1. Route the child restraint seat strapover the seatback.For vehicles with adjustable head-rests, route the tether strap underthe headrest and between theheadrest posts, otherwise routethe tether strap over the top of theseatback.

2. Connect the tether strap hook tothe appropriate child restrainthook holder and tighten to securethe child restraint seat.

OXM039034N

OXMA033033



443

Securing a child restraint seat withchild seat lower anchor system

Some child seat manufacturersmake child restraint seats that arelabeled as LATCH or LATCH-com-patible child restraint seats. LATCHstands for "Lower Anchors andTethers for Children". These seatsinclude two rigid or webbing mount-ed attachments that connect to twoLATCH anchors at specific seatingpositions in your vehicle. This type ofchild restraint seat eliminates theneed to use seat belts to attach thechild seat in the rear seats.

WARNING - Childrestraint check

Check that the child restraintsystem is secure by pushingand pulling it in different direc-tions. Incorrectly fitted childrestraints may swing, twist, tipor separate causing death orserious injury.

WARNING - Childrestraint anchorage

• Child restraint anchoragesare designed to withstandonly those loads imposed bycorrectly fitted child restraints.Under no circumstances arethey to be used for adult seatbelts or harnesses or forattaching other items or equip-ment to the vehicle.

• The tether strap may not workproperly if attached some-where other than the correcttether anchor.

OXM039035WARNING - Tether strapNever mount more than onechild restraint to a single tetheror to a single lower anchoragepoint. The increased loadcaused by multiple seats maycause the tethers or anchoragepoints to break, causing seriousinjury or death.

WARNINGA child can be seriously injuredor killed in a collision if thechild restraint is not properlyanchored to the vehicle and thechild is not properly restrainedin the child restraint. Always fol-low the child seat manufactur-er’s instructions for installationand use.


3 45


Child restraint symbols are locatedon the left and right 2nd row seatbacks to indicate the position of thelower anchors for child restraints.

OXM039060N

Lower Anchor

Lower AnchorPosition Indicator WARNING

• When using the vehicle's"LATCH" system to install achild restraint system in therear seat, all unused vehiclerear seat belt metal latchplates or tabs must be latchedsecurely in their seat beltbuckles and the seat belt web-bing must be retracted behindthe child restraint to preventthe child from reaching andtaking hold of unretractedseat belts. Unlatched metallatch plates or tabs may allowthe child to reach the unre-tracted seat belts which mayresult in strangulation and aserious injury or death to thechild in the child restraint.

• Do not place anything aroundthe lower anchors. Also makesure that the seat belt is notcaught in the lower anchors.

WARNINGInstall the child restraint seatfully rearward against the seat-back with the seatback reclinedtwo positions from the mostupright latched position.



463

LATCH anchors have been providedin your vehicle. The LATCH anchorsare located in the left and right out-board rear seating positions. Theirlocations are shown in the illustra-tion. There is no LATCH anchor pro-vided for the center rear seatingposition.The LATCH anchors are locatedbetween the seatback and the seatcushion of the 2nd row seat left andright outboard seating positions.Follow the child seat manufacturer’sinstructions to properly install childrestraint seats with LATCH orLATCH-compatible attachments.

Once you have installed the LATCHchild restraint, assure that the seat isproperly attached to the LATCH andtether anchors.Also, test the child restraint seatbefore you place the child in it. Tiltthe seat from side to side. Also try totug the seat forward. Check to see ifthe anchors hold the seat in place.

WARNINGIf the child restraint is notanchored properly, the risk of achild being seriously injured orkilled in a collision greatlyincreases.

WARNING - LATCH loweranchors

LATCH lower anchors are onlyto be used with the left and rightrear outboard seating positions.Never attempt to attach aLATCH equipped seat in thecenter seating position. Youmay damage the anchors or theanchors may fail and break in acollision.

CAUTIONDo not allow the rear seat beltwebbing to get scratched orpinched by the child-seat latchand LATCH anchor during theinstallation.

OXM039036N


3 47


(1) Driver’s front air bag(2) Passenger’s front air bag(3) Side air bag(4) Curtain air bag

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

WARNINGEven in vehicles with air bags,you and your passengers mustalways wear the safety beltsprovided in order to minimizethe risk and severity of injury inthe event of a collision orrollover.

* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

* 3rd row seat : if equippedOXMA032101



483

How does the air bag systemoperate • Air bags are activated (able to

inflate if necessary) only when theignition switch is turned to the ONor START position.

• The appropriate air bags inflateinstantly in the event of a seriousfrontal collision or side collision inorder to help protect the occupantsfrom serious physical injury.

• There is no single speed at whichthe air bags will inflate.Generally, air bags are designed toinflate based upon the severity of acollision and its direction. Thesetwo factors determine whether thesensors produce an electronicdeployment/ inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on anumber of factors including vehiclespeed, angles of impact and thedensity and stiffness of the vehi-cles or objects which your vehiclehits in the collision. The determin-ing factors are not limited to thosementioned above.

• The front air bags will completelyinflate and deflate in an instant.It is virtually impossible for you tosee the air bags inflate during anaccident.It is much more likely that you willsimply see the deflated air bagshanging out of their storage com-partments after the collision.

• In addition to inflating in seriousside collisions, side and/or curtainair bags will inflate if the sensingsystem detects a rollover.

• When a rollover is detected, sideand/or curtain air bags will remaininflated longer to help provide pro-tection from ejection, especiallywhen used in conjunction with theseat belts.

• In order to help provide protection,the air bags must inflate rapidly.The speed of the air bag inflation isa consequence of extremely shorttime in which to inflate the air bagbetween the occupant and thevehicle structures before the occu-pant impacts those structures. Thisspeed of inflation reduces the riskof serious or life-threateninginjuries and is thus a necessarypart of the air bag design.However, air bag inflation can alsocause injuries which can includefacial abrasions, bruises and bro-ken bones because the inflationspeed also causes the air bags toexpand with a great deal of force.

• There are even circumstancesunder which contact with thesteering wheel or passenger airbag can cause fatal injuries,especially if the occupant ispositioned excessively close tothe steering wheel or passengerair bag.


3 49


Noise and smokeWhen inflated, the air bags make aloud noise and leave smoke andpowder in the air inside the vehicle.This is normal and is a result of theignition of the air bag inflator. Afterthe air bag inflates, you may feel sub-stantial discomfort in breathing dueto the contact of your chest with boththe seat belt and the air bag, as wellas from breathing the smoke andpowder. Open your doors and/orwindows as soon as possible afterimpact in order to reduce discom-fort and prevent prolonged expo-sure to the smoke and powder.Though smoke and powder are non-toxic, it may cause irritation to theskin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). Ifthis is the case, wash and rinse withcold water immediately and consult adoctor if the symptom persists.

WARNING• To avoid severe personal

injury or death caused bydeploying air bags in a colli-sion, the driver should sit asfar back from the steeringwheel air bag as possible (atleast 250 mm (10 inches)away). The front passengersshould always move theirseats as far back as possibleand sit back in their seat.

• Air bags inflate instantly in theevent of a collision, and pas-sengers may be injured by theair bag expansion force if theyare not in a proper position.

• Air bag inflation may causeinjuries including facial orbodily abrasions, injuriesfrom broken glasses or burns.

WARNINGWhen the air bags deploy, theair bag related parts in thesteering wheel and/or instru-ment panel and/or in both sidesof the roof rails above the frontand rear doors are very hot. Toprevent injury, do not touch theair bag storage area’s internalcomponents immediately afteran air bag has inflated.



503

Do not install a child restraint onthe front passenger’s seat.

Never place a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passenger’sseat. If the air bag deploys, it wouldimpact the rear-facing child restraint,causing serious or fatal injury.In addition, do not place front-facingchild restraints in the front passen-ger’s seat either. If the front passen-ger air bag inflates, it could causeserious or fatal injuries to the child.

Air bag warning light

The purpose of air bag warning lightin your instrument panel is to alertyou of a potential problem with yourair bag system, which could includeyour side and/or curtain air bagsused for rollover protection.

1JBH3051

WARNING• Extreme Hazard! Do not use a

rearward facing child restrainton a seat protected by an airbag in front of it!

• Never put a child restraint inthe front passenger’s seat. Ifthe front passenger air baginflates, it would cause seri-ous or fatal injuries.

• When children are seated inthe rear outboard seats ofvehicle equipped with sideand/or curtain air bags, besure to install the childrestraint system as far awayfrom the door side as possible,and securely lock the childrestraint system in position.Inflation of side and/or curtainair bags could cause seriousinjury or death to an infant orchild.

W7-147


3 51


SRS components and functions

The SRS consists of the followingcomponents:1. Driver's front air bag module2. Passenger's front air bag module3. Side impact air bag modules4. Curtain air bag modules5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies6. Air bag warning light7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/

Rollover sensor8. Front impact sensors9. Side impact sensors

10. PASSENGER “AIR BAG OFF”indicator (Front passenger’s seatonly)

11. Occupant detection system(Front passenger’s seat only)

12. Driver’s and front passenger’sseat belt buckle sensors

13. Emergency fastening device(EFD)

The SRSCM continually monitors allSRS components while the ignitionswitch is ON to determine if a crashimpact is severe enough to requireair bag deployment or pre-tensionerseat belt deployment.

If the airbag warning light illuminatedfor more than, 6 seconds after theignition is turned on, or of it illumi-nates during vehicle operation, anSRS component may not be func-tioning properly and you should haveyour vehicle checked by an author-ized Kia dealer.

OXM033200L

W7-147



523

The front air bag modules are locat-ed both in the center of the steeringwheel and in the front passenger'spanel above the glove box. When theSRSCM detects a sufficiently severeimpact to the front of the vehicle, itwill automatically deploy the front airbags.

Upon deployment, tear seams mold-ed directly into the pad covers willseparate under pressure from theexpansion of the air bags. Furtheropening of the covers then allows fullinflation of the air bags.

B240B01L

Driver’s front air bag (1)

WARNINGIf any of the following condi-tions occurs, this indicates amalfunction in the air bag sys-tem. Have an authorized Kiadealer inspect the air bag sys-tem as soon as possible.• The light does not turn on

briefly when you turn the igni-tion ON.

• The light stays on after illumi-nating for approximately 6seconds.

• The light comes on while thevehicle is in motion.

• The light blinks when the igni-tion switch is in ON position.

B240B02L



3 53


A fully inflated air bag, in combina-tion with a properly worn seat belt,slows the driver's or the passenger'sforward motion, reducing the risk ofhead and chest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bagimmediately starts deflating, enablingthe driver to maintain forward visibilityand the ability to steer or operateother controls.

B240B03L


WARNING • Do not install or place any

accessories (drink holder,cassette holder, sticker, etc.)on the front passenger'spanel above the glove box in avehicle with a passenger's airbag. Such objects may becomedangerous projectiles andcause injury if the passenger'sair bag inflates.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When installing a container of

liquid air freshener inside thevehicle, do not place it nearthe instrument cluster nor onthe instrument panel surface.It may become a dangerousprojectile and cause injury if thepassenger's air bag inflates.

B240B05L

Passenger’s front air bag



543

Occupant Detection System(ODS)

Your vehicle is equipped with anoccupant detection system in thefront passenger's seat.The occupant detection system isdesigned to detect the presence of aproperly-seated front passenger anddetermine if the passenger's front airbag should be enabled (may inflate)or not. Only the front passenger frontair bag is controlled by the OccupantClassification System.

WARNING• If an air bag deploys, there

may be a loud noise followedby a fine dust released in thevehicle. These conditions arenormal and are not hazardous- the air bags are packed in thisfine powder. The dust generat-ed during air bag deploymentmay cause skin or eye irrita-tion as well as aggravate asth-ma for some persons. Alwayswash all exposed skin areasthoroughly with lukewarmwater and a mild soap after anaccident in which the air bagswere deployed.

(Continued)

(Continued)• The SRS can function only

when the ignition switch is inthe ON position. If the SRS airbag warning light does notilluminate, or continuouslyremains on after illuminatingfor about 6 seconds when theignition switch is turned to theON position, or after theengine is started, comes onwhile driving, the SRS is notworking properly. If thisoccurs, have your vehicleimmediately inspected by anauthorized Kia dealer.

• Before you replace a fuse ordisconnect a battery terminal,turn the ignition switch to theLOCK position and remove theignition switch. Never removeor replace the air bag relatedfuse(s) when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.Failure to observe this warningwill cause the SRS air bagwarning light to illuminate.

OXMA033102

WARNING Do not put anything in front of thepassenger air bag indicator.


3 55


Main components of the occu-pant detection system• A detection device located within

the front passenger seat cushion.• An electronic system which deter-

mines whether the passenger airbag systems should be activatedor deactivated.

• A indicator light located on theinstrument panel which illuminatesthe words PASSENGER AIR BAG“OFF” indicating the front passen-ger air bag system is deactivated.

• The instrument panel air bag warn-ing light is interconnected with theoccupant detection system.

If the front passenger seat is occu-pied by a person that the systemdetermines to be of appropriate size,and he/she sits properly (sittingupright with the seatback in anupright position, centered on theseat cushion with their seat belt on,legs comfortably extended and theirfeet on the floor), the PASSENGERAIR BAG “OFF” indicator will turn offand the front passenger's air bag willbe able to inflate, if necessary, infrontal crashes.You will find the PASSENGER AIRBAG “OFF” indicator on the centerfacia panel. This system detects theconditions 1~4 in the following tableand activates or deactivates the frontpassenger air bag based on theseconditions.

Always be sure that you and all vehi-cle occupants are seated andrestrained properly (sitting uprightwith the seat in an upright position,centered on the seat cushion, withthe person’s legs comfortably extend-ed, feet on the floor, and wearing thesafety belt properly) for the mosteffective protection by the air bag andthe safety belt.

• The ODS (Occupant DetectionSystem) may not function properly ifthe passenger takes actions whichcan defeat the detection system.These include:

(1) Failing to sit in an upright posi-tion.

(2) Leaning against the door or cen-ter console.

(3) Sitting towards the sides or thefront of the seat.

(4) Putting legs on the dashboard orresting them on other locationswhich reduce the passengerweight on the front seat.

(5) Improperly wearing the safetybelt.

(6) Reclining the seat back.



563

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detectionsystem

*1 : The ODS system uses a field to evaluate a person's size to determine whether theair bag should deploy. It is possible for a child to be detected and activate the ODS,thus allowing the air bag to deploy.To maximize safety, do not allow children to ridein the front passenger seat.

*2 : Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.

WARNINGRiding in an improper positionor placing weight on the frontpassenger's seat when it isunoccupied by a passengeradversely affects the OccupantDetection System (ODS). YourODS is designed to resist elec-tronic waves, but do not place anelectronic device (ex. laptopcomputer, after market DMB/nav-igation/satellite audio, videogame machine, MP3, etc.) on ornear the seat cushion since itmay defeat the proper function-ing of the ODS or turn on the airbag warning light.

(Continued)

Condition detected by theoccupant detection

system

1. Adult or child*1

2. Child restraint system*2

3. Unoccupied

4. There is a malfunction

in the system

Off

On

On

Off

Off

Off

Off

On

Activated

Deactivated

Deactivated

Activated

"PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF" indicator

lightSRS warning light

Front passenger air bag

Indicator/Warning light Devices


3 57


1KMN3663

1KMN3664

1KMN3665

- Never sit with hips shiftedtowards the front of the seat.

- Never lean on the door or cen-ter console.

- Never sit on one side of thefront passenger seat.

- Never place feet on the dash-board.

OVQ036013N

1KMN3662

- Never put a heavy load or anactive electronic device onthe front passenger seat orseatback pocket.

- Never excessively recline thefront passenger seatback.

OVQ036014N

- Never place feet on the frontpassenger seatback.

(Continued)



583

When an adult is seated in the frontpassenger seat, if the PASSENGERAIR BAG “OFF” indicator is on, turnthe ignition switch to the LOCK posi-tion and ask the passenger to sitproperly (sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position, centeredon the seat cushion with their seatbelt on, legs comfortably extendedand their feet on the floor). Restartthe engine and have the personremain in that position. This will allowthe system to detect the person andto enable the passenger air bag.

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicator is still on, ask the passen-ger to move to the rear seat.

✽✽ NOTICEThe PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicator illuminates for about 4 sec-onds after the ignition switch isturned to the ON position or afterthe engine is started. If the frontpassenger seat is occupied, the occu-pant detection sensor will then clas-sify the front passenger after severalmore seconds.

B990A01O WARNINGDo not put a heavy load or anactive electronic device (ex. lap-top computer, after marketDMB/navigation/satellite audio,video game machine, MP3, etc.)in the front passenger seatbackpocket or on the front passengerseat. Do not hang onto the frontpassenger seat. Do not hang anyitems such as seatback table onthe front passenger seatback.Do not place feet on the frontpassenger seatback. Do notplace any items under the frontpassenger seat. Any of thesecould interfere with proper sen-sor operation or turn on the airbag warning light.

Proper position

WARNINGDo not allow an adult passengerto ride in the front seat when the“PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF”indicator is illuminated becausethe air bag will not deploy in theevent of a crash. If the "PAS-SENGER AIR BAG OFF" indica-tor remains illuminated after theadult passenger repositionsthemselves properly and thevehicle is restarted, have thepassenger move to the rear seatbecause the passenger's frontair bag will not deploy.The "PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF" indicator will not changeaccording to the occupantsposture after the vehicle hasbeen running for 30 seconds.Front seat passengers muststay properly seated to avoidserious injury from a deployingair bag.


3 59


WARNING• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the occupantdetection system, never install achild restraint system in thefront passenger's seat. Adeploying air bag can forcefullystrike a child resulting in seri-ous injuries or death. Any childage 12 and under should ride inthe rear seat. Children too largefor child restraints should usethe available lap/shoulder belts.No matter what type of crash,children of all ages are saferwhen restrained in the rear seat.

• If the PASSENGER AIR BAG“OFF” indicator is illuminatedwhen the front passenger's seatis occupied by an adult andhe/she sits properly (sittingupright with the seatback in anupright position, centered onthe seat cushion with their seatbelt on, legs comfortablyextended and their feet on thefloor), have that person sit in therear seat.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Accident statistics show that

children are safer if they arerestrained in the rear, asopposed to the front seat. It isrecommended that childrestraints be secured in a rearseat, including an infant ridingin a rear-facing infant seat, achild riding in a forward-facingchild seat and an older childriding in a booster seat.

• Air bags can only be usedonce – have an authorized Kiadealer replace the air bagimmediately after deployment.

• The occupant detection sys-tem may not work properly ifwater, coffee or any other liq-uid including rain gets on theseat. Keep the front seat dryat all times.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the front passenger seat is

occupied by a child who is notin a CRS, the "PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF" indicator mayor may not be on and the pas-senger air bag may or may notdeploy in a collision. Have thechild move to a rear seat toincrease their safety.

• Do not modify or replace thefront passenger seat. Don'tplace anything on or attachanything such as a blanket orseat heater to the front pas-senger seat.This can adverse-ly affect the occupant detec-tion system.

• Do not place sharp objects onthe front passenger seat.These may damage the occu-pant detection system, if theypuncture the seat cushion.

• Do not use accessory seatcovers on the front seats.

(Continued)



603

Driver's and passenger's front airbag

Your vehicle is equipped with anAdvanced Supplemental Restraint(Air Bag) System and lap/shoulderbelts at both the driver and passen-ger seating position.

WARNINGIf the occupant detection sys-tem is not working properly, theSRS air bag warning light onthe instrument panel will illumi-nate because the passenger'sfront air bag is connected withthe occupant detection system.If there is a malfunction of theoccupant detection system, thePASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicator will not illuminate andthe passenger's front air bagwill inflate in frontal impactcrashes even if there is no occu-pant in the front passenger'sseat. If the SRS air bag warninglight does not illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned tothe ON position, remains illumi-nated after approximately 6 sec-onds when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, or if itilluminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, have an author-ized Kia dealer inspect the occu-pant detection system and theSRS air bag system as soon aspossible.

OXM033009

OXM033010

Driver’s front air bag

Passenger’s front air bag (if equipped)

(Continued)• Do not place an electronic

device (ex. laptop computer,after market DMB/navigation/satellite audio, video gamemachine, MP3, etc.) on thefront passenger seat. Its elec-tronic field may cause the ODSto switch to the "on" conditionand thus turn on the air bagwarning light or allow the pas-senger airbag to deploy need-lessly in a collision, increasingyour repair costs.


3 61


The indication of the system's pres-ence are the letters "AIR BAG"embossed on the air bag pad coveron the steering wheel and the pas-senger's side front panel pad abovethe glove box.

The SRS consists of air bagsinstalled under the pad covers in thecenter of the steering wheel and thepassenger's side front panel abovethe glove box.The purpose of the SRS is to providethe vehicle's driver and/or the frontpassenger with additional protectionthan that offered by the seat belt sys-tem alone in case of a frontal impactof sufficient severity. The SRS usessensors to gather information aboutthe driver's and front passenger'sseat belt usage and impact severity.

The seat belt buckle sensors deter-mine if the driver and front passen-ger's seat belts are fastened.

These sensors provide the ability tocontrol the SRS deployment based onwhether or not the seat belts are fas-tened, and how severe the impact is.

The advanced SRS offers the abilityto control the air bag inflation withtwo levels. A first stage level is pro-vided for moderate-severity impacts.A second stage level is provided formore severe impacts.

The passenger’s front air bag isdesigned to help reduce the injury ofchildren sitting close to the instru-ment panel in low speed collisions.However, children are safer if theyare restrained in the rear seat.

According to the impact severity andseat belt usage, the SRSCM (SRSControl Module) controls the air baginflation. Failure to properly wearseat belts can increase the risk orseverity of injury in an accident.

WARNINGIf the occupant detection sys-tem is not working properly, theSRS air bag warning light onthe instrument panel will illumi-nate because the SRS air bagwarning light is connected withthe occupant detection system.If the SRS air bag warning lightdoes not illuminate when theignition switch is turned to theON position, remains illuminat-ed after approximately 6 sec-onds when the ignition switchis turned to the ON position, orif it illuminates while the vehicleis being driven, have an author-ized Kia dealer inspect theadvanced SRS air bag systemas soon as possible.



623

Additionally, your vehicle is equippedwith an occupant detection system inthe front passenger's seat. The occu-pant detection system detects thepresence of a passenger in the frontpassenger's seat and will turn off thefront passenger's air bag under cer-tain conditions. For more detail, see"Occupant detection system" in thissection.

WARNINGManufacturers are required bygovernment regulations to pro-vide a contact point concerningmodifications to the vehicle forpersons with disabilities, whichmodifications may affect thevehicle’s advanced air bag sys-tem. However, Kia does notendorse nor will it support anychanges to any part or structureof the vehicle that could affectthe advanced air bag system,including the occupant detec-tion system.

(Continued)

(Continued)Specifically, the front passengerseat, dashboard or door shouldnot be replaced except by anauthorized Kia dealer usingoriginal Kia parts designed forthis vehicle and model. Anyother such replacement or mod-ification could adversely affectthe operation of the occupantdetection system and youradvanced air bags. For thesame reason, do not attach any-thing to the seat, dashboard ordoor, even temporarily. If thesystem is adversely affected, itcould cause severe personalinjuries or death in a collision.

WARNING• Modification to the seat struc-

ture can cause the air bag todeploy at a different level thanshould be provided.

• Do not place any objectsunderneath the front seats asthey could damage and/orinterfere with the occupantdetection system.


3 63


✽✽ NOTICE• Be sure to read information about

the SRS on the labels provided onthe sunvisor.

• Advanced air bags are combinedwith pre-tensioner seat belts tohelp provide enhanced occupantprotection in frontal crashes. Frontair bags are not intended to deployin collisions in which sufficientprotection can be provided by thepre-tensioner seat belt.

(Continued)• Front and side air bags can

injure occupants improperlypositioned in the front seats.

• Move your seat as far back aspractical from the front airbags, while still maintainingcontrol of the vehicle.

• You and your passengersshould never sit or leanunnecessarily close to the airbags. Improperly positioneddrivers and passengers canbe severely injured by inflat-ing air bags.

• Never lean against the door orcenter console – always sit inan upright position.

• Do not allow a passenger toride in the front seat when thePASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicator is illuminated,because the air bag will notdeploy in the event of a mod-erate or severe frontal crash.

(Continued)

WARNINGAlways use seat belts and childrestraints – every trip, everytime, everyone! Air bags inflatewith considerable force and inthe blink of an eye. Seat beltshelp keep occupants in properposition to obtain maximumbenefit from the air bag. Evenwith advanced air bags, improp-erly and unbelted occupantscan be severely injured whenthe air bag inflates. Always fol-low the precautions about seatbelts, air bags and occupantsafety contained in this manual.To reduce the chance of seriousor fatal injuries and receive themaximum safety benefit fromyour restraint system:• Never place a child in any

child or booster seat in thefront seat.

• ABC – Always BuckleChildren in the 2nd Row seat.It is the safest place for chil-dren of any age to ride.

(Continued)



643

(Continued)• No objects should be placed

over or near the air bag mod-ules on the steering wheel,instrument panel or the frontpassenger's panel above theglove box, because any suchobject could cause harm if thevehicle is in a crash severeenough to cause the air bagsto deploy.

• Never place covers, blanketsor aftermarket seat warmerson the passenger seat asthese may interfere with theoccupant detection system.

• Do not tamper with or discon-nect SRS wiring or other com-ponents of the SRS system.Doing so could result in injury,due to accidental deploymentof the air bags or by renderingthe SRS inoperative.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the SRS air bag warning

light remains illuminatedwhile the vehicle is being driv-en, have an authorized Kiadealer inspect the air bag sys-tem as soon as possible.

• Air bags can only be usedonce – have an authorized Kiadealer replace the air bagimmediately after deployment.

• The SRS is designed todeploy the front air bags onlywhen an impact is sufficientlysevere and when the impactangle is less than 30° from theforward longitudinal axis ofthe vehicle. Additionally, theair bags will only deploy once.Seat belts must be worn at alltimes.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Front air bags are not intend-

ed to deploy in side-impact,rear-impact or rollover crash-es. In addition, front air bagswill not deploy in frontalcrashes below the deploy-ment threshold.

(Continued)


3 65


(Continued)• For maximum safety protection

in all types of crashes, all occu-pants including the drivershould always wear their seatbelts whether or not an air bagis also provided at their seatingposition to minimize the risk ofsevere injury or death in theevent of a crash. Do not sit orlean unnecessarily close to theair bag while the vehicle is inmotion.

• Sitting improperly or out ofposition can result in seriousor fatal injury in a crash. Alloccupants should sit uprightwith the seat back in an uprightposition, centered on the seatcushion with their seat belt on,legs comfortably extended andtheir feet on the floor until thevehicle is parked and the igni-tion key is removed or theengine is shut off.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the occupantdetection system, do notinstall a child restraint systemin the front passenger seatposition. A child restraint sys-tem must never be placed inthe front seat. The infant orchild could be severelyinjured or killed by an air bagdeployment in case of an acci-dent.

• Children age 12 and undermust always be properlyrestrained in the rear seat.Never allow children to ride inthe front passenger seat. If achild over 12 must be seatedin the front seat, he or shemust be properly belted andthe seat should be moved asfar back as possible.

(Continued)

OEP036096N

OVQ036018N

1VQA2091

Rear impact

Side impact

Rollover



663

Side air bag

Your vehicle is equipped with a sideair bag in each front seat. The pur-pose of the air bag is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front pas-senger with additional protection thanthat offered by the seat belt alone.

• The side air bags are designed todeploy during certain side-impactcollisions, depending on the crashseverity, angle, speed and point ofimpact.

• The side air bags do not onlydeploy on the side of the impactbut also on the opposite side.

• The side and/or curtain air bags onboth sides of the vehicle will deployif a rollover or possible rollover isdetected.

• The side air bags are not designedto deploy in all side impact orrollover situations.

WARNINGDo not allow the passengers tolean their heads or bodies ontodoors, put their arms on thedoors, stretch their arms out ofthe window, or place objectsbetween the doors and passen-gers when they are seated onseats equipped with side and/orcurtain air bags.

OXMA032054

OXM039039

(Continued)• The SRS air bag system must

deploy very rapidly to provideprotection in a crash. If anoccupant is out of positionbecause of not wearing a seatbelt, the air bag may forcefullycontact the occupant causingserious or fatal injuries.


3 67


Curtain air bag

Curtain air bags are located alongboth sides of the roof rails above thefront and rear doors.

(Continued)• Do not install any accessories

on the side or near the side airbag.

• Do not place any objects overthe air bag or between the airbag and yourself.

• Do not place any objects (anumbrella, bag, etc.) between thefront door and the front seat.Such objects may become dan-gerous projectiles and causeinjury if the supplemental sideair bag inflates.

• To prevent unexpected deploy-ment of the side air bag thatmay result in personal injury,avoid impact to the side impactsensor when the ignitionswitch is on.

• If seat or seat cover is dam-aged, have the vehicle checkedand repaired by an authorizedKia dealer. Inform the dealerthat your vehicle is equippedwith side air bags and an occu-pant detection system.

WARNING• The side air bag is supple-

mental to the driver's and thepassenger's seat belt systemsand is not a substitute forthem. Therefore your seatbelts must be worn at all timeswhile the vehicle is in opera-tion.

• For best protection from theside air bag system and toavoid being injured by thedeploying side air bag, bothfront seat occupants shouldsit in an upright position withthe seat belt properly fas-tened. The driver's handsshould be placed on the steer-ing wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00positions. The passenger'sarms and hands should beplaced on their laps.

• Do not use any accessoryseat covers.

• Use of seat covers couldreduce or prevent the effec-tiveness of the system.

(Continued)

OXM039055

OXMA032056



683

They are designed to help protectoccupants in certain side impactsand to help prevent them from eject-ing out of the vehicle as a result of arollover, especially when the seat-belts are also in use.• The curtain air bags are designed

to deploy during certain sideimpact collisions, depending on thecrash severity, angle, speed andpoint of impact.

• The curtain air bags do not onlydeploy on the side of the impactbut also on the opposite side.

• Also, the curtain air bags on bothsides of the vehicle will deploy incertain rollover situations.

• The curtain air bags are notdesigned to deploy in all sideimpact or rollover situations.

WARNING• In order for side and curtain

air bags to provide the bestprotection, front seat occu-pants and outboard rear occu-pants should sit in an uprightposition with the seat beltsproperly fastened.Importantly, children shouldsit in a proper child restraintsystem in the rear seat.

• When children are seated inthe rear outboard seats, theymust be seated in the properchild restraint system. Makesure to position the childrestraint system as far awayfrom the door side as possi-ble, and secure the childrestraint system in a lockedposition.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not allow the passengers

to lean their heads or bodiesagainst the doors, put theirarms on the doors, stretchtheir arms out of the windowor place objects between thedoors and passengers whenthey are seated on seatsequipped with side impactand/or curtain air bags.

• Never try to open or repair anycomponents of the side andcurtain air bag system. Thisshould only be done by anauthorized Kia dealer.

Failure to follow the above men-tioned instructions can result ininjury or death to the vehicleoccupants in an accident.


3 69


Why didn’t my air bag go off in acollision? (Inflation and non-infla-tion conditions of the air bag)There are many types of accidentsin which the air bag would not beexpected to provide additionalprotection.These include rear impacts, sec-ond or third collisions in multipleimpact accidents, as well as lowspeed impacts.

Air bag collision sensors

(1) SRS control module/Rollover sensor

(2) Front impact sensor

(3) Side impact sensor(4) Side impact sensor

OXM033012L/OXM033013/OXM033014/OXM039043/OXM039044

1 2 3 4



703

Air bag inflation conditions

Front air bags Front air bags are designed to inflatein a frontal collision depending onthe intensity, speed or angles ofimpact of the front collision.

1VQA2084

WARNING• Do not hit or allow any objects

to impact the locations whereair bags or sensors areinstalled.This may cause unexpectedair bag deployment, whichcould result in serious per-sonal injury or death.

• If the installation location orangle of the sensors is alteredin any way, the air bags maydeploy when they should notor they may not deploy whenthey should, causing severeinjury or death.Therefore, do not try to per-form maintenance on oraround the air bag sensors.Have the vehicle checked andrepaired by an authorized Kiadealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Problems may arise if the sen-

sor installation angles arechanged due to the deforma-tion of the front bumper, frontend module, body or frontdoors and/or C pillar whereside collision sensors areinstalled. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorized Kia dealer.

• Installing bumper guards (orside step or running board) orreplacing a bumper (or frontdoor module) with non-gen-uine parts may adverselyaffect your vehicle’s collisionand air bag deployment per-formance.


3 71


Side and/or curtain air bags Side and/or curtain air bags aredesigned to inflate when an impact isdetected by side collision sensorsdepending on the strength, speed orangles of impact resulting from aside impact collision.

Also, the side and curtain air bags aredesigned to inflate when a rollover isdetected by a rollover sensor.Although the front air bags (driver’sand front passenger’s air bags) aredesigned to inflate in frontal colli-sions, they also may inflate in othertypes of collisions if the front impactsensors detect a sufficient frontalforce in another type of impact. sideand curtain air bags are designed toinflate in certain side impact colli-sions. They may inflate in other typeof collisions where a side force isdetected by the sensors. Side air bagand/or curtain air bags may alsoinflate where rollover sensors indi-cate the possibility of a rolloveroccurring (even if none actuallyoccurs) or in other situations, incluid-ing when the vehicle is tilted whilebeing towed. Even where side and/orcurtain air bags would not provideimpact protection in a rollover, how-ever, they will deploy to prevent ejec-tion of occupants, especially thosewho are restrained with seat belts.

If the vehicle chassis is impacted bybumps or objects on unimprovedroads, the air bags may deploy. Drivecarefully on unimproved roads or onsurfaces not designed for vehicletraffic to prevent unintended air bagdeployment.

OVQ036018N

OXMA032057



723

Air bag non-inflation conditions

• In certain low-speed collisions theair bags may not deploy. The airbags are designed not to deploy insuch cases because they may notprovide benefits beyond the pro-tection of the seat belts in such col-lisions.

• Air bags are not designed to inflatein rear collisions, because occu-pants are moved backward by theforce of the impact. In this case,inflated air bags would not be ableto provide any additional benefit.

• Front air bags may not inflate inside impact collisions, becauseoccupants move to the direction ofthe collision, and thus in sideimpacts, frontal air bag deploymentwould not provide additional occu-pant protection.

OUN036087 OVQ036018N

1VQA2086


3 73


• In an angled collision, the force ofimpact may direct the occupants ina direction where the air bagswould not be able to provide anyadditional benefit, and thus thesensors may not deploy any airbags.

• Just before impact, drivers oftenbrake heavily. Such heavy brakinglowers the front portion of the vehi-cle causing it to “ride” under a vehi-cle with a higher ground clearance.Air bags may not inflate in this"under-ride" situation becausedeceleration forces that are detect-ed by sensors may be significantlyreduced by such “under-ride” colli-sions.

• Front air bags may not inflate in allrollover accidents where theSRSCM indicates that the front airbag deployment would not provideadditional occupant protection.

1VQA2090 1VQA20911VQA2089



743

• Air bags may not inflate if the vehi-cle collides with objects such asutility poles or trees, where thepoint of impact is concentrated toone area and the full force of theimpact is not delivered to the sen-sors.

SRS CareThe SRS is virtually maintenance-free and so there are no parts you cansafely service by yourself. If the SRSair bag warning light does not illumi-nate, or continuously remains on,have your vehicle immediatelyinspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

Any work on the SRS system, suchas removing, installing, repairing, orany work on the steering wheel, thefront passenger’s panel, front seatsand roof rails must be performed byan authorized Kia dealer. Improperhandling of the SRS system mayresult in serious personal injury.

WARNING• Modification to SRS compo-

nents or wiring, including theaddition of any kind of badgesto the pad covers or modifica-tions to the body structure,can adversely affect SRS per-formance and lead to possibleinjury.

• For cleaning the air bag padcovers, use only a soft, drycloth or one which has beenmoistened with plain water.Solvents or cleaners couldadversely affect the air bagcovers and proper deploy-ment of the system.

• No objects should be placedover or near the air bag mod-ules on the steering wheel,instrument panel, and the frontpassenger's panel above theglove box, because any suchobject could cause harm if thevehicle is in a crash severeenough to cause the air bags toinflate.

(Continued)

1VQA2092


3 75


Additional safety precautions• Never let passengers ride in the

cargo area or on top of a folded-down back seat. All occupantsshould sit upright, fully back in theirseats with their seat belts on andtheir feet on the floor.

• Passengers should not moveout of or change seats while thevehicle is moving. A passengerwho is not wearing a seat belt dur-ing a crash or emergency stop canbe thrown against the inside of thevehicle, against other occupants,or out of the vehicle.

• Each seat belt is designed torestrain one occupant. If morethan one person uses the sameseat belt, they could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a collision.

• Do not use any accessories onseat belts. Devices claiming toimprove occupant comfort or repo-sition the seat belt can reduce theprotection provided by the seat beltand increase the chance of seriousinjury in a crash.

• Passengers should not placehard or sharp objects betweenthemselves and the air bags.Carrying hard or sharp objects onyour lap or in your mouth can resultin injuries if an air bag inflates.

• Keep occupants away from theair bag covers. All occupantsshould sit upright, fully back in theirseats with their seat belts on andtheir feet on the floor. If occupantsare too close to the air bag covers,they could be injured if the air bagsinflate.

• Do not attach or place objectson or near the air bag covers.Any object attached to or placedon the front or side air bag coverscould interfere with the properoperation of the air bags.

• Do not modify the front seats.Modification of the front seatscould interfere with the operation ofthe supplemental restraint systemsensing components or side airbags.

(Continued)• If the air bags inflate, they

must be replaced by anauthorized Kia dealer.

• Do not tamper with or discon-nect SRS wiring, or othercomponents of the SRS sys-tem. Doing so could result ininjury, due to accidental infla-tion of the air bags or by ren-dering the SRS inoperative.

• If components of the air bagsystem must be discarded, orif the vehicle must bescrapped, certain safety pre-cautions must be observed.An authorized Kia dealerknows these precautions andcan give you the necessaryinformation. Failure to followthese precautions and proce-dures could increase the riskof personal injury.

• If your vehicle was floodedand has soaked carpeting orwater on flooring, you should-n't try to start the engine;have the vehicle towed to anauthorized Kia dealer.



763

• Do not place items under thefront seats. Placing items underthe front seats could interfere withthe operation of the supplementalrestraint system sensing compo-nents and wiring harnesses.

• Never hold an infant or child onyour lap. The infant or child couldbe seriously injured or killed in theevent of a crash. All infants andchildren should be properlyrestrained in appropriate childsafety seats or seat belts in therear seat.

Adding equipment to or modi-fying your air bag-equippedvehicleIf you modify your vehicle by chang-ing your vehicle's frame, bumper sys-tem, front end or side sheet metal orride height, this may affect the oper-ation of your vehicle's air bag sys-tem.

WARNING• Sitting improperly or out of

position can cause occupantsto be shifted too close to adeploying air bag, strike theinterior structure or be thrownfrom the vehicle resulting inserious injury or death.

• Always sit upright with theseatback in an upright posi-tion, centered on the seatcushion with your seat belton, legs comfortably extendedand your feet on the floor.

• Always have the ignition OFFwhen the vehicle is beingtowed or where it may other-wise be tilted, since the sideand/or curtain airbags mayinflate if the sensors interpretthose tilt angles as a potentialrollover.

• Be careful not to cause impactto the doors when the ignitionis ON.The air bags may inflate.


3 77


Air bag warning label

Air bag warning labels, some required by theCanada Motor Vehicle Safety Standards(CMVSS), are attached to the sunvisor toalert the driver and passengers of potentialrisks of the air bag system.

OXM039050N


Features of your vehicle

Folding key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4• Key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4• Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7• Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11• Smart key function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11• Loss of the smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15• Smart key precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15• Smart key immobilizer system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18

Theft-alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19• Armed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19• Theft-alarm stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20• Disarmed stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20

Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21• Operating door locks from outside the vehicle . . . . 4-21• Operating door locks from inside the vehicle. . . . . . 4-22• Impact sensing door unlock system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24• Auto door lock/unlock feature (Automatic transaxle) . 4-24• Child-protector rear door lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24

Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25• Opening the tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25

• Closing the tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25• Power tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26• Emergency tailgate safety release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33• Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34

Hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38• Opening the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38• Closing the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38

Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40• Opening the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40• Closing the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40• Emergency fuel filler lid release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43

Panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44• Sunroof open warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45• Sliding the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45• Tilting the sunroof. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46• Sunshade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47• Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48

Steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49• Electric power steering (EPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49• Tilt and telescopic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50• Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51• Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51• Flex steer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52

4

XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:46 PM Page 1

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55• Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55• Outside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64

Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68• Instrument cluster control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69• LCD display control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70• Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71• Transaxle shift indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74

LCD display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75• LCD modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75• Service mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76• User settings mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78• A/V Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80• Turn by turn mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80• Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81

Trip computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87• Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87• Trip A/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88• Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89

Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91• Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91• Indicator lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98

Rear parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102• Operation of the rear parking assist system. . . . . . 4-102

• Non-operational conditions of rear parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103

• Rear parking assist system precautions . . . . . . . . . 4-104• Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105

Rearview camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106Hazard warning flasher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108

• Battery saver function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108• Headlight escort function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108• Headlight welcome function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108• Daytime running light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109• Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109• High beam operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111• Turn signals and lane change signals . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112• Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112

Windshield wiper/washers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113• Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114• Front windshield washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115• Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . 4-116

Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117• Automatic turn off function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117• Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117• Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118• Luggage lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119• Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119

4


Defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120• Rear window defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120

Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121• Heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122• 3rd row air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126• System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127• Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129• Air Conditioning refrigerant label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130• Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant

and compressor lubricant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131

• Automatic heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . 4-133• Manual heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . 4-134• Outside thermometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-137• 3rd row air conditioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140

Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . 4-142• Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142• Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-143• Defogging logic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144

Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146• Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146• Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146• Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147• Luggage box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148

Interior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149• Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149• Bottle holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150• Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150• Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151• AC inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152• Clock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154• Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154• Clothes hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155• Floor mat anchor(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155• Side curtain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156• Luggage net holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156

Exterior features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-157• Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-157

Audio system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-159• Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-159

4



44

Record your key numberThe key code numberis stamped on the barcode tag attached tothe key set. Shouldyou lose your keys,

this number will enable an author-ized Kia dealer to duplicate the keyseasily. Remove the bar code tag andstore it in a safe place. Also, recordthe code number and keep it in asafe and handy place, but not in thevehicle.

Key operations

• Used to start the engine.• Used to lock and unlock the doors.• Used to lock and unlock the glove

box.• To unfold the key, press the release

button then the key will unfold auto-matically. To fold the key, fold thekey manually while pressing therelease button.

FOLDING KEY

OXMA043331

CAUTIONDo not fold the key withoutpressing the release button.This may damage the key.

WARNING - Ignition keyLeaving children unattended ina vehicle with the ignition key isdangerous even if the key is notin the ignition. Children copyadults and they could place thekey in the ignition. The ignitionkey would enable children tooperate power windows orother controls, or even makethe vehicle move, which couldresult in serious bodily injury oreven death. Never leave thekeys in your vehicle with unsu-pervised children.

WARNINGUse only Kia original parts forthe ignition key in your vehicle.If an aftermarket key is used,the ignition switch may notreturn to ON after START. If thishappens, the starter will contin-ue to operate causing damageto the starter motor and possi-ble fire due to excessive currentin the wiring.


4 5


Door Lock (1)

1. Close all doors, engine hood andtailgate.

2. Press the lock button(1).3. All doors and tailgate will lock. The

hazard warning lights will blinkonce.

4. If the lock button is pressed oncemore within 4 seconds, the hazardwarning lights will blink and thehorn will sound once.

5. Make sure that doors are locked bychecking the door lock button insideor pulling the outside door handle.

Door Unlock (2) 1. Press the unlock button(2).2. The driver's door will unlock. The

hazard warning lights will blink twotimes.

3. Press the unlock button(2) twicewithin 4 seconds and all doors andtailgate will unlock. The hazardwarning lights will blink two times.

✽✽ NOTICEYou can activate or deactivate theTwo Turn Unlock function. Refer to"User settings" in this chapter.

Tailgate unlock (3)The tailgate is unlocked if the buttonis pressed for more than 1 second.Also, once the tailgate is opened andthen closed, the tailgate will belocked automatically.• For Power Tailgate Only:The Power Tailgate will open if thebutton is pressed for more than 1second. Also, once the tailgate isopened and then closed, the tailgatewill be locked again automatically.

If the power tailgate is switched ‘Off’using the button in the overhead con-sole, the tailgate unlock button willoperate to unlock the tailgate asdescribed above.

See section 4-26 for more informa-tion on the power tailgate option.

OXMA043317



64

Panic (4)The horn sounds and hazard warn-ing lights flash for about 27 secondsif this button is pressed for more than0.5 second. To stop the horn andlights, press any button except thetrunk button on the transmitter.

Transmitter precautions✽✽ NOTICEThe transmitter will not work if anyof following occur:• The ignition key is in the ignition

switch.• You exceed the operating distance

limit (about 10 m [30 feet]).• The battery in the transmitter is

weak.• Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.• The weather is extremely cold.• The transmitter is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio substa-tion or an airport which can inter-fere with normal operation of thetransmitter.

When the transmitter does not workcorrectly, open and close the doorwith the ignition key. If you have aproblem with the transmitter, contactan authorized Kia dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the transmitter is in close prox-

imity to your mobile phone, thesignal could be blocked by yourmobile phones normal operationalsignals. This is especially impor-tant when the phone is active suchas making and receiving calls, textmessaging, and/or sending/receiv-ing emails. Avoid placing thetransmitter and your mobilephone in the same pants or jacketpocket and always try to maintainan adequate distance between thetwo devices.

CAUTIONKeep the transmitter away fromwater or any liquid. If the key-less entry system is inoperativedue to exposure to water or liq-uids, it will not be covered byyour manufacturer’s vehiclewarranty.


4 7


Battery replacement

The transmitter uses a 3 volt lithiumbattery which will normally last forseveral years. When replacement isnecessary, use the following proce-dure.1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and

gently pry open the transmittercenter cover.

2. Replace the battery with a newbattery (CR2032). When replacingthe battery, make sure the batteryis positioned battery.

3. Install the battery in the reverseorder of removal.

For replacement transmitters, see anauthorized Kia dealer for transmitterreprogramming.• The transmitter is designed to give

you years of trouble-free use, how-ever it can malfunction if exposed tomoisture or static electricity. If youare unsure how to use your trans-mitter or replace the battery, contactan authorized Kia dealer.

• Using the wrong battery can causethe transmitter to malfunction. Besure to use the correct battery.

• To avoid damaging the transmitter,don't drop it, get it wet, or expose itto heat or sunlight.

• An inappropriately disposedbattery can be harmful to theenvironment and may causehuman health. Dispose thebattery according to yourlocal law(s) or regulation.

OYDDCO2005

CAUTION - Transmitterdamage

Do not drop, wet or expose thekeyless entry system transmit-ter to heat or sunlight.

IC WARNINGThis device complies withIndustry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) thisdevice may not cause interfer-ence, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference, includ-ing interference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.



84

Immobilizer systemYour vehicle is equipped with anelectronic engine immobilizer systemto reduce the risk of unauthorizedvehicle use.Your immobilizer system is com-prised of a small transponder in theignition key and electronic devicesinside the vehicle.With the immobilizer system, when-ever you insert your ignition key intothe ignition switch and turn it to ON,it checks and determines and verifiesif the ignition key is valid.If the key is determined to be valid,the engine will start.If the key is determined to be invalid,the engine will not start.

To activate the immobilizer sys-tem:Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi-tion. The immobilizer system acti-vates automatically. Without a validignition key for your vehicle, theengine will not start.

To deactivate the immobilizersystem:Insert the ignition key into the keycylinder and turn it to the ON position.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen starting the engine, do not usethe key with other immobilizer keysaround. Otherwise the engine maynot start or may stop soon after itstarts. Keep each key separate inorder to avoid a starting malfunction.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you need additional keys or loseyour keys, contact an authorizedKia dealer.

WARNINGIn order to prevent theft of yourvehicle, do not leave spare keysanywhere in your vehicle. YourImmobilizer password is a cus-tomer unique password andshould be kept confidential. Donot leave this number anywherein your vehicle.

CAUTIONDo not put metal accessoriesnear the ignition switch.Metal accessories may interruptthe transponder signal and mayprevent the engine from beingstarted.


4 9


This device complies with IndustryCanada Standard RSS-210.Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1. This device may not cause harm-

ful interference, and 2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesiredoperation.

"Limp Home" Mode and RelatedProceduresIf the immobilizer warning indicatorblinks for five seconds when the igni-tion key is turned to the "ON" posi-tion, this indicates the immobilizersystem requires service. The enginecannot be started without using theprocedure below.The following procedure describeshow to start the engine using thelimp home function (0, 1, 2, 3 as asample password).

✽✽ NOTICEYou can get a limp home passwordwhen the vehicle is first delivered toyou. If you do not have a password,consult your authorized Kia dealer.

CAUTIONChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliancecould void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment. If thekeyless entry system is inopera-tive due to changes or modifica-tions not approved by the partyresponsible for compliance, itwill not be covered by your man-ufacturer’s vehicle warranty.

CAUTIONThe transponder in your ignitionkey is an important part of theimmobilizer system. It isdesigned to give years of trou-ble-free service, however youshould avoid exposure to mois-ture, static electricity and roughhandling. Immobilizer systemmalfunction could occur.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjustthe immobilizer system becauseit could cause the immobilizersystem to malfunction andshould only be serviced by anauthorized Kia dealer.Malfunctions caused by improp-er alterations, adjustments ormodifications to the immobilizersystem are not covered by yourvehicle manufacturer warranty.



104

1. To activate the password, turn theignition key "ON" and "OFF"according to the digit numbers.The immobilizer indicator will blinkalong with the operation of theignition key. For example, turn theignition key once for digit number"1", and twice for "2", and so on.For the digit number "0", you mustcycle the ignition key 10 times.

2. Wait for 3~10 seconds.3. You may set the remaining number

of digits by following steps 1 and 2.4. If all of the four password digits

have been successfully entered,turn the ignition key "ON" andcheck that the immobilizer indica-tor illuminates. From this time, youhave to start your engine within 30seconds. If you try to start yourengine after 30 seconds, yourengine will not start.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the engine stalls while driving inthe "limp home" mode, you canstart your engine within 3 secondswithout re-entering the password.

If the immobilizer indicator blinks forfive seconds, you must re-enter thepassword (steps 1~4).

After performing the limp home acti-vation procedure, consult with yourauthorized Kia dealer as soon aspossible.

CAUTION• If the password is entered

incorrectly three consecutivetimes, wait for about one hourto perform the limp home acti-vation procedure again.

• If you cannot start your engineusing the limp home activa-tion procedure, have yourvehicle towed by an author-ized Kia dealer.


4 11


Record your key numberThe key code numberis stamped on the barcode tag attached tothe key set. Shouldyou lose your keys,

this number will enable an author-ized Kia dealer to duplicate the keyseasily. Remove the bar code tag andstore it in a safe place. Also, recordthe code number and keep it in asafe and handy place, but not in thevehicle.

Smart key function

To remove the mechanical key, pressand hold the release button(1) andremove the mechanical key (2).To reinstall the mechanical key, putthe key into the hole and push it untila click sound is heard.

With a smart key, you can lock orunlock a door (and Tailgate) and startthe engine.Refer to the following for more details.

SMART KEY

OXMA043316

WARNING - Smart keyLeaving children unattended ina vehicle with the smart key isdangerous. Unattended childrenmimic adults and they couldpress the engine start/stop but-ton which would enable childrento operate power windows orother controls, or even make thevehicle move, which couldresult in serious bodily injury oreven death. Never leave the keysin your vehicle with unsuper-vised children.



124

Door Lock

Using the door handle button1. Carry the smart key.2. Close all doors, engine hood and

tailgate.3. Press the button of the outside

door handle.

4. The hazard warning lights will blinkand the chime will sound once.

5. Make sure that doors are lockedby pulling the outside door handle.

✽✽ NOTICE• The button will only operate when

the smart key is within 0.7~1m.(28~40in) from the outside doorhandle.

• Even though you press the outsidedoor handle button, the doors willnot lock and the chime will soundfor 3 seconds if any of followingoccur:- The smart key is in the vehicle.- The engine start/stop button is

in ACC or ON position.- Any door except the tailgate is

open.

Using the button on the smart key1 Close all doors, engine hood and

tailgate.2. Press the lock button(1).3. The hazard warning lights will blink

and the chime will sound once.4. Make sure that doors are locked

by pulling the outside door handle.

OXM049002

OXMA043316/Q


4 13


UnlockingUsing the door handle button1. Carry the smart key.2. Press the button of the driver's

outside door handle.3. The driver’s door will unlock. The

hazard warning lights will blink andthe chime will sound two times.

4. Press the button twice within 4seconds and all doors and the tail-gate will unlock and the hazardwarning lights will blink and thechime will sound two times.

❈ If you press the button of the frontpassenger’s outside door handlewhile carrying the smart key, alldoors will unlock.

✽✽ NOTICE• The button will only operate when

the smart key is within 0.7~1m.(28~40in) from the outside doorhandle.

• When the smart key is recognizedin the area of 0.7~1m. (28~40in)from the front outside door han-dle, other people can also open thedoors.

• After unlocking the driver’s dooror all doors, the door(s) will lockautomatically unless the door isopened.

Using the button on the smart key1. Press the unlock button(2) of the

smart key.2. The driver’s door will unlock. The

hazard warning lights will blink andthe chime will sound two times.

3. Press the unlock button(2) twicewithin 4 seconds and all doors andthe tailgate will unlock. The hazardwarning lights will blink and thechime will sound two times.

✽✽ NOTICEAfter pressing the button, the doorswill lock automatically unless anydoor is opened within 30 seconds.

✽✽ NOTICEYou can activate or deactivate theTwo Turn Unlock function. Refer to"User settings" in this chapter.



144

Tailgate unlockingUsing the tailgate handle button1. Carry the smart key.2. Press the tailgate handle button.3. When all doors are locked, the

hazard warning lights will blink twotimes.Once the tailgate is opened andthen closed, the tailgate will lockautomatically.

✽✽ NOTICEThe button will only operate whenthe smart key is within 0.7~1m.(28~40in) from the tailgate handle.

Using the button on the smart key1. Press the tailgate unlock button(3)

for more than 1 second.2. When all doors are locked, the

hazard warning lights will blink twotimes.

• For Power Tailgate Only:The Power Tailgate will open if thebutton is pressed for more than 1second. Also, once the tailgate isopened and then closed, the tailgatewill be locked again automatically.

If the power tailgate is switched ‘Off’using the button in the overhead con-sole, the tailgate unlock button willoperate to unlock the tailgate asdescribed above.

See section 4-26 for more informa-tion on the power tailgate option.

Panic1. Press the panic button(4) for more

than 1 second.2. The horn sounds and hazard

warning light flash for about 30seconds.

✽✽ NOTICETo stop the horn and lights, pressany button on the smart key.

Start-upYou can start the engine withoutinserting the key. For detailed infor-mation refer to the “Engine start/stopbutton” in chapter 5.


4 15


Loss of the smart keyA maximum of 2 smart keys can beregistered to a single vehicle.If you happen to lose your smart key,you will not be able to start theengine. You should immediately takethe vehicle and remaining key to yourauthorized Kia dealer(tow the vehi-cle, if necessary) to protect it frompotential theft.

Smart key precautions• The smart key will not work if any

of the following occur:- The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio sta-tion or an airport which can inter-fere with normal operation of thesmart key.

- The smart key is near a mobiletwo way radio system or a cellu-lar phone.

- Another vehicle’s smart key isbeing operated close to yourvehicle.

• When the smart key does not workcorrectly, open and close the doorwith the mechanical key and contactan authorized Kia dealer.

• If the smart key is in close proximi-ty to your cell phone or smartphone, the signal from the smartkey could be blocked by normaloperation of your cell phone orsmart phone. This is especiallyimportant when the phone is activesuch as making a call, receivingcalls, text messaging, and/or send-ing/receiving emails. Avoid placingthe smart key and your cell phoneor smart phone in the same pantsor jacket pocket and maintain ade-quate distance between the twodevices.

CAUTIONKeep the smart key away fromwater or any liquid. If the key-less entry system is inoperativedue to exposure to water orother liquids, it will not be cov-ered by your manufacturer’svehicle warranty.



164

Smart key immobilizer systemYour vehicle is equipped with anelectronic engine immobilizer systemto reduce the risk of unauthorizedvehicle use.Your immobilizer system is com-prised of a small transponder in thesmart key and electronic devicesinside the vehicle.With the immobilizer system, when-ever you turn the engine start/stopbutton to the ON position by pressingthe button while carrying the smartkey, it checks and determines andverifies if the smart key is valid or not.If the key is determined to be valid,the engine will start.If the key is determined to be invalid,the engine will not start.

To deactivate the immobilizersystem:Turn the engine start/stop button tothe ON position by pressing the but-ton while carrying the smart key.

To activate the immobilizer system:Turn the engine start/stop button tothe OFF position. The immobilizersystem activates automatically.Without a valid smart key for yourvehicle, the engine will not start.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen starting the engine, do not usethe key with other immobilizer keysaround. Otherwise the engine maynot start or may stop soon after itstarts. Keep each key separate inorder to avoid a starting malfunction.

CAUTIONIn order to prevent theft of yourvehicle, do not leave spare keysanywhere in your vehicle. YourImmobilizer password is a cus-tomer unique password andshould be kept confidential. Donot leave this number anywherein your vehicle.

CAUTIONDo not put metal accessoriesnear the smart key.The engine may not startbecause the metal accessoriesmay interrupt the transpondersignal from transmitting normal-ly.


4 17


✽✽ NOTICEIf you need additional keys or loseyour keys, contact an authorizedKia dealer.




CAUTIONThe transponder in your smartkey is an important part of theimmobilizer system. It isdesigned to give years of trou-ble-free service, however youshould avoid exposure to mois-ture, static electricity and roughhandling. Immobilizer systemmalfunction could occur.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjustthe immobilizer system becauseit could cause the immobilizersystem to malfunction andshould only be serviced by anauthorized Kia dealer.Malfunctions caused by improp-er alterations, adjustments ormodifications to the immobilizersystem are not covered by yourvehicle manufacturer warranty. WARNING

Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliancecould void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment. If thekeyless entry system is inoper-ative due to changes or modifi-cations not expressly approvedby the party responsible forcompliance, it will not be cov-ered by your manufacturer’svehicle warranty.



184

Battery replacement

A smart key battery should last forseveral years, but if the smart key isnot working properly, try replacingthe battery with a new one. If you areunsure how to use your smart key orreplace the battery, contact anauthorized Kia dealer.1. Remove the mechanical key.2. Pry open the rear cover.3. Replace the battery with a new

battery (CR2032). When replacingthe battery, make sure the batteryposition.

4. Install the battery in the reverseorder of removal.

• The smart key is designed to giveyou years of trouble-free use, how-ever it can malfunction if exposedto moisture or static electricity. Ifyou are unsure how to use orreplace the battery, contact anauthorized Kia dealer.

• Using the wrong battery can causethe smart key to malfunction. Besure to use the correct battery.

• To avoid damaging the smart key,don't drop it, get it wet, or expose itto heat or sunlight.

• An inappropriately dis-posed battery can be harm-ful to the environment andhuman health. Dispose thebattery according to yourlocal law(s) or regulation.

CAUTION - Smart keydamage

Do not drop, get wet or exposethe smart key to heat or sun-light, or it will be damaged.

OXM043005

IC WARNINGThis device complies withIndustry Canada licence-exemptRSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the follow-ing two conditions: (1) this devicemay not cause interference, and(2) this device must accept anyinterference, including interfer-ence that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.


4 19


This system is designed to provideprotection from unauthorized entryinto the vehicle. This system is oper-ated in three stages: the first is the"Armed" stage, the second is the"Theft-alarm" stage, and the third isthe "Disarmed" stage. If triggered,the system provides an audiblealarm with blinking of the hazardwarning lights.

Armed stagePark the vehicle and stop the engine.Arm the system as described below.1. Remove the ignition key from the

ignition switch and exit the vehicle.2. Make sure that all doors (and tail-

gate) and engine hood are closedand latched.

3. Lock the doors using the transmit-ter of the keyless entry system (orsmart key) or ignition key.

After completion of the steps above,the hazard warning lights will blink(for smart key, the chime alsosounds) once to indicate that thesystem is armed.

If any door (or tailgate) or enginehood remains open, the hazardwarning lights and the chime will notoperate and the theft-alarm will notarm. If all doors (and tailgate) andengine hood are closed after the lockbutton is pressed, the hazard warn-ing lights blink once.

The system can also be armed bylocking the doors with the key fromthe front doors; however, the hazardwarning lights will not blink using thismethod.

✽✽ NOTICEThe theft-alarm system can be deac-tivated by an authorized Kia dealer.If you want this feature, consult anauthorized Kia dealer.

Do not arm the system until allpassengers have left the vehicle. Ifthe system is armed while a pas-senger(s) remains in the vehicle,the alarm may be activated whenthe remaining passenger(s) leavethe vehicle. If any door (or tailgate)or engine hood is opened within30 seconds after the systementers the armed stage, the sys-tem is disarmed to prevent anunnecessary alarm.

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM

Armedstage

Theft-alarmstage

Disarmedstage



204

Theft-alarm stageThe alarm will be activated if any ofthe following occurs while the systemis armed.• A front or rear door is opened with-

out using the ignition key or trans-mitter (or smart key).

• The tailgate is opened withoutusing the transmitter (or smartkey).

• The engine hood is opened.The horn will sound and the hazardwarning lights will blink continuouslyfor approximately 27 seconds, andrepeat the horn 3 times unless thesystem is disarmed. To turn off thesystem, unlock the doors with theignition key or transmitter (or smartkey).

Disarmed stageThe system will be disarmed whenthe doors (and tailgate) are unlockedwith the transmitter (or smart key) orthe ignition key.After depressing the unlock button,the hazard warning lights will blinkand the chime will sound twice (insmart key) to indicate that the sys-tem is disarmed.After depressing the unlock button, ifany door (or tailgate) is not openedwithin 30 seconds, the system will berearmed.

✽✽ NOTICE• Avoid trying to start the engine

while the alarm is activated. Thevehicle starting motor is disabledduring the theft-alarm stage.If the system is not disarmed withthe transmitter, insert the key intothe ignition switch, turn the igni-tion switch to the ON position andwait for 30 seconds. Then the sys-tem will be disarmed. (if equipped)

• If you lose your keys, consult yourauthorized Kia dealer.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjustthe theft-alarm system becauseit could cause the theft-alarmsystem to malfunction andshould only be serviced by anauthorized Kia dealer.Malfunctions caused by improp-er alterations, adjustments ormodifications to the theft-alarmsystem are not covered by yourvehicle manufacturer warranty.


4 21


DOOR LOCKS Operating door locks fromoutside the vehicle

• Turn the key clockwise to unlockand counterclockwise to lock.

• If you lock the driver’s door with akey, all vehicle doors will lock auto-matically.

• From the driver’s door, turn the keyto the right once to unlock the doorand once more within 4 seconds tounlock all doors.

• Doors can also be locked andunlocked with the transmitter.

• Once the doors are unlocked, theymay be opened by pulling the doorhandle.

• When closing the door, push thedoor by hand. Make sure the doorsare closed securely.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may notwork properly due to freezing con-ditions.

• If the door is locked/unlockedmultiple times in rapid successionwith either the vehicle key or doorlock switch, the system may stopoperating temporarily in order toprotect the circuit and preventdamage to system components.

• To lock a door without the key,push the inside door lock button (1)or central door lock switch (2) tothe “Lock” position and close thedoor (3).

• If you lock the door with the centraldoor lock switch (2), all vehicledoors will lock automatically.

✽✽ NOTICEAlways remove the ignition key,engage the parking brake, close allwindows and lock all doors whenleaving your vehicle unattended.

OXMA043319

LockLock

Unlock

■ Type A ■ Type B

Unlock

OXM049006

WARNING• If you don’t close the door

securely, the door may openagain.

• Be careful that someone’sbody and hands are nottrapped when closing the door.



224

Operating door locks frominside the vehicleWith the door lock button

• To unlock a door, push the doorlock button (1) to the “Unlock” posi-tion.The red mark (2) on the buttonwill be visible.

• To lock a door, push the door lockbutton (1) to the “Lock” position. Ifthe door is locked properly, the redmark (2) on the door lock buttonwill not be visible.

• To open a door, pull the door han-dle (3) outward.

• If the inner door handle of the dri-ver’s (or front passenger’s) door ispulled when the door lock button isin the lock position, the button willunlock and the door will open. (ifequipped)

• Front doors cannot be locked if theignition key is in the ignition switchand any front door is opened.

WARNING - Door lockmalfunction

If a power door lock ever fails tofunction while you are in thevehicle, try one or more of thefollowing techniques to exit:• Operate the door unlock fea-

ture repeatedly (both electron-ic and manual) while simulta-neously pulling on the doorhandle.

• Operate the other door locksand handles, front and rear.

• Lower a front window and usethe key to unlock the doorfrom outside.

• Move to the cargo area andopen the tailgate.

OXM049007

Lock Unlock


4 23


With central door lock switch

Operate by pressing the central doorlock switch.• When pressing the front portion (1)

of the switch, all vehicle doors willlock.

• When pressing the rear portion (2)of the switch, all vehicle doors willunlock.

• If the key is in the ignition switchand any front door is opened, thedoors will not lock even though thefront portion (1) of the central doorlock switch is pressed.

WARNING - Unlockedvehicles

Leaving your vehicle unlockedcan invite theft or possible harmto you or others from someonehiding in your vehicle while youare gone. Always remove theignition key, engage the parkingbrake, close all windows andlock all doors when leavingyour vehicle unattended.

WARNING - Unattendedchildren

An enclosed vehicle can becomeextremely hot, causing death orsevere injury to unattended chil-dren or animals who cannotescape the vehicle. Furthermore,children might operate featuresof the vehicle that could injurethem, or they could encounterother harm, possibly from some-one gaining entry to the vehicle.Never leave children or animalsunattended in your vehicle.

WARNING - Doors• The doors should always be

fully closed and locked whilethe vehicle is in motion to pre-vent accidental opening of thedoor. Locked doors will alsodiscourage potential intruderswhen the vehicle stops orslows down.

• Be careful when openingdoors and watch for vehicles,motorcycles, bicycles orpedestrians approaching thevehicle in the path of the door.Opening a door when some-thing is approaching cancause damage or injury.

OXMA042008

Driver’s door

OXMA042009

Passenger’s door



244

Impact sensing door unlock system (if equipped)In the event of air bag deploymentresulting from a vehicle impact, alldoors will automatically unlock.

Auto door lock/unlock feature(Automatic transaxle, if equipped)• All doors will automatically lock

when the transaxle shift lever isshifted out of P(Park).

• All doors will automatically unlockwhen the transaxle shift lever isshifted into P (Park).

✽✽ NOTICEYou can select some auto doorlock/unlock features in “UserSettings” as follows;• Speed sensing auto door lock• Auto door unlock when the igni-

tion key is removed from the igni-tion switch or engine is turned off.

• Auto door lock/unlock by shiftingthe shift lever out of P(Park) orinto P(Park).

For more information, refer to“User Settings” in this chapter.

Child-protector rear door lock

The child safety lock is provided tohelp prevent children from acciden-tally opening the rear doors frominside the vehicle. The rear doorsafety locks should be used whenev-er children are in the vehicle.1. Open the rear door.2. Push the child safety lock located

on the rear edge of the door to thelock ( ) position. When the childsafety lock is in the lock position, therear door will not open even whenthe inner door handle is pulled.

3. Close the rear door.To open the rear door, pull the out-side door handle.Even though the doors may beunlocked, the rear door will not openby pulling the inner door handle (1)until the rear door child safety lock isunlocked.

OXM049010

WARNING - Rear doorlocks

If children accidentally open therear doors while the vehicle isin motion, they could fall out ofthe vehicle, resulting in severeinjury or death. To prevent chil-dren from opening the reardoors from the inside, the reardoor safety locks should beused whenever children are inthe vehicle.


4 25


Opening the tailgate

• The tailgate is locked or unlockedwhen all doors are locked orunlocked with the key, transmitter(or smart key) or central door lockswitch.

• If unlocked, the tailgate can beopened by pressing the handleswitch and then pulling the handleup.

• Only the tailgate is unlocked if thetailgate unlock button on the smartkey is pressed (if equipped). Oncethe tailgate is opened and thenclosed, the tailgate is locked auto-matically.

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, door lockand door mechanisms may not workproperly due to freezing conditions.

Closing the tailgate

To close the tailgate, lower and pushdown the tailgate firmly. Make surethat the tailgate is securely latched.

TAILGATE

WARNINGThe tailgate swings upward.Make sure no objects or peopleare near the rear of the vehiclewhen opening the tailgate.

CAUTIONMake certain that you close thetailgate before driving yourvehicle. Possible damage mayoccur to the tailgate lift cylin-ders and attached hardware ifthe tailgate is not closed prior todriving.

OXM043023 OXM043024

WARNINGMake sure your hands, feet andother parts of your body aresafely out of the way beforeclosing the tailgate.



264

Power tailgate (if equipped) (1) Power tailgate open/close button(2) Power tailgate off button(3) Power tailgate handle switch (4) Power tailgate close button

✽✽ NOTICEThe power tailgate operates when:• Automatic shift lever is in P (Park).• Manual shift lever is in neutral.

WARNING - Rear cargoarea

Occupants should never ride inthe rear cargo area where norestraints are available.To avoidinjury in the event of an acci-dent or sudden stops, occu-pants should always be proper-ly restrained.

WARNING - Exhaustfumes

If you drive with the tailgateopen, you may draw dangerousexhaust fumes into your vehiclewhich can cause serious injuryor death to vehicle occupants.If you must drive with the tail-gate opened, keep the air ventsand all windows open so thatadditional outside air comesinto the vehicle.

OXMA043008

OXMA043023

OXMA043325

WARNINGNever leave children or animalsunattended in your vehicle.Unattended children or animalscould activate the power tailgatewhich may result in injury tothemselves or others, or damageto the vehicle.


4 27


Opening the tailgate

The power tailgate will open auto-matically by doing one of the follow-ing:• Press the tailgate unlock button on

the transmitter or smart key.• Press the power tailgate open but-

ton.

WARNING• Make sure there are no people

or objects around the tailgatebefore operating the powertailgate. Wait until the tailgateis opened fully and stoppedbefore loading or unloadingcargo or passengers from thevehicle.

• During power operation, seri-ous personal injury or cargodamage may occur. Make surethe tailgate is CLOSED andlatched before driving.

CAUTIONDo not close or open the powertailgate manually during auto-matic operation.This may causedamage to the power tailgate orto the vehicle.If it is necessary to close oropen the power tailgate manual-ly when the battery is dis-charged or disconnected, makesure the tailgate is not in opera-tion. Switch the power tailgateto the off position. Do not applyexcessive force.

OXMA043327



284

• Press the tailgate handle switchcarrying the smart key with you.

Closing the tailgate

1. Press the power tailgate close but-ton on the tailgate or inside thevehicle (approximately 1 second).

2. The tailgate will close and lockautomatically.

✽✽ NOTICEThe button on the tailgate will notilluminate or function when the sys-tem is in the off/manual mode.

OXMA043023

OXMA043325

WARNINGThe chime will sound and thehazard warning flasher will blink10 times if you drive with thetailgate closed but not fullysecured. Stop your vehicleimmediately at a safe place tocheck if your tailgate is securelylocked.


4 29


Power tailgate non-opening con-ditions

• The power tailgate will not open orclose automatically, when the vehicleis moving more than 3km/h (2mph).

• If you press the power tailgate offbutton (1), the power tailgate willnot open or close automatically.

✽✽ NOTICE• The power tailgate can be operat-

ed when the engine is not running.However the power tailgate opera-tion consumes large amounts ofvehicle electric power. To preventthe battery from being discharged,do not operate it excessively e.g.:more than approximately 10 timesrepeatedly.

• To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, do not leave the powertailgate in the open position for along time.

• Do not modify or repair any partof the power tailgate by yourself.This must be done by an author-ized Kia dealer.

• When jacking up the vehicle tochange a tire or repair the vehicle,do not operate the power tailgate.This could cause the power tail-gate to operate improperly.

(Continued)

OXMA043326

WARNINGThe chime will sound continu-ously if you drive over 3km/h(2mph) with the tailgate opened.Stop your vehicle at a safe placeas soon as possible to check ifyour tailgate is opened.

WARNINGThe chime will sound and thehazard warning flasher will blink10 times if you drive with the tail-gate closed but not fully secured.Stop your vehicle immediately ata safe place to check if your tail-gate is securely locked.



304

(Continued)• In cold and wet climates, the

power tailgate may not work prop-erly due to freezing conditions.

• It is recommended to wait untilthe power tailgate is fully closedbefore starting the vehicle. Thepower tailgate may not close fullyif the vehicle is started duringautomatic closing.

Automatic reversal

During power opening and closing ifthe power tailgate is blocked by anobject or part of the body, the powertailgate will detect the resistance.• If the resistance is detected while

opening the tailgate, it will stop andmove in the opposite direction.

• If the resistance is detected whileclosing the tailgate, it will stop andmove in the opposite direction.

However, if the resistance is weaksuch as from an object that is thin orsoft, or the tailgate is near the latchedposition, the automatic stop and rever-sal may not detect the resistance.

If the automatic reversal featureoperates continuously more thantwice during opening or closing oper-ation, the power tailgate may stop atthat position. At this time, close thetailgate manually and operate thetailgate automatically again.

OXMA043328

WARNINGNever place any object or part ofyour body in the path of thepower tailgate as it is operating.Doing so could result in personalinjury or damage to the vehicle.


4 31


How to reset the power tailgateIf the battery has been discharged ordisconnected, or if the related fuse hasbeen replaced or disconnected, for thepower tailgate to operate normally,reset the power tailgate as follows:1. Put the shift lever in P (Park).2. Press the tailgate handle switch

and tailgate close button at thesame time for more than 3 sec-onds. (the chime will sound).

3. Close the tailgate manually.4. Open the tailgate using the tail-

gate handle switch and allow it tofully open.

5. After fully opening, the tailgate willcomplete initialization and lightswill flash twice indicating resetcomplete.

If the power tailgate does not workproperly after the above procedure,have the system checked by anauthorized Kia dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the power tailgate does not oper-ate normally, first check the follow-ing condition before using the powertailgate.• Make sure the shift lever is in

Park• Make sure the Power Tailgate Off

switch is not pressed.

If any of the power tailgate buttonsare pressed while the power tailgateis in operation, the power tailgatewill stop. If any button is pressedagain the power tailgate will reversedirection.

Power tailgate opening heightuser setting

The driver may set the height of afully opened tailgate by following thebelow instruction.1. Position the tailgate manually to

the height you prefer.2. Press the tailgate close button for

more than 3 seconds.3. You will hear the system beep twice

indicating height has been set up.

The tailgate will open to the heightthe driver has set up.

OXMA043325



324

Emergency tailgate safetyrelease

Your vehicle is equipped with anemergency tailgate safety releaselever located on the bottom of thetailgate. When someone is inadver-tently locked in the cargo area, thetailgate can be opened by pushingthe release lever and pushing openthe tailgate.

WARNING• For emergencies, be fully

aware of the location of theemergency tailgate safetyrelease lever in the vehicleand how to open the tailgate ifyou are accidentally locked inthe cargo area.

• No one should be allowed tooccupy the cargo area of thevehicle at any time. The cargoarea is a very dangerous loca-tion in the event of a crash.

• Use the release lever foremergencies only. Use withextreme caution, especiallywhile the vehicle is in motion.

OXM043006


4 33


(1) Driver’s door power windowswitch

(2) Front passenger’s door powerwindow switch

(3) Rear door (left) power windowswitch

(4) Rear door (right) power windowswitch

(5) Window opening and closing(6) Automatic power window

up/down* (Driver’s window)(7) Power window lock switch

* if equipped

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, power win-dows may not work properly due tofreezing conditions.

WINDOWS

OXM049014N



344

Power windowsThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for power windows to operate.Each door has a power windowswitch that controls the door's win-dow. The driver has a power windowlock button which can block the oper-ation of passenger windows. Thepower windows can be operated forapproximately 30 seconds after theignition key is removed or turned tothe ACC or LOCK position. However,if the front doors are opened, thepower windows cannot be operatedeven within the 30 second period.

✽✽ NOTICEWhile driving with the rear windowsdown or with the sunroof (ifequipped) in an open (or partiallyopen) position, your vehicle maydemonstrate a wind buffeting orpulsation noise. This noise is a nor-mal occurrence and can be reducedor eliminated by taking the follow-ing actions. If the noise occurs withone or both of the rear windowsdown, partially lower both frontwindows approximately one inch. Ifyou experience the noise with thesunroof open, slightly reduce thesize of the sunroof opening.

Window opening and closing

The driver’s door has a master powerwindow switch that controls all thewindows in the vehicle.To open or close a window, pressdown or pull up the front portion ofthe corresponding switch to the firstdetent position (5).

OXM049016


4 35


Auto down window(Driver’s window, if equipped)

Pressing the power window switchmomentarily to the second detentposition (6) completely lowers thedriver’s window even when theswitch is released. To stop the win-dow at the desired position while thewindow is in operation, momentarilypull the switch in the direction oppo-site of the window’s movement.

Auto up/down window (Driver's window, if equipped)

Pressing or pulling up the power win-dow switch momentarily to the seconddetent position (6) completely lowersor raises the window even when theswitch is released. To stop the windowat the desired position while the win-dow is in operation, pull up or pressdown and release the switch.If the power window does not operatenormally, the automatic power win-dow system must be reset as follows:

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition.

2. Close the driver’s window andcontinue pulling up the driver’spower window switch for at least 1second after the window is com-pletely closed.

OXM049017 OXM049015



364

Automatic reversal If the upward movement of the win-dow is blocked by an object or part ofthe body, the window will detect theresistance and will stop upwardmovement. The window will thenlower approximately 30 cm. (11.8 in)to allow the object to be cleared.The distance may vary based on thesize or position of the window. If thewindow detects the resistance whilethe power window switch is pulled upcontinuously, the window will stopupward movement then lowerapproximately 2.5 cm. (1 in).

And if the power window switch ispulled up continuously again within 5seconds after the window is loweredby the automatic window reversalfeature, the automatic window rever-sal will not operate.

✽✽ NOTICEThe automatic reverse feature forthe driver’s window is only activewhen the “auto up” feature is usedby fully pulling up the switch. Theautomatic reverse feature will notoperate if the window is raised usingthe halfway position on the powerwindow switch.

Power window lock button

• The driver can disable the powerwindow switches on the passengerdoors by pressing the power win-dow lock button located on the dri-ver’s door to the LOCK position(pressed).

• When the power window lockbutton is in the LOCK position(pressed), the driver’s mastercontrol cannot operate the pas-senger door power windows.

WARNING Always check for obstructionsbefore raising any window toavoid injuries or vehicle damage.If an object less than 0.16 in. (4mm) in diameter is caughtbetween the window glass andthe upper window channel, theautomatic reverse window maynot detect the resistance and willnot stop and reverse direction.

OUN026013

OXM049018


4 37


CAUTION• To prevent possible damage

to the power window system,do not open or close two win-dows or more at the sametime. This will also ensure thelongevity of the fuse.

• Never try to operate the mainswitch on the driver's doorand the individual door win-dow switch in the oppositedirections at the same time. Ifthis is done, the window willstop and cannot be opened orclosed.

WARNING - Windows• NEVER leave the ignition key

in the vehicle.• NEVER leave any child unat-

tended in the vehicle. Evenvery young children may inad-vertently cause the vehicle tomove, entangle themselves inthe windows, or otherwiseinjure themselves or others.

• Always double check to makesure all arms, hands, headand other obstructions aresafely out of the way beforeclosing a window.

• Do not allow children to playwith the power windows. Keepthe driver’s door power win-dow lock button in the LOCKposition (pressed). Seriousinjury can result from uninten-tional window operation bythe child.

• Do not extend heads or anylimbs outside the windowwhile the vehicle is in motion.



384

Opening the hood

1. Pull the release lever to unlatchthe hood. The hood should popopen slightly.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raisethe hood slightly, pull the second-ary latch (1) inside of the hoodcenter and lift the hood (2).

3. Raise the hood. It will completelyrise by itself after it has beenraised about halfway.

Closing the hood1. Before closing the hood, check the

following:• All filler caps in the engine com-

partment must be correctlyinstalled.

• Gloves, rags or any other com-bustible material must beremoved from the engine com-partment.

2. Lower the hood halfway and pushdown to securely lock in place.

HOOD

OXM049019

OXM043025

WARNINGOpen the hood after turning offthe engine on a flat surface,shifting the shift lever to the P(Park) position for automatictransaxle and to the 1st (First)gear or R (Reverse) for manualtransaxle, and setting the park-ing brake.

WARNING• Before closing the hood,

ensure that all obstructionsare removed from the hoodopening. Closing the hoodwith an obstruction present inthe hood opening may resultin property damage or severepersonal injury.

• Do not leave gloves, rags orany other combustible materi-al in the engine compartment.Doing so may cause a heat-induced fire.


4 39


WARNING • Always double check to be

sure that the hood is firmlylatched before driving away. Ifit is not latched, the hoodcould open while the vehicleis being driven, causing totalloss of visibility, which mightresult in an accident.

• Do not move the vehicle withthe hood raised. The view willbe blocked and the hoodcould fall or get damaged.

WARNING

When you check the enginecompartment, Take caution toavoid contacting your head withthe safety hook which is locatedinside of the hood.

ODMNMC2034



404

Opening the fuel filler lid

The fuel filler lid must be openedfrom inside the vehicle by pressingthe fuel filler lid opener button on thedriver’s door. (if equipped)

✽✽ NOTICEIf the fuel filler lid does not openbecause ice has formed around it,tap lightly or push on the lid to breakthe ice and release the lid. Do not pryon the lid. If necessary, spray aroundthe lid with an approved de-icer fluid(do not use radiator anti-freeze) ormove the vehicle to a warm placeand allow the ice to melt.

1. Stop the engine.2. To open the fuel filler lid, push the

fuel filler lid opener button.3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1).4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel

filler cap (2) counterclockwise.5. Refuel as needed.

Closing the fuel filler lid1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise

until it “clicks” one time. This indi-cates that the cap is securely tight-ened.

2. Close the fuel filler lid and push itin lightly making sure that it issecurely closed.

✽✽ NOTICEThere may be an intermittent noisenear the refueling hole while theengine is idling if the fuel cap is notclosed securely. This occurs normal-ly with the OBD system.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen refueling fully at an up hill,the fuel gauge may not point to the Fposition.It is not a malfunction. If you moveyour vehicle to a level ground, thefuel gauge will move to the full posi-tion.

FUEL FILLER LID

OAM049089

OXMA042021

(if equipped)


4 41


(Continued)• Do not get back into a vehicle

once you have begun refuel-ing since you can generatestatic electricity by touching,rubbing or sliding against anyitem or fabric (polyester, satin,nylon, etc.) capable of produc-ing static electricity. Staticelectricity discharge canignite fuel vapors resulting inrapid burning. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you shouldonce again eliminate poten-tially dangerous static elec-tricity discharge by touching ametal part of the vehicle, awayfrom the fuel filler neck, noz-zle or other gasoline source.

(Continued)

WARNING - Refuelingdangers

Automotive fuels are flammablematerials.When refueling, pleasenote the following guidelinescarefully. Failure to follow theseguidelines may result in severepersonal injury, severe burns ordeath by fire or explosion.• Read and follow all warnings

posted at the gas station facil-ity.

• Before refueling, note thelocation of the EmergencyGasoline Shut-Off, if available,at the gas station facility.

• Before touching the fuel noz-zle, you should eliminatepotentially dangerous staticelectricity discharge by touch-ing another metal part of thevehicle, a safe distance awayfrom the fuel filler neck, noz-zle, or other gas source.

(Continued)

WARNING - Refueling• If pressurized fuel sprays out,

it can cover your clothes orskin and subject you to therisk of fire and burns. Alwaysremove the fuel cap carefullyand slowly. If the cap is vent-ing fuel or if you hear a hiss-ing sound, wait until the con-dition stops before complete-ly removing the cap.

• Do not "top off" after the noz-zle automatically shuts offwhen refueling.

• Tighten the cap until it clicksone time, otherwise the CheckEngine light will illuminate.

• Always check that the fuel capis installed securely to pre-vent fuel spillage in the eventof an accident.



424

(Continued)• When using an approved

portable fuel container, besure to place the container onthe ground prior to refueling.Static electricity dischargefrom the container can ignitefuel vapors causing a fire.Once refueling has begun,contact with the vehicleshould be maintained until thefilling is complete.Use only approved portableplastic fuel containersdesigned to carry and storegasoline.

• Do not use cellular phoneswhile refueling. Electric cur-rent and/or electronic interfer-ence from cellular phones canpotentially ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When refueling, always shut

the engine off. Sparks pro-duced by electrical compo-nents related to the enginecan ignite fuel vapors causinga fire. Once refueling is com-plete, check to make sure thefiller cap and filler door aresecurely closed, before start-ing the engine.

• DO NOT use matches or alighter and DO NOT SMOKE orleave a lit cigarette in yourvehicle while at a gas stationespecially during refueling.Automotive fuel is highlyflammable and can, whenignited, result in fire.

• If a fire breaks out during refu-eling, leave the vicinity of thevehicle, and immediately con-tact the manager of the gasstation and then contact thelocal fire department.Follow any safety instructionsthey provide.

CAUTION• Make sure to refuel your vehi-

cle according to the “Fuelrequirements” suggested insection 1.

• If the fuel filler cap requiresreplacement, use only a gen-uine Kia cap or the equivalentspecified for your vehicle. Anincorrect fuel filler cap canresult in a serious malfunctionof the fuel system or emissioncontrol system.

• Do not spill fuel on the exteriorsurfaces of the vehicle. Anytype of fuel spilled on paintedsurfaces may damage the paint.

• After refueling, make sure thefuel cap is installed securelyto prevent fuel spillage in theevent of an accident.


4 43


Emergency fuel filler lid release

If the fuel filler lid does not openusing the remote fuel filler lidrelease, you can open it manually.Remove the panel in the cargo area.Pull the handle out slightly.

CAUTIONDo not pull the handle exces-sively, otherwise the luggagecompartment area trim orrelease handle may be damaged.

OXM043007



444

If your vehicle is equipped with asunroof, you can slide or tilt yoursunroof with the sunroof control leverlocated on the overhead console (1).

The sunroof can only be opened,closed, or tilted when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, the sun-

roof may not work properly due tofreezing conditions.

• After a vehicle is washed or in arainstorm be sure to wipe off anywater that is on the sunroof beforeoperating it.

✽✽ NOTICEThe sunroof cannot tilt when it is inthe slide position but can be slidwhile in a tilt position.

PANORAMIC SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

CAUTIONDo not continue to pull or pushthe sunroof control lever afterthe sunroof is fully opened,closed, or tilted. Damage to themotor or system componentscould occur.

WARNING • Never adjust the sunroof or

roller blind while driving. Thiscould result in loss of controland an accident that maycause death, serious injury, orproperty damage.

• If you would like to carry itemson the roof rack using a crossbar, do not operate the sunroof.

• When carrying cargo on theroof rack, do not load heavyitems above the sunroof orglass roof.

• All occupants of the vehiclemust wear their seat belts atall times. Seat belts and childrestraints reduce serious orfatal injuries for all occupantsin the event of a collision orsudden stop.

OXMA043008


4 45


Sunroof open warning (if equipped)

If the driver removes the ignition key(smart key: turns off the engine) andopens the driver-side door when thesunroof is not fully closed, the warn-ing chime will sound for a few sec-onds and a message "Sunroof Open"will appear on the LCD display.Close the sunroof securely whenleaving your vehicle.

Sliding the sunroof

When the sunshade is closedIf you pull the sunroof control leverbackward, the sunshade and sunroofglass will slide all the way open. Tostop the sunroof movement at anypoint, pull or push the sunroof controllever momentarily.

When the sunshade is openedIf you pull the sunroof control leverbackward, the sunroof glass will slideall the way open. To stop the sunroofmovement at any point, pull or pushthe sunroof control lever momentarily.❈ The front part of the sunroof glass

can only be opened and closed.

OXM043114E

OXM043010



464

Automatic reversal

If an object or part of the body isdetected while the sunroof is closingautomatically, it will reverse the direc-tion, and then stop.The auto reverse function does notwork if a tiny obstacle is between thesliding glass and the sunroof sash.You should always check that all pas-sengers and objects are away fromthe sunroof before closing it.

Tilting the sunroof

Before opening or closing the sun-roof, open the roller blind (refer to thefollowing page for instructions onhow to use the roller blind).To open the sunroof, push the sun-roof control lever upward.To close the sunroof, pull the sunrooflever downward or forward until thesunroof moves to the desired position.

WARNING - Sunroof• Be careful that no head, hands

and body parts are obstructedby a closing sunroof.

• Do not extend the face, neck,arms or body outside the sun-roof while driving.

• Make sure your hands andhead are safely out of the waybefore closing a sunroof.

• A panoramic sunroof is madeof glass, therefore it maybreak in an accident. If you donot have your seat belt on,you may contact the brokenglass and get injured or killed.For all passengers safety,have the seat belts on. (ex.seat belt, CRS, etc.)

OXM043011OXM049029


4 47


Sunshade

To open the sunshadePress the sunshade open button (1).

To close the sunshade when thesunroof glass is closed- Press the sunshade close button (2).

❈ When you press the sunshadeclose button (2) with the sunroofglass opened, the sunshade willbe closed halfway.

- Push the sunroof control lever for-ward or pull it down.

To stop the sliding at any point, pressthe sunshade control switch momen-tarily.

✽✽ NOTICEWrinkles formed on the sunshade asmaterial characteristic are normal.

OXMA043009

CAUTION• Do not pull or push the sun-

shade by hand as such actionmay damage the sunshade orcause it to malfunction.

• Close the sunroof when driv-ing in dusty environments.Dust may cause a malfunctionof the vehicle system.

CAUTION• Periodically remove any dirt

that may accumulate on theguide rail.

• If you try to open the sunroofwhen the temperature isbelow freezing or when thesunroof is covered with snowor ice, the glass or the motorcould be damaged.

• Do not leave the roller blindclosed while the sunroof isopened.



484

Resetting the sunroofWhenever the vehicle battery is dis-connected or discharged, you mustreset your sunroof system as follows:

1.Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition.

2.Close the sunshade and sunroofcompletely if opened.

3.Release the sunroof control lever.4.Push the sunroof control lever for-

ward in the direction of close (about10 seconds) until the sunroof movesa little. Then, release the lever.

5.Push the sunroof control lever for-ward in the direction of close, untilthe sunroof operates as followsagain:

The sunshade and sunroof glassslide open → The sunroof glassslide close → The sunshade close

Then, release the lever.

When this is complete, the sunroofsystem has been reset.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you do not reset the sunroof, itmay not work properly.


4 49


Electric power steering (EPS)The power steering uses a motor toassist you in steering the vehicle. Ifthe engine is off or if the power steer-ing system becomes inoperative, thevehicle may still be steered, but it willrequire increased steering effort.The motor driven power steering iscontrolled by a power steering con-trol unit which senses the steeringwheel torque and vehicle speed tocommand the motor.The steering becomes heavier asthe vehicle’s speed increases andbecomes lighter as the vehicle’sspeed decreases for optimum steer-ing control.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, have the powersteering checked by an authorizedKia dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEThe following symptoms may occurduring normal vehicle operation:• The EPS warning light does not

illuminate.• The steering gets heavy immedi-

ately after turning the ignitionswitch on. This happens as the sys-tem performs the EPS systemdiagnostics. When the diagnosticsare completed, the steering wheelwill return to its normal condition.

• A click noise may be heard fromthe EPS relay after the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON orLOCK (OFF) position.

• A motor noise may be heard whenthe vehicle is at a stop or at a lowdriving speed.

• If the Electric Power SteeringSystem does not operate normally,the warning light will illuminate onthe instrument cluster. The steer-ing wheel may become difficult tocontrol or operate abnormally.Take your vehicle to an authorizedKia dealer and have the vehiclechecked as soon as possible.

(Continued)

STEERING WHEEL

CAUTION• If the Electric Power Steering

System does not operate nor-mally, the warning light willilluminate on the instrumentcluster. The steering wheelmay require increased steer-ing effort. Take your vehicle toan authorized Kia dealer andhave the vehicle checked assoon as possible.

• When you operate the steeringwheel in low temperature,noise may occur. If temperaturerises, the noise will likely disap-pear.This is a normal condition.

• When the vehicle is stationary,when the steering wheel isturned all the way to the left orright continuously, the steer-ing wheel becomes harder toturn. The power assist is limit-ed to protect the motor fromoverheating.As time passes, the steeringwheel return to its normalcondition.



504

(Continued)• When you operate the steering

wheel in low temperature, abnor-mal noise may occur. If tempera-ture rises, the noise will likely dis-appear. This is a normal condition.

• When the charging system warn-ing light comes on due to the lowvoltage (When the alternator orbattery) does not operate normal-ly or it malfunctions), the steeringwheel may require increasedsteering effort.

Tilt and telescopic steering Tilt and telescopic steering allowsyou to adjust the steering wheelbefore you drive.You can also raise itto give your legs more room whenyou exit and enter the vehicle.

The steering wheel should be posi-tioned so that it is comfortable foryou to drive, while permitting you tosee the instrument panel warninglights and gauges.

To change the steering wheel angle,pull down the lock-release lever (1),adjust the steering wheel to thedesired angle (2) and height (3, ifequipped) then pull up the lock-release lever to lock the steeringwheel in place. Be sure to adjust thesteering wheel to the desired posi-tion before driving.

WARNING • Never adjust the angle of the

steering wheel while driving.You may lose steering controland cause severe personalinjury, death or accidents.

• After adjusting, push thesteering wheel both up anddown to be certain it is lockedin position.

OXMA043020


4 51


Heated steering wheel (if equipped)

With the ignition switch in the ONposition, pressing the heated steer-ing wheel button warms the steeringwheel. The indicator on the buttonwill illuminate and notify you on theLCD display.To turn the heated steering wheel off,press the button once again. Theindicator on the button will turn offand notify you on the LCD display.

Horn

To sound the horn, press the hornsymbols on your steering wheel.Check the horn regularly to be sure itoperates properly.

✽✽ NOTICETo sound the horn, press the areaindicated by the horn symbol onyour steering wheel (see illustra-tion). The horn will operate onlywhen this area is pressed.

OXMA043012

CAUTIONDo not install any grip to oper-ate the steering wheel. Thiscauses damage to the heatedsteering wheel system.

OXM043305



524

FLEX STEER (if equipped)

The FLEX STEER controls steeringeffort based upon as driver's prefer-ence or road condition.You can select the desired steeringmode by pressing the FLEX STEERbutton.

When the steering mode button ispressed, the selected steering modewill appear on the LCD display.If the steering mode button is pressedwithin 4 seconds, the steering modewill change as shown above.If the steering wheel mode button isnot pressed for about 4 seconds, theLCD display will change to the previ-ous screen.

CAUTIONDo not strike the horn severelyto operate it, or hit it with yourfist. Do not press on the hornwith a sharp-pointed object.

OXM053044

OXM053122


4 53


Normal mode

The normal mode offers mediumsteering effort.

Sport mode

The steering wheel becomes heav-ier. The sport mode is usually usedwhen driving on the highway.

Comfort mode

The steering wheel becomes lighter.The comfort mode is usually usedwhen driving in the city or when park-ing the vehicle.

OXM053103 OXM053101 OXM053102



544

CAUTION• For your safety, if you press

the steering mode buttonwhile operating the steeringwheel, the LCD display willchange, but the steering effortwill not change immediately.After operating the steeringwheel, the steering effort willchange automatically to theselected mode.

• Use caution when changing thesteering mode while driving.

• When the electronic powersteering is not operating prop-erly, the flex steering wheelwill not work.


4 55


MIRRORSInside rearview mirrorAdjust the rearview mirror so that thecenter view through the rear windowis seen. Make this adjustment beforeyou start driving.

Day/night rearview mirror (if equipped)

Make this adjustment before youstart driving and while the day/nightlever is in the day position.Pull the day/night lever toward you toreduce the glare from the headlightsof the vehicles behind you duringnight driving.Remember that you lose somerearview clarity in the night position.

WARNING - Rear visibility

Do not place objects in the rearseat or cargo area which wouldinterfere with your visionthrough the rear window.

WARNINGDo not adjust the rearview mir-ror while the vehicle is moving.This could result in loss of con-trol, and an accident whichcould cause death, seriousinjury or property damage.

WARNING Do not modify the inside mirrorand don’t install a wide mirror. Itcould result in injury, during anaccident or deployment of theair bag.

OAM049023

Day

Night



564

Electric chromic mirror (ECM)with compass

1. Feature Control Button2. Status Indicator LED3. Rear Light Sensor4. Display Window

Automatic-Dimming Night VisionSafety™ (NVS®) MirrorThe NVS® Mirror in your vehicle isthe most advanced way to reduceannoying glare in the rearview mirrorduring any driving situation. For moreinformation regarding NVS® mirrorsand other applications, please referto the Gentex website:www.gentex.com

Automatic-dimming functionYour mirror will automatically dimupon detecting glare from the vehi-cles traveling behind you. The auto-dimming function can be controlledby pushing the ON/OFF Button:

1. Pressing the button turns the auto-dimming function OFF which isindicated by the green StatusIndicator LED turning off.

2. Pressing the button again turnsthe auto-dimming function ONwhich is indicated by the greenStatus Indicator LED turning on.

✽✽ NOTICEThe mirror defaults to the ON posi-tion each time the vehicle is started.

CAUTIONThe NVS® Mirror automaticallyreduces glare during driving con-ditions based upon light levelsmonitored in front of the vehicleand from the rear of the vehicle.These light sensors are visiblethrough openings in the front andrear of the mirror case. Any objectthat would obstruct either lightsensor will degrade the automat-ic dimming control feature.

OXM049035


4 57


Z-Nav™ Compass DisplayThe NVS™ Mirror in your vehicle isalso equipped with a Z-Nav™Compass that shows the vehicleCompass heading in the DisplayWindow using the 8 basic cardinalheadings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).

Compass functionThe Compass can be turned ON andOFF and will remember the last statewhen the ignition is cycled. To turnthe display feature ON/OFF:1. Press and release the button to

turn the display feature OFF.2. Press and release the button

again to turn the display back ON.Additional options can be set withpress and hold sequences of thebutton and are detailed below.

There is a difference between mag-netic north and true north. The com-pass in the mirror can compensatefor this difference when it knows theMagnetic Zone in which it is operat-ing. This is set either by the dealer orby the user. The operating ZoneNumbers for North America areshown in the figure on the followingsection.



584

To adjust the Zone setting:1. Determine the desired Zone

Number based upon your currentlocation on the Zone Map.

2. Press and hold the button for morethan 3 but less than 6 seconds,the current Zone Number willappear on the display.

3. Pressing and holding the buttonagain will cause the numbers toincrement (Note: they will repeat…13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …). Releasingthe button when the desired ZoneNumber appears on the displaywill set the new Zone.

4. Within about 5 seconds the com-pass will start displaying a com-pass heading again.

There are some conditions that cancause changes to the vehicle mag-nets, such as installing a ski rack ora CB antenna. Body repair work onthe vehicle can also cause changesto the vehicle's magnetic field. Inthese situations, the compass willneed to be re-calibrated to quicklycorrect for these changes. To re-cali-brate the compass:

B520C05NF


4 59


1. Press and hold the button for morethan 6 seconds. When the com-pass memory is cleared a "C" willappear in the display.

2. To calibrate the compass, drivethe vehicle in 2 complete circles atless than 8 km/h (5 mph).

Electrochromic mirror withHomeLink system (if equipped)

To operate the electric rearview mirrorPress the I button (1) to turn theautomatic- dimming function on. Themirror indicator light will illuminate.Press the O button (2) to turn theautomatic- dimming function off. Themirror indicator light will turn off.

HomeLink® Wireless Control SystemYour new mirror comes with an inte-grated HomeLink UniversalTransceiver, which allows you to pro-gram the mirror to activate yourgarage door(s), estate gate, homelighting, etc. The mirror actuallylearns the codes from your variousexisting transmitters.

OHD046025N

OHD046305N

Glare detection sensorIndicator light

Homelink buttons



604

Retain the original transmitter forfuture programming procedures (i.e.,new vehicle purchase). It is also sug-gested that upon the sale of the vehi-cle, the programmed HomeLink but-tons be erased for security purposes(follow step 1 in the “Programming”portion of this text).

ProgrammingYour vehicle may require the ignitionswitch to be turned to the ACC posi-tion for programming and/or opera-tion of HomeLink. It is also recom-mended that a new battery bereplaced in the hand-held transmitterof the device being programmed toHomeLink for quicker training andaccurate transmission of the radio-frequency.Follow these steps to train yourHomeLink mirror:

1. When programming the buttons forthe first time, press and hold theleft and center buttons ( , )simultaneously until the indicatorlight begins to flash after approxi-mately 20 seconds. (This proce-dure erases the factory-set defaultcodes. Do not perform this stepwhen programming the additionalHomeLink buttons.)

WARNING• When programming the

HomeLink® Wireless ControlSystem, you may be operatinga garage door or gate operator.Make sure that people andobjects are out of the way ofthe moving door or gate to pre-vent potential harm or damage.

• Do not use HomeLink with anygarage door opener that lacksthe safety stop and reversefeature as required by federalsafety standards. (Thisincludes any garage dooropener model manufacturedbefore April 1, 1982.) A garagedoor opener which cannotdetect an object, signaling thedoor to stop and reverse, doesnot meet current federal safetystandards. Using a garage dooropener without these featuresincreases risk of serious injuryor death. For more information,call 1-800-355-3515 or on theinternet at www.homelink.com.

OHD046306N

Flashing


4 61


✽✽ NOTICEFor non rolling code garage dooropeners, follow steps 2 - 3. For rolling code garage door open-ers, follow steps 2 - 6. For Canadian Programming, pleasefollow the Canadian Programmingsection.For help with determining whetheryour garage door opener is non-rolling code or rolling code, pleaserefer to the garage door openersowner’s manual or contactHomeLink customer service at 1-800-355-3515.

2. Press and hold the button on theHomeLink system you wish totrain and the button on the trans-mitter while the transmitter isapproximately 2-8 cm (1 to 3 inch-es) away from the mirror. Do notrelease the buttons until step 3has been completed.

3. The HomeLink indicator light willflash, first slowly and then rapidly.When the indicator light flashesrapidly, both buttons may bereleased. (The rapid flashing lightindicates successful programmingof the new frequency signal.)

✽✽ NOTICESome gate and garage door openersmay require you to replace step #3with the “cycling” procedure notedin the “Canadian Programming”section of this document.

OHD046307N

Flashing

1-3inc

hes

Transmitter



624

Rolling code programmingTo train a garage door opener (orother rolling code equipped devices)with the rolling code feature, followthese instructions after completingthe “Programming” portion of thistext. (A second person may make thefollowing training procedures quicker& easier.)4. Locate the “learn” or “smart” but-

ton on the device’s motor headunit. Exact location and color ofthe button may vary by productbrand. If there is difficulty locatingthe “learn” or “smart” button, refer-ence the device’s owner’s manualor contact HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 or on the internet atwww.homelink.com.

5. Press and release the “learn” or“smart” button on the device’smotor head unit. You have 30 sec-onds to complete step number 6.

6. Return to the vehicle and firmlypress and release the pro-grammed HomeLink button up tothree times. The rolling codeequipped device should now rec-ognize the HomeLink signal andactivate when the HomeLink but-ton is pressed. The remaining twobuttons may now be programmedif this has not previously beendone. Refer to the “Programming”portion of this text.

Operating HomeLink To operate, simply press the pro-grammed HomeLink button.Activation will now occur for thetrained product (garage door, securi-ty system, entry door lock, estategate, or home or office lighting). Forconvenience, the hand-held trans-mitter of the device may also be usedat any time. The HomeLink WirelessControls System (once programmed)or the original hand-held transmittermay be used to activate the device(e.g. garage door, entry door lock,etc.). In the event that there are stillprogramming difficulties, contactHomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 or onthe internet at www.homelink.com.


4 63


Erasing programmed HomeLinkbuttons

To erase the three programmed but-tons (individual buttons cannot beerased):• Press and hold the left and center

buttons simultaneously, until theindicator light begins to flash(approximately 20 seconds).Release both buttons. Do not holdfor longer than 30 seconds.

HomeLink is now in the train (orlearning) mode and can be pro-grammed at any time.

Reprogramming a singleHomeLink buttonTo program a device to HomeLinkusing a HomeLink button previouslytrained, follow these steps:1. Press and hold the desired

HomeLink button. Do NOT releaseuntil step 4 has been completed.

2. When the indicator light begins toflash slowly (after 20 seconds),position the hand-held transmitter2-8 cm (1 to 3 inches) away fromthe HomeLink surface.

3. Press and hold the hand-heldtransmitter button (or press and“cycle” - as described in “CanadianProgramming”).

4. The HomeLink indicator light willflash, first slowly and then rapidly.When the indicator light begins toflash rapidly, release both buttons.

The previous device has now beenerased and the new device can beactivated by pushing the HomeLinkbutton that has just been pro-grammed. This procedure will notaffect any other programmedHomeLink buttons.

Canadian ProgrammingGarage & gate openersDuring programming, your hand-heldtransmitter may automatically stoptransmitting. Continue to press andhold the HomeLink button (notesteps 2 through 4 in the“Programming” portion of this text)while you press and re-press(“cycle”) your handheld transmitterevery two seconds until the frequen-cy signal has been learned. The indi-cator light will flash slowly and thenrapidly after several seconds uponsuccessful training.OHD046306N

Flashing

CAUTIONIf programming a garage dooropener or gate, it is advised tounplug the device during the“cycling” process to preventpossible motor burn-up.



644

AccessoriesIf you would like additional informa-tion on the HomeLink WirelessControl System, HomeLink compati-ble products, or to purchase otheraccessories such as the HomeLink®

Lighting Package, please contactHomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 or onthe internet at www.homelink.com.

FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3




Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust the mirror anglesbefore driving.Your vehicle is equipped with bothleft-hand and right-hand outsiderearview mirrors. The mirrors can beadjusted remotely with the remoteswitch. The mirror heads can be fold-ed back to prevent damage during anautomatic vehicle wash or whenpassing through a narrow street.

WARNING - Rearviewmirrors

• The right outside rearviewmirror is convex. Objects seenin the mirror are closer thanthey appear.

• Use your interior rearviewmirror or direct observation todetermine the actual distanceof following vehicles whenchanging lanes.

WARNINGThe transceiver has been testedand complies with FCC andIndustry Canada rules. Changesor modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsi-ble for compliance could voidthe user's authority to operatethe device.


4 65


Remote control

Electric typeThe electric remote control mirrorswitch allows you to adjust the positionof the left and right outside rearviewmirrors. To adjust the position of eithermirror the ignition switch should be inthe ACC position. Move the switch (1)to R or L to select the right side mirroror the left side mirror, then press a cor-responding point on the mirror adjust-ment control to position the selectedmirror up, down, left or right.After the adjustment, put the switchinto the neutral (center) position toprevent inadvertent adjustment.

CAUTIONDo not scrape ice off the mirrorface; this may damage the sur-face of the glass. If ice shouldrestrict the movement of the mir-ror, do not force the mirror foradjustment. To remove ice, use adeicer spray, or a sponge or softcloth with very warm water.

CAUTIONIf the mirror is jammed with ice,do not adjust the mirror by force.Use an approved spray de-icer(not radiator antifreeze) torelease the frozen mechanism ormove the vehicle to a warmplace and allow the ice to melt.

WARNINGDo not adjust or fold the outsiderearview mirrors while the vehi-cle is moving.This could result inloss of control, and an accidentwhich could cause death, seri-ous injury or property damage.

OXMA042038

CAUTION• The mirrors stop moving when

they reach the maximumadjusting angles, but themotor continues to operatewhile the switch is pressed.Do not press the switch longerthan necessary, the motormay be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust theoutside rearview mirror byhand. Doing so may damagethe parts.



664

Folding the outside rearview mirror

Manual typeTo fold the outside rearview mirror,grasp the housing of the mirror andthen fold it toward the rear of thevehicle.

Electric type To fold the outside rearview mirror,press the button.To unfold it, press the button again orpress the unlock button.

The outside rearview mirror can befolded when you press the door lockbutton on the smart key within 4 sec-onds after locking the doors bypressing the button.The outside rearview mirror can beunfolded when you press the doorunlock button on the smart key with-in 4 seconds after unlocking thedoors by pressing the button.

OXM049039

OXMA042040

CAUTIONIn case it is an electric type out-side rearview mirror, don’t fold itby hand. It could cause motorfailure.

CAUTIONThe electric type outsiderearview mirror operates eventhough the ignition switch is inthe LOCK position. However, toprevent unnecessary batterydischarge, do not adjust themirrors longer than necessarywhile the engine is not running.


4 67


Reverse parking aid function (if equipped)

When you shift the shift lever to the R(Reverse) position, the outsiderearview mirror(s) will move down-ward to aid reverse parking.According to the position of the out-side rearview mirror switch (1), theoutside rearview mirror(s) will oper-ate as follows:

Left or Right : When the L or Rswitch is selected,both outside rearviewmirrors will movedownward.

Neutral : When neither switch isselected, the outsiderearview mirrors will notoperate.

✽✽ NOTICEThe outside rearview mirrors willautomatically revert to their originalpositions under the following condi-tions:1. Engine start/stop button is turned

to the ACC or OFF position.2. Shift lever is moved to any posi-

tion except R.3. Remote control outside rearview

mirror switch is not selected.

OXM043022



684

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1. Tachometer

2. Speedometer

3. Engine coolant temperature gauge

4. Fuel gauge

5. LCD display

6. Warning and indicator lights (if equipped)

7. Turn signal indicator lights

OXMA043081C/OXMA043091C

■■ Type A

❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differfrom the illustration.For more details, refer to the "Gauges" inthis chapter.

■■ Type B


4 69


Instrument Cluster ControlAdjusting Instrument ClusterIllumination (if equipped)

The brightness of the instrumentpanel illumination is changed bypressing the illumination control button("+" or "-") when the ignition switch orEngine Start/Stop button is ON, or thetale lights are turned on. • If you hold the illumination control

button ("+" or "-"), the brightnesswill be changed continuously.

• If the brightness reaches to themaximum or minimum level, analarm will sound.

OXMA043332

OXM043132

OXM043117E

■ Type A

■ Type B



704

LCD Display Control

The LCD display modes can bechanged by using the control buttonson the steering wheel.

[Type A](1) : TRIP button for changing trip

modes(2) : RESET button for resetting

items

❈ For the LCD modes, refer to “LCDDisplay” in this chapter.

[Type B](1) : MODE button for changing

modes or SELECT buttonfor setting the selected item

(2) : MOVE button for changingitems or RESET button forresetting the selected item

OXM043124


4 71


GaugesSpeedometer

The speedometer indicates thespeed of the vehicle and is calibratedin kilometers per hour (km/h) and/ormiles per hour (mph).

Tachometer

The tachometer indicates theapproximate number of engine revo-lutions per minute (rpm).

Use the tachometer to select the cor-rect shift points and to prevent lug-ging and/or over-revving the engine.

OXM043084

OXM043095

■ Type A

■ Type B

CAUTIONDo not operate the engine with-in the tachometer's RED ZONE.This may cause severe enginedamage.

OXMA043085



724

Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge

This gauge indicates the tempera-ture of the engine coolant when theignition switch or Engine Start/Stopbutton is ON.

Fuel Gauge

This gauge indicates the approxi-mate amount of fuel remaining in thefuel tank.

✽✽ NOTICE• The fuel tank capacity is given in

chapter 8.• The fuel gauge is supplemented by

a low fuel warning light, whichwill illuminate when the fuel tankis nearly empty.

• On inclines or curves, the fuelgauge pointer may fluctuate or thelow fuel warning light may comeon earlier than usual due to themovement of fuel in the tank.

WARNINGNever remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. Theengine coolant is under pressureand could severely burn. Waituntil the engine is cool beforeadding coolant to the reservoir.

CAUTIONIf the gauge pointer movesbeyond the normal range areatoward the “H” position, it indi-cates overheating that maydamage the engine.Do not continue driving with anoverheated engine. If your vehi-cle overheats, refer to “If theEngine Overheats” in chapter 6.

OXM043087

OXM043089


4 73


✽✽ NOTICEFuel display may not be accurate ifyou are filling in sloping places.

Odometer

The odometer Indicates the total dis-tance that the vehicle has been driv-en and should be used to determinewhen periodic maintenance shouldbe performed.- Odometer range : 0 ~ 999999 kilo-

meters or miles.

Outside Temperature Gauge

This gauge indicates the current out-side air temperatures by 1°C (1°F).- Temperature range : -40°C ~ 60°C

(-40°F ~ 140°F)The outside temperature on the dis-play may not change immediatelylike a general thermometer to pre-vent the driver from being inattentive.The temperature unit (from °F to °Cor from °C to °F) can be changed byusing the “User Settings” mode of theLCD display.

❈ For more details, refer to “LCDDisplay” in this chapter.

WARNING - Fuel GaugeRunning out of fuel can exposevehicle occupants to danger.You must stop and obtain addi-tional fuel as soon as possibleafter the warning light comeson or when the gauge indicatorcomes close to the “E (Empty)”level.

CAUTIONAvoid driving with a extremelylow fuel level. Running out offuel could cause the engine tomisfire damaging the catalyticconverter.

OXM049061/OXM043125


OXM043127/OXM043126




744

Transaxle Shift IndicatorAutomatic Transaxle ShiftIndicator (if equipped)

This indicator displays which auto-matic transaxle shift lever is selected.

• Park : P• Reverse : R• Neutral : N• Drive : D• Sports Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

OXMA043321/OXMA043322



4 75


LCD ModesLCD DISPLAY (IF EQUIPPED)

Modes Symbol Explanation

Trip Computer This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter, fuel economy, and so on.For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter.

ServiceThis mode informs of service interval (mileage or days) and warning messagesrelated to TPMS or washer fluid.

User Settings On this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps, and so on.

A/V(if equipped)

This mode displays the state of the A/V system.

Turn By Turn(if equipped)

This mode displays the state of the navigation.

❈ For controlling the LCD modes, refer to "LCD Display Control" in this chapter.



764

Service ModeService Interval

Service inIt calculates and displays when youneed a scheduled maintenanceservice (mileage or days).If the remaining mileage or timereaches 1,500 km. (900 mi) or 30days, "Service in" message is dis-played for several seconds each timeyou set the ignition switch or EngineStart/Stop Button to the ON position.

Service requiredIf you do not have your vehicle serv-iced according to the already inputtedservice interval, “Service required”message is displayed for several sec-onds each time you set the ignitionswitch or Engine Start/Stop Button tothe ON position (The mileage andtime changes to "---").To reset the service interval to themileage and days you inputted before:- Press the RESET button for

more than 1 second.

Service in OFFIf the service interval is not set,“Service in OFF” message is dis-played on the LCD display.

✽✽ NOTICE If any of the following conditionsoccurs, the mileage and days may beincorrect.- The battery cable is disconnected.- The fuse switch is turned off.- The battery is discharged.

OXM043119E OXM043129E OXM043130E


4 77


Master Warning Mode (if equipped)

• This warning light informs the driv-er the following situations- Low washer fluid (if equipped)- TPMS (if equipped)- Service reminder (if equipped)

The Master Warning Light illumi-nates when more than one of theabove warning situations occur. Atthis time, the LCD Modes Icon willchange from ( ) to ( ).If the warning situation is solved, themaster warning light will be turned offand the LCD Modes Icon will bechanged back to its previous icon ( ).(ex : refill the washer fluid)



784

User Settings ModeDescription

On this mode, you can change set-ting of the doors, lamps, and so on.

DoorAuto Door Lock (if equipped)• Off:

The auto door lock operation willbe deactivated.

• Speed:All doors will be automaticallylocked when the vehicle speedexceeds 15km/h (9.3mph).

• Shift Lever:All doors will be automaticallylocked if the automatic transaxleshift lever is shifted from the P(Park) position to the R (Reverse),N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position.

Auto Door Unlock (if equipped)• Off:

The auto door unlock operation willbe canceled.

• Key Out or Power Off:All doors will be automaticallyunlocked when the ignition key isremoved from ignition switch orEngine Start/Stop Button is set tothe OFF position.

• Shift Lever:All doors will be automaticallyunlocked if the automatic transaxleshift lever is shifted to the P (Park)position.

OXM043120E


4 79


Two Press Unlock (if equipped)• Off:

The two press unlock function willbe deactivated.Therefore, all doorswill unlock if the door is unlocked.

• On:The driver’s door will unlock if thedoor is unlocked. When the door isunlocked again within 4 seconds,all doors will unlock.

Horn Feedback (if equipped)• Off:

The Horn feedback operation willbe deactivated.

• On:After locking the door by pressingthe lock button on the transmitter, ifyou press the lock button againwithin 4 seconds, the warningsound will operate once to indicatethat all doors are locked.

LampHead Lamp Delay (if equipped)If this item is checked, the headlampdelay and headlamp welcome func-tion will be activated.

Welcome Light (if equipped)If this item is checked, the welcomelight function of the pocket lamp willbe activated.

Auto Triple Turn (One-touch tripleturn signal) (if equipped)If this item is checked, the lanechange signals will blink 3 times whenthe turn signal lever is moved slightly.

SettingsTemperature UnitConvert the temperature unit from °Cto °F or from °F to °C.

Welcome SoundIf this item is checked, the welcomesound function will be activated.

Seat Easy Access (if equipped)If this item is checked, the driver’sseat will automatically move forwardor rearward for the driver to enter orexit the vehicle comfortably.

AVG Fuel Eco Reset• Auto Reset:

The average fuel economy willreset automatically when refueling.

• Manual Reset:The average fuel economy will notreset automatically whenever refu-eling.

For more details, refer to “TripComputer” in this chapter.



804

Service Interval

On this mode, you can activate theservice interval function with mileage(mi. or km) and period (months).

A/V Mode (if equipped)

This mode displays the state of theA/V system.

Turn By Turn Mode (if equipped)

This mode displays the state of thenavigation.

OXM043123OXM043122OXM043121E


4 81


Warning MessagesShift to "P" position (for smart keysystem and automatic transaxle)

• This warning message illuminates ifyou try to turn off the engine withoutthe shift lever in P (Park) position.

• At this time, the Engine Start/StopButton turns to the ACC position (Ifyou press the Engine Start/StopButton once more, it will turn to theON position).

Low Key Battery (for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminatesif the battery of the smart key isdischarged when the EngineStart/Stop Button changes to theOFF position.

Press start button while turnsteering (for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminatesif the steering wheel does notunlock normally when the EngineStart/Stop Button is pressed.

• It means that you should press theEngine Start/Stop Button whileturning the steering wheel rightand left.

OXM043105E OXM043111E OXM043101E



824

Press brake pedal to start engine (for smart key system and auto-matic transaxle)

• This warning message illuminatesif the Engine Start/Stop Buttonchanges to the ACC position twiceby pressing the button repeatedlywithout depressing the brake pedal.

• It means that you should depressthe brake pedal to start the engine.

Key not in vehicle (for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminatesif the smart key is not in the vehiclewhen you press the EngineStart/Stop Button.

• It means that you should alwayshave the smart key with you.

Key not detected (for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminatesif the smart key is not detectedwhen you press the EngineStart/Stop Button.

OXMA043106

OXMA043108 OXMA043109


4 83


Press start button again (for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminatesif you can not operate the EngineStart/Stop Button when there is aproblem with the Engine Start/StopButton system.

• It means that you could start theengine by pressing the EngineStart/ Stop Button once more.

• If the warning illuminates eachtime you press the EngineStart/Stop Button, have your vehi-cle inspected by an authorized Kiadealer.

Press start button with smart key (for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminatesif you press the Engine Start/StopButton while the warning message“Key not detected” is illuminating.

• At this time, the immobilizer indica-tor light blinks.

Check fuse "BRAKE SWITCH" (for smart key system and auto-matic transaxle)

• This warning message illuminatesif the brake switch fuse is discon-nected.

• It means that you should replacethe fuse with a new one. If that isnot possible, you can start theengine by pressing the EngineStart/Stop Button for 10 seconds inthe ACC position.

OXMA043102 OXMA043110

OXMA043116



844

Shift to "P" or "N" to start engine (for smart key system and auto-matic transaxle)

• This warning message illuminatesif you try to start the engine withthe shift lever not in the P (Park) orN (Neutral) position.

✽✽ NOTICEYou can start the engine with theshift lever in the N (Neutral) position.But, for your safety, we recommendthat you start the engine with theshift lever in the P (Park) position.

Door Open

• It means that any door is open.

Trunk Open

• It means that the trunk is open.OXMA043104

OXM043113E OXM043112E


4 85


Sunroof Open (if equipped)

• The warning message illuminatesif you turn off the engine and thenopen the driver's door when thesunroof is open.

Align steering wheel (if equipped)

• This warning message illuminatesif you start the engine when thesteering wheel is turned to morethan 90 degrees to the left or right.

• It means that you should turn thesteering wheel and make the angleof the steering wheel be less than30 degrees.

Low Washer Fluid (if equipped)

• This warning message illuminateson the service reminder mode ifthe washer fluid level in the reser-voir is nearly empty.

• It means that you should refill thewasher fluid.

OXM043114E OXM043098E OXM043118E



864

Turn on "FUSE SWITCH" (if equipped)

• This warning message illuminatesif the fuse switch on the fuse box isOFF.

• It means that you should turn thefuse switch on.

For more details, refer to “Fuses” inchapter 7.

OXM043099E


4 87


OverviewDescriptionThe trip computer is a microcomput-er-controlled driver information sys-tem that displays information relatedto driving.

✽✽ NOTICESome driving information stored inthe trip computer (for exampleAverage Vehicle Speed) resets if thebattery is disconnected.

Trip Modes (Type A) Trip Modes (Type B)

TRIP COMPUTER

• Tripmeter [A]

• Average Vehicle Speed [A]

• Elapsed Time [A]

TRIP A

• Tripmeter [B]

• Average Vehicle Speed [B]

• Elapsed Time [B]

TRIP B

• Distance To Empty

• Average Fuel Economy

• Instant Fuel Economy

FUEL ECONOMY

Tripmeter A

Tripmeter B

Distance To Empty*

Average Fuel Economy*

Instant Fuel Economy*

Average Vehicle Speed*

Elapsed Time*

* if equipped

To change the trip mode, press theTRIP button .

To change the trip mode, press theMOVE button .



884

Trip A/B Tripmeter (1)• The tripmeter is the total driving dis-

tance since the last tripmeter reset.- Distance range: 0.0 ~ 9999.9 km.

or mi• To reset the tripmeter, press the

RESET button on the steeringwheel for more than 1 secondwhen the tripmeter is displayed.

Average Vehicle Speed (2)• The average vehicle speed is cal-

culated by the total driving dis-tance and driving time since thelast average vehicle speed reset.- Speed range: 0 ~ 999 km/h or MPH

• To reset the average vehicle speed,press the RESET button on thesteering wheel for more than 1 sec-ond when the average vehiclespeed is displayed.

✽✽ NOTICE• The average vehicle speed is not dis-

played if the driving distance is lessthan 50 meters (0.03 miles) or thedriving time is less than 10 secondssince the ignition switch or EngineStart/Stop button is turned to ON.

• Even if the vehicle is not in motion,the average vehicle speed keepsgoing while the engine is running.

Elapsed Time (3)• The elapsed time is the total driv-

ing time since the last elapsed timereset.- Time range (hh:mm): 00:00 ~ 99:59

• To reset the elapsed time, pressthe RESET button on the steer-ing wheel for more than 1 secondwhen the elapsed time is dis-played.

✽✽ NOTICEEven if the vehicle is not in motion,the elapsed time keeps going whilethe engine is running.

■ Type A

OXMA043323C

OXMA043096C

■ Type B


4 89


Fuel EconomyDistance To Empty (1)

• The distance to empty is the esti-mated distance the vehicle can bedriven with the remaining fuel.- Distance range : 50 ~ 9999 km. or

30 ~ 9999 mi

• If the estimated distance is below50 km. (30 mi), the trip computer willdisplay “---” as distance to empty.

✽✽ NOTICE• If the vehicle is not on level ground

or the battery power has beeninterrupted, the distance to emptyfunction may not operate correctly.

• The distance to empty may differfrom the actual driving distance asit is an estimate of the availabledriving distance.

• The trip computer may not registeradditional fuel if less than 6 liters(1.6 gallons) of fuel are added to thevehicle.

• The fuel economy and distance toempty may vary significantly basedon driving conditions, drivinghabits, and condition of the vehicle.

Average Fuel Economy (2)• The average fuel economy is calcu-

lated by the total driving distanceand fuel consumption since the lastaverage fuel economy reset.- Fuel economy range: 0.0 ~ 99.9

L/100km or MPG• The average fuel economy can be

reset both manually and automati-cally.

Manual resetTo clear the average fuel economymanually, press the RESET button on the steering wheel for more than 1second when the average fuel econo-my is displayed.

■ Type A

OXMA043324C

OXMA043097C

■ Type B



904

Automatic resetTo make the average fuel economybe reset automatically whenever refu-eling, select the “Auto Reset” mode inUser Setting menu of the LCD display(Refer to “LCD Display”).Under “Auto Reset” mode, the aver-age fuel economy will be cleared tozero (---) when the vehicle speedexceeds 1 km/h after refueling morethan 6 liters (1.6 gallons).

✽✽ NOTICEThe average fuel economy is not dis-played for more accurate calculationif the vehicle does not drive morethan 10 seconds or 50 meters (0.03miles) since the ignition switch orEngine Start/Stop button is turnedto ON.

Instant Fuel Economy (3)• This mode displays the instant fuel

economy during the last few sec-onds when the vehicle speed ismore than 10 km/h (6.2 MPH).- Fuel economy range: 0 ~ 30

L/100km or 0 ~ 50 MPG


4 91


Warning lights

✽✽ NOTICE - Warning lightsMake sure that all warning lightsare OFF after starting the engine. Ifany light is still ON, this indicates asituation that needs attention.

Air bag Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:• Once you set the ignition switch or

Engine Start/Stop Button to the ONposition.- It illuminates for approximately 6

seconds and then goes off.• When there is a malfunction with

the SRS.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized Kiadealer.

Seat Belt Warning Light

This warning light informs the driverthat the seat belt is not fastened.For more details, refer to the “SeatBelts” in chapter 3.

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS



924

Parking Brake & BrakeFluid Warning Light



seconds- It remains on if the parking brake

is applied.• When the parking brake is applied.• When the brake fluid level in the

reservoir is low.- If the warning light illuminates

with the parking brake released, itindicates the brake fluid level inreservoir is low.

If the brake fluid level in the reservoiris low:1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.2. With the engine stopped, check the

brake fluid level immediately and addfluid as required (For more details,refer to “Brake Fluid” in chapter 7).Then check all brake componentsfor fluid leaks. If any leaks in thebrake system is still found, thewarning light remains on, or thebrakes do not operate properly, donot drive the vehicle.In this case, have your vehicletowed to an authorized Kia dealerand inspected.

Dual-diagonal braking systemYour vehicle is equipped with dual-diagonal braking systems. Thismeans you still have braking on twowheels even if one of the dual sys-tems should fail.With only one of the dual systemsworking, more than normal pedaltravel and greater pedal pressure arerequired to stop the vehicle.Also, the vehicle will not stop in asshort a distance with only a portionof the brake system working.If the brakes fail while you are driv-ing, shift to a lower gear for addition-al engine braking and stop the vehi-cle as soon as it is safe to do so.


4 93


Anti-lock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light




the ABS (The normal braking sys-tem will still be operational withoutthe assistance of the anti-lockbrake system).In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized Kiadealer.

ElectronicBrake forceDistribution(EBD) SystemWarning LightThese two warning lights illuminate atthe same time while driving:• When the ABS and regular brake

system may not work normally.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized Kiadealer.

WARNING - Parking Brake& Brake Fluid Warning Light

Driving the vehicle with a warn-ing light ON is dangerous. If theParking Brake & Brake FluidWarning Light illuminates withthe parking brake released, itindicates that the brake fluidlevel is low.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized Kiadealer.

WARNING - ElectronicBrake force Distribution(EBD) System Warning Light

When both ABS and ParkingBrake & Brake Fluid WarningLights are on, the brake systemwill not work normally and youmay experience an unexpectedand dangerous situation duringsudden braking.In this case, avoid high speeddriving and abrupt braking.Have your vehicle inspected byan authorized Kia dealer assoon as possible.



944

✽✽ NOTICE - Electronic Brakeforce Distribution(EBD) SystemWarning Light

When the ABS Warning Light is onor both ABS and Parking Brake &Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on,the speedometer, odometer, or trip-meter may not work. Also, the EPSWarning Light may illuminate andthe steering effort may increase ordecrease.In this case, have your vehicle inspect-ed by an authorized Kia dealer assoon as possible.

Electronic PowerSteering (EPS) WarningLight (if equipped)


Engine Start/Stop Button to the ONposition.- It remains on until the engine is

started.• When there is a malfunction with

the EPS.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized Kiadealer.

Malfunction IndicatorLamp (MIL)




the emission control system.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized Kiadealer.

CAUTION - MalfunctionIndicatorLamp (MIL)

Driving with the MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (MIL) on maycause damage to the emissioncontrol systems which couldeffect drivability and/or fueleconomy.


4 95


Charging SystemWarning Light




either the alternator or electricalcharging system.

If there is a malfunction with eitherthe alternator or electrical chargingsystem:1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.2. Turn the engine off and check the

alternator drive belt for loosenessor breakage.If the belt is adjusted properly,there may be a problem in theelectrical charging system.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized Kiadealer as soon as possible.

CAUTION - GasolineEngine

If the Malfunction IndicatorLamp (MIL) illuminates, poten-tial catalytic converter damageis possible which could result inloss of engine power.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized Kiadealer as soon as possible.



964

Engine Oil PressureWarning Light



started.• When the engine oil pressure is low.

If the engine oil pressure is low:1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.2. Turn the engine off and check the

engine oil level (For more details,refer to “Engine Oil” in section 7). Ifthe level is low, add oil as required.If the warning light remains onafter adding oil or if oil is not avail-able, have your vehicle inspectedby an authorized Kia dealer assoon as possible.

Low Fuel Level WarningLight

This warning light illuminates:When the fuel tank is nearly empty.

If the fuel tank is nearly empty:Add fuel as soon as possible.

CAUTION - Engine OilPressureWarning Light

• If the engine does not stopimmediately after the EngineOil Pressure Warning Light isilluminated, severe damagecould result.

• If the warning light stays onwhile the engine is running, itindicates that there may beserious engine damage ormalfunction. In this case,1. Stop the vehicle as soon as

it is safe to do so.2. Turn off the engine and

check the oil level. If the oillevel is low, fill the engineoil to the proper level.

3. Start the engine again. If thewarning light stays on afterthe engine is started, turnthe engine off immediately.In this case, have your vehi-cle inspected by an author-ized Kia dealer.

CAUTION - Low FuelLevel

Driving with the Low Fuel Levelwarning light on or with the fuellevel below “0 or E” can causethe engine to misfire and dam-age the catalytic converter (ifequipped).


4 97


Door Ajar Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:When a door is not closed securely.

Tailgate Open WarningLight

This warning light illuminates:When the tailgate is not closedsecurely.

All Wheel Drive (AWD)Warning Light (if equipped)




the AWD system.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized Kiadealer.



984

Indicator LightsElectronic StabilityControl (ESC) IndicatorLightThis indicator light illuminates:• Once you set the ignition switch or



the ESC system.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized Kiadealer.

This indicator light blinks:While the ESC is operating.

For more details, refer to “ElectronicStability Control (ESC)” in chapter 5.

Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) OFFIndicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:• Once you set the ignition switch or


seconds and then goes off.• When you deactivate the ESC sys-

tem by pressing the ESC OFF but-ton.

For more details, refer to “ElectronicStability Control (ESC)” in chapter 5.

ECOMINDERtm indicator(if equipped)

The ECOMINDERtm indicator is asystem that illuminates ECO whenthe driver has reached optimum fuelefficiency.• The ECOMINDERtm indicator will

turn the ECO light green on theinstrument panel when you aredriving fuel efficiently in the ECOON mode.If you don't want the indicator dis-played, you can turn the ECO ONmode to OFF mode by pressingthe TRIP button.For ECO ON/OFF Mode operation,please refer to the previous page.

• Fuel efficient driving can be influ-enced by driving habits and roadconditions.

• The indicator will not display while inP (Park), N (Neutral) or R (Reverse).

ECO


4 99


Immobilizer IndicatorLight (Without Smart Key)

This indicator light illuminates:• When the vehicle detects the

immobilizer in your key properlywhile the ignition switch is ON.- At this time, you can start the

engine.- The indicator light goes off after

starting the engine.

This indicator light blinks:• When there is a malfunction with

the immobilizer system.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized Kiadealer.

Immobilizer IndicatorLight (With Smart Key)

This indicator light illuminates for upto 30 seconds:• When the vehicle detects the

smart key in the vehicle properlywhile the Engine Start/Stop Buttonis ACC or ON.- At this time, you can start the

engine.- The indicator light goes off after

starting the engine.

This indicator light blinks for a fewseconds:• When the smart key is not in the

vehicle.- At this time, you can not start the

engine.

This indicator light illuminates for 2seconds and goes off:• When the vehicle can not detect

the smart key which is in the vehi-cle while the Engine Start/StopButton is ON.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized Kiadealer.

This indicator light blinks:• When the battery of the smart key

is weak.- At this time, you can not start the

engine. However, you can startthe engine if you press the EngineStart/Stop Button with the smartkey. (For more details, refer to“Starting the Engine” in section 5).

• When there is a malfunction withthe immobilizer system.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized Kiadealer.



1004

Turn Signal IndicatorLight

This indicator light blinks:• When you turn the turn signal light

on.

If any of the following occurs, theremay be a malfunction with the turnsignal system. In this case, have yourvehicle inspected by an authorizedKia dealer.

- The indicator light does not blinkbut illuminates.

- The indicator light blinks morerapidly.

- The indicator light does not illumi-nate at all.

High Beam IndicatorLight

This indicator light illuminates:• When the headlights are on and in

the high beam position• When the turn signal lever is pulled

into the Flash-to-Pass position.

Light ON Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:• When the tail lights or headlights

are on.

Front Fog IndicatorLight (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:• When the front fog lights are on.


4 101


All Wheel Drive (AWD)LOCK Indicator Light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:• Once you set the ignition switch or


seconds and then goes off.• When you select AWD Lock mode

by pressing the AWD LOCK button.- The AWD LOCK mode is to

increase the drive power whendriving on wet pavement, snowcovered roads and/or off-road.

Washer Fluid WarningLight (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates:• When the washer fluid level in the

reservoir is nearly empty.In this case, you should refill thewasher fluid.

Cruise Indicator Light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:• When the cruise control system is

enabled.

For more details, refer to “CruiseControl System” in chapter 5.

Cruise SET IndicatorLight (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:• When the cruise control speed is set.

For more details, refer to “CruiseControl System” in chapter 5.

CAUTION - AWD LockMode

Do not use AWD LOCK mode ondry paved roads or highway, itcan cause noise, vibration ordamage of AWD related parts.

CRUISE

SET



1024

The rear parking assist systemassists the driver during backwardmovement of the vehicle by chiming ifany object is sensed within a distanceof 120 cm. (47 in) behind the vehicle.This system is a supplemental systemand it is not intended to nor does itreplace the need for extreme care andattention of the driver. The sensingrange and objects detectable by theback sensors are limited. Wheneverbacking-up, pay as much attention towhat is behind you as you would in avehicle without a rear parking assistsystem.

Operation of the rear parkingassist systemOperating condition

• This system will activate when theindicator on the rear parking assistOFF button is not illuminated. Ifyou desire to deactivate the rearparking assist system, press therear parking assist OFF buttonagain. (The indicator on the buttonwill illuminate.) To turn the systemon, press the button again. (Theindicator on the button will go off.)If the vehicle is moving at a speedover 5 km/h (3 mph), the systemmay not be activated correctly.

REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNINGThe rear parking assist systemis a supplementary functiononly. The operation of the rearparking assist system can beaffected by several factors(including environmental condi-tions). It is the responsibility ofthe driver to always check thearea behind the vehicle beforeand while backing up.OXM053105Sensors

OXM053032


4 103


• The sensing distance while therear parking assist system is inoperation is approximately 120 cm.(47 in).

• When more than two objects aresensed at the same time, the clos-est one will be recognized first.

Types of warning sound• When an object is 120 cm to 61 cm

(47 in. to 24 in.) from the rearbumper: Buzzer beeps intermit-tently.

• When an object is 60 cm to 31 cm(24 in. to 12 in.) from the rearbumper: Buzzer beeps more fre-quently.

• When an object is within 30 cm (12in.) of the rear bumper:Buzzer sounds continuously.

Non-operational conditions ofrear parking assist systemThe rear parking assist systemmay not operate properly when:1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It

will operate normally when themoisture has been cleared.)

2. The sensor is covered with foreignmatter, such as snow or water, orthe sensor cover is blocked. (It willoperate normally when the materi-al is removed or the sensor is nolonger blocked.)

3. Driving on uneven road surfaces(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps,gradient).

4. Objects generating excessivenoise (vehicle horns, loud motor-cycle engines, or truck air brakes)are within range of the sensor.

5. Heavy rain or water spray exists.6. Wireless transmitters or mobile

phones are within range of thesensor.

7. The sensor is covered with snow.8. Trailer towing



1044

The detecting range may decreasewhen:1. The sensor is stained with foreign

matter such as snow or water.(The sensing range will return tonormal when removed.)

2. Outside air temperature isextremely hot or cold.

The following objects may not berecognized by the sensor:1. Sharp or slim objects such as

ropes, chains or small poles.2. Objects which tend to absorb the

sensor frequency such as clothes,spongy material or snow.

3. Undetectable objects smaller than1 m. (40 in) in height and narrowerthan 14 cm. (6 in) in diameter.

Rear parking assist systemprecautions• The rear parking assist system

may not sound consistentlydepending on the speed andshapes of the objects detected.

• The rear parking assist systemmay malfunction if the vehiclebumper height or sensor installa-tion has been modified or dam-aged. Any non-factory installedequipment or accessories mayalso interfere with the sensor per-formance.

• The sensor may not recognizeobjects less than 40 cm. (15 in)from the sensor, or it may sense anincorrect distance. Use caution.

• When the sensor is frozen orSOILED with snow, dirt, or water,the sensor may be inoperative untilthe MATERIAL IS removed using asoft cloth.

• Do not push, scratch or strike thesensor. Sensor damage couldoccur.

WARNINGPay close attention when thevehicle is driven close toobjects on the road, particularlypedestrians, and especiallychildren. Be aware that someobjects may not be detected bythe sensors, due to the object’sdistance, size or material, all ofwhich can limit the effective-ness of the sensor. Always per-form a visual inspection tomake sure the vehicle is clear ofall obstructions before movingthe vehicle in any direction.


4 105


✽✽ NOTICEThis system can only sense objectswithin the range and location of thesensors. It cannot detect objects inother areas where sensors are notinstalled. Also, small or slim objects,such as poles or objects locatedbetween sensors may not be detectedby the sensors.Always visually check behind thevehicle when backing up.Be sure to inform any drivers of thevehicle that may be unfamiliar withthe system regarding the systemscapabilities and limitations.

Self-diagnosisIf you don’t hear an audible warningsound or if the buzzer sounds inter-mittently when shifting the gear tothe R (Reverse) position, this mayindicate a malfunction in the rearparking assist system. If this occurs,have your vehicle checked by anauthorized Kia dealer as soon aspossible.

WARNINGYour new vehicle warranty doesnot cover any accidents or dam-age to the vehicle or injuries toits occupants due to a rearparking assist system malfunc-tion. Always drive safely andcautiously.



1064

The rearview camera will activatewith the ignition switch ON and theshift lever in the R (Reverse) position.

This system is a supplemental sys-tem that shows behind the vehiclethrough the rearview display mirrorwhile backing up unless equippedwith a navigation system, then willdisplay on the screen.The rearview camera may be turnedoff by pressing the ON/OFF buttonwhen the rearview camera is activated.To turn the camera on again, pressthe ON/OFF button again when theignition switch is on and the shiftlever in R (Reverse). Also, the cam-era will turn on automatically when-ever the ignition switch is turned offand on again.

REARVIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING• This system is a supplemen-

tary function only. It is theresponsibility of the driver toalways check the inside/out-side rearview mirrors and thearea behind the vehicle beforeand while backing up becausethere is a dead zone that can'tbe seen by the camera.

• Always keep the camera lensclean. If lens is covered withforeign matter, the cameramay not operate normally.

OXM053120

OXM053121

Rear view display


4 107


The hazard warning flasher should beused whenever you find it necessaryto stop the vehicle in a hazardouslocation. When you must make suchan emergency stop, always pull offthe road as far as possible.

The hazard warning lights are turnedon by pushing in the hazard switch.Both turn signal lights will blink. Thehazard warning lights will operateeven though the key is not in the igni-tion switch.To turn the hazard warning lights off,push the switch again.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

OXM063001

OXM063002

■ Type B

■ Type A



1084

Battery saver function• The purpose of this feature is to

prevent the battery from being dis-charged if the lights are left in theON position. The system automati-cally shuts off the parking lights 30seconds after the ignition key isremoved and the driver’s door isopened and closed.

• With this feature, the parking lightswill turn off automatically if the driverparks on the side of the road at nightand opens the driver’s side door.If necessary, to keep the parkinglights on when the ignition key isremoved, perform the following:1) Open the driver-side door.2) Turn the parking lights OFF and

ON again using the light switchon the steering column.

Headlight escort function (if equipped)If you turn the ignition switch to theACC or OFF position with the head-lights ON, the headlights remain onfor about 30 minutes. However, if thedriver's door is opened and closed,the headlights are turned off after 15seconds.The headlights can be turned off bypressing the lock button on the trans-mitter (or smart key) twice or turningthe light switch to the OFF position.

Headlight welcome function (if equipped)When the headlight (light switch inthe headlight or AUTO position) is onand all doors (and tailgate) arelocked and closed, the position lightand headlight will come on for 15seconds if any of the below is per-formed.• Without smart key system

- When the door unlock button ispressed on the transmitter.

• With the smart key system- When the door unlock button is

pressed on the smart key.

At this time, if you press the door lockbutton, the position light and head-light will turn off immediately.

LIGHTING

CAUTIONIf the driver gets out of the vehi-cle through other doors (exceptdriver’s door), the battery saverfunction does not operate andthe headlight escort functiondoes not turn off automatically.Therefore, It causes the batteryto be discharged. In this case,make sure to turn off the lampbefore getting out of the vehicle.


4 109


Daytime running lightDaytime Running Lights (DRL) canmake it easier for others to see thefront of your vehicle during the day.DRL can be helpful in many differentdriving conditions, and it is especiallyhelpful after dawn and before sunset.The DRL system will turn OFF when:• The headlights are ON.• Engine stops.• The parking brake is applied.

Lighting control

The light switch has a Headlight anda Parking light position.To operate the lights, turn the knob atthe end of the control lever to one ofthe following positions:(1) OFF position(2) Position & Tail light(3) Headlight position(4) Auto light position (if equipped)

Position & Tail light ( )

When the light switch is in the park-ing light position (1st position), thetail, license and instrument panellights will turn ON.

OBK049046NOXM049110



1104

Headlight position ( )

When the light switch is in the head-light position (2nd position), thehead, tail, license and instrumentpanel lights will turn ON.

✽✽ NOTICEThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition to turn on the headlights.

Auto light position (if equipped)

When the light switch is in the AUTOlight position, the taillights and head-lights will turn ON or OFF automati-cally depending on the amount oflight outside the vehicle.

OXM049128

CAUTION• Never place anything over the

sensor (1) located on theinstrument panel. This willensure better auto-light systemcontrol.

• Don’t clean the sensor using awindow cleaner. The cleanermay leave a light film whichcould interfere with sensoroperation.

• If your vehicle has window tintor other types of metallic coat-ing on the front windshield,the Auto light system may notwork properly.

OBK049047N


4 111


High beam operation

To turn on the high beam headlights,push the lever away from you. Pull itback for low beams.The high beam indicator will lightwhen the headlight high beams areswitched on.To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, do not leave the lightson for a prolonged time while theengine is not running.

To flash the headlights, pull the levertowards you. It will return to the nor-mal (low beam) position whenreleased. The headlight switch doesnot need to be on to use this flashingfeature.

OBK049049N

WARNINGDo not use high beam whenthere are other vehicles. Usinghigh beam could obstruct theother driver’s vision.

OBK049050N



1124

Turn signals and lane changesignals

The ignition switch must be on for theturn signals to function. To turn onthe turn signals, move the lever up ordown (A). The green arrow indicatorson the instrument panel indicatewhich turn signal is operating. Theywill self-cancel after a turn is com-pleted. If the indicator continues toflash after a turn, manually return thelever to the OFF position.

To signal a lane change, move theturn signal lever slightly and hold it inposition (B). The lever will return tothe OFF position when released.If an indicator stays on and does notflash or if it flashes abnormally, one ofthe turn signal bulbs may be burnedout and will require replacement.

One-touch lane change function (if equipped)To activate the one-touch lanechange function, move the turn sig-nal lever slightly for less than 0.7second and then release it. The lanechange signals will blink 3 times.

✽✽ NOTICEIf an indicator flash is abnormallyquick or slow, a bulb may be burnedout or have a poor electrical connec-tion in the circuit.

Front fog light (if equipped)

Fog lights are used to provideimproved visibility when visibility ispoor due to fog, rain or snow, etc. Thefog lights will turn on when the fog lightswitch (1) is turned to the on positionafter the headlight is turned on.To turn off the fog lights, turn the foglight switch (1) to the OFF position.

OBK049052L

CAUTIONWhen in operation, the fog lightsconsume large amounts of vehi-cle electrical power. Only use thefog lights when visibility is poor.

OBK049051N


4 113


A : Wiper speed control (front)· MIST/ – Single wipe· OFF / O – Off· INT / --- – Intermittent wipe

AUTO* – Auto control wipe· LO / 1 – Low wiper speed· HI / 2 – High wiper speed

B : Intermittent control wipe timeadjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes (front)

D : Rear wiper/washer control· ON / – Continuous wipe· INT / --- – Intermittent wipe*· OFF / O – Off

E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)

* if equipped

WIPERS AND WASHERSWindshield wiper/washer Rear window wiper/washer

OXM049231L/OXM049230L/OAM049048N/OAM049048L

■ Type A ■ Type A

■ Type B ■ Type B



1144

Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the igni-tion switch is turned ON.MIST/ : For a single wiping cycle,

move the lever to this(MIST/ ) position andrelease it. The wipers willoperate continuously ifthe lever is held in thisposition.

OFF / O : Wiper is not in operation INT / --- : Wiper operates intermit-

tently at the same wipingintervals. Use this mode inlight rain or mist. To varythe speed setting, turn thespeed control knob.

LO / 1 : Normal wiper speed HI / 2 : Fast wiper speed

✽✽ NOTICEIf there is heavy accumulation ofsnow or ice on the windshield, defrostthe windshield for about 10 minutes,or until the snow and/or ice isremoved before using the windshieldwipers to ensure proper operation.

Auto control (if equipped)

The rain sensor located on the upperend of the windshield glass sensesthe amount of rainfall and controlsthe wiping cycle for the proper inter-val. The more it rains, the faster thewiper operates. When the rain stops,the wipers stop.

To vary the speed setting, turn thespeed control knob (1).If the wiper switch is set in AUTOmode when the ignition switch is ON,the wiper will operate once to per-form a self-check of the system. Setthe wiper to OFF (O) position whenthe wiper is not in use.

CAUTIONWhen the ignition switch is ONand the windshield wiper switchis placed in the AUTO mode, usecaution in the following situa-tions to avoid any injury to thehands or other parts of thebody:• Do not touch the upper end of

the windshield glass facingthe rain sensor.

• Do not wipe the upper end ofthe windshield glass with adamp or wet cloth.

• Do not put pressure on thewindshield glass.

OXM049123L

Rain sensor

■ Type A

■ Type B


4 115


Front windshield washers

In the OFF position, pull the levergently toward you to spray washerfluid on the windshield and to run thewipers 1-3 cycles.Use this function when the wind-shield is dirty.The spray and wiper operation willcontinue until you release the lever.

If the washer does not work, checkthe washer fluid level. If the fluid levelis not sufficient, you will need to addappropriate non-abrasive windshieldwasher fluid to the washer reservoir.The reservoir filler neck is located inthe front of the engine compartmenton the passenger side.

CAUTIONWhen washing the vehicle, setthe wiper switch in the OFF (O)position to stop the auto wiperoperation.The wiper may operate and bedamaged if the switch is set inthe AUTO mode while washingthe vehicle.Do not remove the sensor coverlocated on the upper end of thepassenger side windshieldglass. Damage to system partscould occur and may not be cov-ered by your vehicle warranty.When starting the vehicle inwinter, set the wiper switch inthe OFF (O) position. Otherwise,wipers may operate and ice maydamage the windshield wiperblades. Always remove all snowand ice and defrost the wind-shield properly prior to operat-ing the windshield wipers.

OAM049102N

OXM049048E

■ Type B

■ Type A

CAUTIONTo prevent possible damage tothe washer pump, do not oper-ate the washer when the fluidreservoir is empty.



1164

Rear window wiper and washerswitch

The rear window wiper and washerswitch is located at the end of thewiper and washer switch lever. Turnthe switch to the desired position tooperate the rear wiper and washer.ON / : Continuous wipeINT / --- : Intermittent wipeOFF / O : OFF

Push the lever away from you tospray rear washer fluid and to run therear wipers 1~3 cycles. The sprayand wiper operation will continueuntil you release the lever

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage

to the wipers or windshield,do not operate the wiperswhen the windshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, orother solvents on or near them.

• To prevent damage to thewiper arms and other compo-nents, do not attempt to movethe wipers manually.

WARNINGDo not use the washer in freez-ing temperatures without firstwarming the windshield withthe defrosters; the washer solu-tion could freeze on the wind-shield and obscure your vision.

OXM049126

OXM049235L

■ Type B

■ Type A

OXM049125

OXM049125L

■ Type B

■ Type A


4 117


Automatic turn off function (if equipped)The interior lights automatically turnoff approximately 20 minutes afterthe ignition switch is turned off, if thelights are in the ON position.If your vehicle is equipped with thetheft alarm system, the interior lightsautomatically turn off approximately3 seconds after the system in armedstage.

Room lamp

The light will turn on and off as belowif the switch is pressed. The light willturn off if the button is pressed again.

• ON : The light stays on at all times.• DOOR : The light comes on when

any door (or tailgate) isopened regardless of theignition switch position.When doors are unlockedby the transmitter (orsmart key) or the key isremoved from the ignitionswitch, the light comes onfor approximately 30 sec-onds as long as any dooris not opened. The lightgoes out gradually afterapproximately 30 secondsif the door is closed.However, if the ignitionswitch is ON or all doorsare locked, the light willturn off immediately. If adoor is opened with theignition switch in the ACCor LOCK position, the lightstays on for about 20 min-utes. However, if a door isopened with the ignitionswitch in the ON position,the light stays on continu-ously.

INTERIOR LIGHTS

CAUTIONDo not use the interior lights forextended periods when theengine is not running.It may cause battery discharge.

WARNINGDo not use the interior lightswhen driving in the dark.Accidents could happen becausethe view may be obscured byinterior lights.

OXM049225

OXM043014

■ Type B

■ Type A



1184

Map lamp

Press the lens (1) to turn the maplamp on or off• ROOM (2) :

- The map lamp and room lampstays on at all times.

- To turn off the ROOM mode,press the ROOM button (2) onceagain (not pressed.)

• DOOR (3) :- The map lamp and room lamp

comes on when a door is opened.The lamps go out after approxi-mately 30 seconds.

- The map lamp and room lampcomes on for approximately 30seconds when doors are unlockedwith a transmitter or smart key aslong as the doors are not opened.

- The map lamp and room lamp willstay on for approximately 20 min-utes if a door is opened with theignition switch in the ACC orLOCK/OFF position.

- The map lamp and room lamp willstay on continuously if the door isopened with the ignition switch inthe ON position.

- The map lamp and room lamp willgo out immediately if the ignitionswitch is changed to the ON posi-tion or all doors are locked.

- To turn off the DOOR mode,press the DOOR button (3) onceagain (not pressed).

✽✽ NOTICE• The DOOR mode and ROOM

mode can not be selected at thesame time.

• When the lamp is turned on bypressing the lens (1), the lamp doesnot turn off even if the DOORmode or ROOM mode is notselected (not pressed).

OXM043013


4 119


Luggage lamp (if equipped)

• DOOR : The light comes on whenthe tailgate is opened.

• OFF :The light stays off at all times.• ON : The light stays on at all times.

Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)

• : The lamp will turn on if thisbutton is pressed.

• : The lamp will turn off if thisbutton is pressed.

✽✽ NOTICETurn off the lamp before returningthe sunvisor to its original position.

OXM049136 OXM049133



1204

✽✽ NOTICEIf you want to defrost and defog thefront windshield, refer to“Windshield defrosting and defog-ging” in this section.

Rear window defroster

The defroster heats the window toremove frost, fog and thin ice fromthe rear window, while the engine isrunning.

To activate the rear windowdefroster, press the rear windowdefroster button located in the centerfacia switch panel. The indicator onthe rear window defroster button illu-minates when the defroster is ON.If there is heavy accumulation ofsnow on the rear window, brush it offbefore operating the rear defroster.The rear window defroster automati-cally turns off after approximately 20minutes or when the ignition switch isturned off. To turn off the defroster,press the rear window defroster buttonagain.

Outside rearview mirror defroster (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with theoutside rearview mirror defrosters,they will operate at the same time youturn on the rear window defroster.

Wiper deicer (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with thewiper deicer, it will operate at thesame time you turn on the rear win-dow defroster.

DEFROSTER

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the con-ductors bonded to the insidesurface of the rear window,never use sharp instruments orwindow cleaners containingabrasives to clean the window.

OXM043200

OXM043050

■ Type B

■ Type A


4 121


MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OXM043201/OXMA043201/OXM049141

1. Fan speed control knob

2. Mode selection knob

3. Temperature control knob

4. Air conditioning button

5. Air intake control button

6. 3rd row air conditioning ON/OFF

button* (controlled from the front)

7. 3rd row air conditioning fan speed

control switch*

* if equipped

■■ Front climate control (Type A) ■■ Front climate control (Type B)

■■ 3rd row air conditioning control (for Type A)



1224

Heating and air conditioning1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired posi-

tion.For improving the effectiveness ofheating and cooling;- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to theoutside (fresh) air position (ifequipped).

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turnthe air conditioning system (ifequipped) on.

OXM043052

❈❈ 2nd and 3rd row outlet vents (E, F, G, H) (G, H : if equipped)• The air flow of the 2nd and 3rd row outlet vents is controlled by the front climate

control system and delivered through the inside air duct of the floor (E, F, H).• The air flow of the 2nd and 3rd row outlet vents (E, F, H) may be weaker

than the instrument panel vents due to the long air duct.• Close the air vents (F) in cold weather. The air flow of the 2nd and 3rd row

outlet vents may cool a little during heating operation. (Use the 2nd and 3rdrow outlet vents (F, G) during cooling operation.)


4 123


Mode selection

The mode selection knob controlsthe direction of the air flow throughthe ventilation system.Air can be directed to the floor, dash-board outlets, or windshield. Sixsymbols are used to represent MAXA/C, Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and Defrost air position.The MAX A/C mode is used to coolthe inside of the vehicle faster.

Face-Level (B, D, F)

Air flow is directed toward the upperbody and face. Additionally, eachoutlet can be controlled to direct theair discharged from the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, D, E, C, F, H)

Air flow is directed towards the faceand the floor.

Floor-Level (C, E,H, A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the airbeing directed to the windshield andside window defrosters.

Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E, H)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor and the windshield with a smallamount directed to the side windowdefrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

OXM043203



1244

Instrument panel ventsThe outlet vents can be opened orclosed separately using the thumb-wheel (if equipped).Also, you can adjust the direction ofair delivery from these vents usingthe vent control lever as shown.

Temperature control

The temperature control knob allowsyou to control the temperature of theair flowing from the ventilation system.To change the air temperature in thepassenger compartment, turn theknob to the right position for warm andhot air or left position for cooler air.

Air intake control

The air intake control is used toselect the outside (fresh) air positionor recirculated air position.To change the air intake control posi-tion, press the control button.

OXM043205

OXM043061

OXMA043206

■ Type A

■ Type B


4 125


Recirculated air positionWith the recirculated airposition selected, airfrom the passengercompartment will bedrawn through the heat-ing system and heatedor cooled according tothe function selected.

Outside (fresh) air positionWith the outside (fresh)air position selected, airenters the vehicle fromoutside and is heated orcooled according to thefunction selected.

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater inthe recirculated air position (with-out air conditioning selected) maycause fogging of the windshield andside windows and the air within thepassenger compartment maybecome stale.In addition, prolonged use of the airconditioning with the recirculatedair position selected will result inexcessively dry air in the passengercompartment.

WARNING• Continue using the climate

control system in the recircu-lated air position may allowhumidity to increase insidethe vehicle which may fog theglass and obscure visibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle withthe air conditioning or heatingsystem on. It may cause seri-ous harm or death due to adrop in the oxygen leveland/or body temperature.

• Continue using the climatecontrol system in the recircu-lated air position can causedrowsiness or sleepiness, andloss of vehicle control. Set theair intake control to the outside(fresh) air position as much aspossible while driving.

■ Type A

■ Type B



1264

Fan speed control

The ignition switch must be in the ONposition for fan operation.The fan speed control knob allowsyou to control the fan speed of the airflowing from the ventilation system.To change the fan speed, turn theknob to the right for higher speed orleft for lower speed.Setting the fan speed control knob tothe “0” position turns off the fan.

Air conditioning

Press the A/C button to turn the airconditioning system on (indicatorlight will illuminate). Press the buttonagain to turn the air conditioning sys-tem off.

3rd row air conditioning (if equipped)

To turn on the 3rd row air conditioningcontrol system 1. Press the 3rd row air conditioning

ON/OFF button (indicator light onthe ON/OFF button will illuminate)located on the front climate controlpanel and set the fan speed to thedesired speed with the 3rd row fanspeed switch.

OXM043217

OXM043068

OXM043207


4 127


2. To turn off the 3rd row air condi-tioning control system, press the3rd row air conditioning ON/OFFbutton once more located on thefront climate control panel or setthe fan speed to the "OFF" positionwith the 3rd row fan speed switch.

System operationVentilation1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the

outside (fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the

outside (fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.5. If dehumidified heating is desired,

turn the air conditioning system (ifequipped) on.

• If the windshield fogs up, set themode to the or position.

Operation Tips• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes

from entering the vehicle throughthe ventilation system, temporarilyset the air intake control to therecirculated air position. Be sure toreturn the control to the fresh airposition when the irritation haspassed to keep fresh air in thevehicle. This will help keep the driv-er alert and comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling systemis drawn in through the grilles justahead of the windshield. Careshould be taken that these are notblocked by leaves, snow, ice orother obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control tothe fresh air position and fan speedto the desired position, turn on theair conditioning system, and adjustthe temperature control to desiredtemperature.



1284

Air conditioningKia Air Conditioning Systems arefilled with refrigerant*.1. Start the engine. Push the air con-

ditioning button.2. Set the mode to the position.3. Set the air intake control to the

outside air or recirculated air posi-tion.

4. Adjust the fan speed control andtemperature control to maintainmaximum comfort.

✽✽ NOTICE• When using the air conditioning sys-

tem, monitor the temperature gaugeclosely while driving up hills or inheavy traffic when outside tempera-tures are high. Air conditioning sys-tem operation may cause engineoverheating. Continue to use theblower fan but turn the air condi-tioning system off if the temperaturegauge indicates engine overheating.

• When opening the windows inhumid weather air conditioningmay create water droplets insidethe vehicle. Since excessive waterdroplets may cause damage toelectrical equipment, air condi-tioning should only be used withthe windows closed.

Air conditioning system operation tips • If the vehicle has been parked in

direct sunlight during hot weather,open the windows for a short timeto let the hot air inside the vehicleescape.

• To help reduce moisture inside ofthe windows on rainy or humiddays, decrease the humidity insidethe vehicle by operating the airconditioning system.

• During air conditioning systemoperation, you may occasionallynotice a slight change in enginespeed as the air conditioning com-pressor cycles. This is a normalsystem operation characteristic.

• Use the air conditioning systemevery month only for a few minutesto ensure maximum system per-formance.

CAUTION• The refrigerant system should

only be serviced by trainedand certified technicians toinsure proper and safe opera-tion.

• The refrigerant system shouldbe serviced in a well-ventilat-ed place.

(Continued)

(Continued)• The air conditioning evaporator

(cooling coil) shall never berepaired or replaced with oneremoved from a used or sal-vaged vehicle and new replace-ment MAC evaporators shall becertified (and labeled) as meet-ing SAE Standard J2842.


4 129


• When using the air conditioningsystem, you may notice clear waterdripping (or even puddling) on theground under the passenger sideof the vehicle. This is a normal sys-tem operation characteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning sys-tem in the recirculated air positionprovides maximum cooling, how-ever, continual operation in thismode may cause the air inside thevehicle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you mayoccasionally notice a misty air flowbecause of rapid cooling andhumid air intake. This is a normalsystem operation characteristic.

Climate control air filter (if equipped)

The climate control air filter installedbehind the glove box filters the dustor other pollutants that come into thevehicle from the outside through theheating and air conditioning system.If dust or other pollutants accumulatein the filter over a period of time, theair flow from the air vents maydecrease, resulting in moisture accu-mulation on the inside of the wind-shield even when the outside (fresh)air position is selected. If this hap-pens, we recommend that the cli-mate control air filter be replaced byan authorized Kia dealer.

✽✽ NOTICE• Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is being driven insevere conditions such as dusty orrough roads, more frequent cli-mate control air filter inspectionsand changes are required.

• When the air flow rate suddenlydecreases, we recommend that thesystem should be checked at anauthorized Kia dealer.

1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core



1304

Air Conditioning refrigerantlabel

❈ The actual Air Conditioning refrigerantlabel in the vehicle may differ from theillustration.

Each symbols and specification onair conditioning refrigerant labelmeans as below ;

1. Classification of refrigerant2. Amount of refrigerant3. Classification of Compressor lubri-

cant

You can find out which air condition-ing refrigerant is applied your vehicleat the label inside of the engine room.Refer to section 8 for more detaillocation of air conditioning refrigerantlabel.

Checking the amount of airconditioner refrigerant andcompressor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant islow, the performance of the air con-ditioning is reduced. Overfilling alsohas a negative influence on the airconditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected byan authorized Kia dealer.

OXM063009WARNING

Because the refriger-ant is at very highpressure, the air con-ditioning systemshould only be serv-

iced by trained and certifiedtechnicians. It is important thatthe correct type and amount ofoil and refrigerant is used, oth-erwise damage to the vehicleand personal injury may occur.


4 131


AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OXM043208/OXM043209/OXM049141

1. A/C display

2. Driver's temperature control knob

3. AUTO (automatic control) button

4. Front blower OFF button

5. Front fan speed control switch

6. Mode selection button

7. Dual temperature control selection button

8. Passenger's temperature control knob

9. Air conditioning button*

10. 3rd row air conditioning ON/OFF button*(controlled from the front)

11. Air intake control button* or recirculat-ed air position button*

12. Front windshield defroster button

13. 3rd row air conditioning fan speedcontrol switch*

* if equipped

■■ Front climate control (Type A) ■■ Front climate control (Type B)

■■ 3rd row air conditioning control (for Type A)



1324

OXM043064/OXM043063/OXM049141

1. Driver's temperature control knob

2. AUTO (automatic control) button

3. Front blower OFF button

4. Front fan speed control switch

5. Mode selection button

6. Dual temperature control selection button

7. Passenger's temperature control knob

8. Air conditioning button*

9. 3rd row air conditioning ON/OFF button*(controlled from the front)

10. Air intake control button* or recirculated air position button*

11. Front windshield defroster button

12. Climate control display

13. 3rd row air conditioning fan speed controlswitch*

* if equipped

■■ 3rd row air conditioning control (for Type C)

■■ Type D

■■ Type C


4 133


Automatic heating and air con-ditioning

1. Press the AUTO button. Themodes, fan speeds, air intake andair-conditioning will be controlledautomatically by setting the tem-perature.

2. Turn the temperature control knobto the desired temperature.

✽✽ NOTICE• To turn the automatic operation

off, select any button or switch ofthe following:- Mode selection button- Air conditioning button- Front windshield defroster button- Air intake control button- Fan speed control switchThe selected function will be con-trolled manually while other func-tions operate automatically.

• For your convenience and toimprove the effectiveness of theclimate control, use the AUTObutton and set the temperature to23°C (73°F).

OXM043056

OXM043210/OXM043211

■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side



1344

✽✽ NOTICENever place anything over the sen-sor located on the instrument panelto ensure better control of the heat-ing and cooling system.

Manual heating and air condi-tioningThe heating and cooling system canbe controlled manually by pressingbuttons or turning knob(s) other thanthe AUTO button. In this case, thesystem works sequentially accordingto the order of buttons or knob(s)selected.1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired posi-

tion.For improving the effectiveness ofheating and cooling;- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to theoutside (fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turnthe air conditioning system on.

Press the AUTO button in order toconvert to full automatic control ofthe system.

Mode selection

The mode selection button controlsthe direction of the air flow throughthe ventilation system.The air flow outlet port is convertedas follows:

Refer to the illustration in the“Manual climate control system”.

OXM043058

OXM043059


4 135


Face-Level

Air flow is directed toward the upperbody and face. Additionally, eachoutlet can be controlled to direct theair discharged from the outlet.

Bi-Level

Air flow is directed towards the faceand the floor.

Floor-Level

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the airbeing directed to the windshield andside window defrosters.

Floor/Defrost-Level

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor and the windshield with a smallamount directed to the side windowdefrosters.

Defrost-Level Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

OXM043060



1364

Instrument panel ventsThe outlet vents can be opened orclosed separately using the thumb-wheel (if equipped).Also, you can adjust the direction ofair delivery from these vents usingthe vent control lever as shown.

Temperature control

The temperature will increase to themaximum (HI) by turning the knob tothe extreme right.The temperature will decrease to theminimum (Lo) by turning the knob tothe extreme left.When turning the knob, the tempera-ture will increase or decrease by0.5°C/1°F. When set to the lowesttemperature setting, the air condi-tioning will operate continuously.

Adjusting the driver and passengerside temperature individually 1. Press the DUAL button to operate

the driver and passenger sidetemperature individually. Also, ifthe passenger side temperaturecontrol knob is operated, it willautomatically change to the DUALmode as well.

2. Operate the left temperature con-trol to adjust the driver side tem-perature. Operate the right tem-perature control to adjust the pas-senger side temperature.

OXM043061

OXM043210/OXM043211

■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side

OXM043129


4 137


When the driver side temperature isset to the highest (HI) or lowest (Lo)temperature setting, the DUAL modeis deactivated for maximum heatingor cooling.

Adjusting the driver and passengerside temperature equally1. Press the DUAL button again to

deactivate DUAL mode. The pas-senger side temperature will beset to the same temperature asthe driver side.

2. Operate the driver side tempera-ture control switch. The driver andpassenger side temperature willbe adjusted equally.

Temperature conversionYou can switch the temperaturemode from Centigrade to Fahrenheitas follows:While pressing the OFF button,press the AUTO button for 3 secondsor more.The display will change fromCentigrade to Fahrenheit, or fromFahrenheit to Centigrade.If the battery has been discharged ordisconnected, the temperature modedisplay will reset to Fahrenheit.

Outside thermometer

The current outside temperature isdisplayed in 1°C (1°F) increments.The temperature range is between --40°C ~ 60°C (40°F ~ 140°F).• The outside temperature on the

display may not change immedi-ately like a general thermometer toprevent the driver from being inat-tentive.

OXM043127/OXM043126




1384

Air intake control

This is used to select the outside(fresh) air position or recirculated airposition.To change the air intake control posi-tion, push the control button.

Recirculated air positionWith the recirculated airposition selected, airfrom the passengercompartment will bedrawn through the heat-ing system and heatedor cooled according tothe function selected.

Outside (fresh) air positionWith the outside (fresh)air position selected, airenters the vehicle fromoutside and is heated orcooled according to thefunction selected.

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater inthe recirculated air position (with-out air conditioning selected) maycause fogging of the windshield andside windows and the air within thepassenger compartment maybecome stale.In addition, prolonged use of the airconditioning with the recirculatedair position selected will result inexcessively dry air in the passengercompartment.■ Type A, C

■ Type B, D

OXM043212

OXM043054

OXM043055

■ Type A

■ Type B

■ Type C

■ Type D


4 139


Fan speed control

The fan speed can be set to thedesired speed by operating the fanspeed control switch.To change the fan speed, press ( )the switch for higher speed, or push ( ) the switch for lower speed. Toturn the fan speed control off, pressthe front blower OFF button.

Air conditioning

Press the A/C button to turn the airconditioning system on (indicatorlight will illuminate).Press the button again to turn the airconditioning system off.

WARNING• Continue using the climate

control system in the recircu-lated air position may allowhumidity to increase insidethe vehicle which may fog theglass and obscure visibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle withthe air conditioning or heatingsystem on. It may cause seri-ous harm or death due to adrop in the oxygen leveland/or body temperature.

• Continuous use of the climatecontrol system in the recircu-lated air position can causedrowsiness or sleepiness,and loss of vehicle control.Set the air intake control tothe outside (fresh) air positionas much as possible whiledriving.

OXM043065

OXM043213

OXM043066

■ Type A, B

■ Type C, D



1404

OFF mode

Press the front blower OFF button toturn off the front air climate controlsystem. However, you can still oper-ate the mode and air intake buttonsas long as the ignition switch is in theON position.

Climate information screen selec-tion (for Type C, D)

Press the climate information screenselection button to display climateinformation on the screen.

3rd row air conditioning (if equipped)

To turn on the 3rd row air condition-ing control system 1. Press the 3rd row air conditioning

ON/OFF button (indicator light onthe ON/OFF button will illuminate)located on the front climate controlpanel and set the fan speed to thedesired speed with the 3rd row fanspeed switch located in the rear ofthe vehicle.

OXM043067

OXM043079 OXM043068


4 141


2. To turn off the 3rd row air condi-tioning control system, press the3rd row air conditioning ON/OFFbutton once more located on thefront climate control panel or setthe fan speed to the “OFF” positionwith the 3rd row fan speed switch.



1424

• For maximum defrosting, set thetemperature control to the extremeright/hot position and the fan speedcontrol to the highest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desiredwhile defrosting or defogging, setthe mode to the floor-defrost posi-tion.

• Before driving, clear all snow andice from the windshield, rear win-dow, outside rear view mirrors, andall side windows.

• Clear all snow and ice from thehood and air inlet in the cowl grill toimprove heater and defroster effi-ciency and to reduce the probabili-ty of fogging up the inside of thewindshield.

Manual climate control systemTo defog inside windshield

1. Set the fan speed to the desiredposition.

2. Select desired temperature.3. Select the or position.4. The outside (fresh) air and air con-

ditioning will be selected automat-ically.

If the air conditioning and/or outside(fresh) air position are not selectedautomatically, press the correspon-ding button manually.

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

WARNING - Windshieldheating

Do not use the or posi-tion during cooling operation inextremely humid weather. Thedifference between the temper-ature of the outside air and thewindshield could cause theouter surface of the windshieldto fog up, causing loss of visi-bility. In this case, set the modeselection to the positionand fan speed control to thelower speed. OXM043069


4 143


To defrost outside windshield

1. Set the fan speed to the highestposition.

2. Set the temperature to theextreme hot position.

3. Select the position.4. The outside (fresh) air and air con-

ditioning will be selected automat-ically.

If the air conditioning is not selectedautomatically press the correspon-ding button manually.

Automatic climate control systemTo defog inside windshield

1. Set the fan speed to the desiredposition.

2. Select desired temperature.3. Press the defroster button ( ).4. The outside (fresh) air position will

be selected automatically and theair conditioning will turn onaccording to the detected ambienttemperature.

If the air conditioning and outside(fresh) air position are not selectedautomatically, adjust the correspon-ding button manually. If the posi-tion is selected, lower fan speed isadjusted to a higher fan speed.

OXM043070

OXM043073



1444

To defrost outside windshield

1. Set the fan speed to the highestposition.

2. Set the temperature to theextreme hot (HI) position.

3. Press the defroster button ( ).4. The outside (fresh) air position will

be selected automatically and theair conditioning will turn onaccording to the detected ambienttemperature.

Defogging logicTo reduce the possibility of foggingup the inside of the windshield, theair intake or air conditioning is con-trolled automatically according tocertain conditions such as or position. To cancel or return to thedefogging logic, do the following.

Manual climate control system


2. Turn the mode selection knob tothe defrost position ( ).

3. Press the air intake control buttonat least 5 times within 3 seconds.

The indicator light in the air intakecontrol button will blink 3 times with0.5 second of interval. It indicates thatthe defogging logic is canceled orreturned to the programmed status.

If the battery has been discharged ordisconnected, it resets to the defoglogic status.

OXM043074 OXM049169


4 145


Automatic climate control system


2. Select the defroster position press-ing the defroster button ( ).

3. While pressing the air conditioningbutton (A/C), press the air intakecontrol button at least 5 times with-in 3 seconds.

The A/C display blinks 3 times with0.5 second of interval. It indicates thatthe defogging logic is canceled orreturned to the programmed status.

If the battery has been discharged ordisconnected, it resets to the defoglogic status.

OXMA043170



1464

These compartments can be used tostore small items.

Center console storage (if equipped)

To open the center console storage,pull up the lever.

Glove box

The glove box can be locked andunlocked with a master key. (ifequipped)To open the glove box, pull the han-dle and the glove box will automati-cally open. Close the glove box afteruse.

STORAGE COMPARTMENTS

WARNING - Flammablematerials

Do not store cigarette lighters,propane cylinders, or otherflammable/explosive materialsin the vehicle. These items maycatch fire and/or explode if thevehicle is exposed to hot tem-peratures for extended periods.

CAUTION• To avoid possible theft, do not

leave valuables in the storagecompartment.

• Always keep the storage com-partment covers closed whiledriving. Do not attempt toplace so many items in thestorage compartment that thestorage compartment covercannot close securely.

OXM049174L

OXM049212


4 147


Sunglass holder

To open the sunglass holder, pressthe cover and the holder will slowlyopen. Place your sunglasses with thelenses facing out. To close the sun-glass holder, push it up.

WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in anaccident or sudden stop, alwayskeep the glove box door closedwhile driving.

WARNING Do not keep food in the glovebox for a long time.

OXM043017

WARNING• Do not keep objects except

sunglasses inside the sun-glass holder. Such objects canbe thrown from the holder inthe event of a sudden stop oran accident, possibly injuringthe passengers in the vehicle.

• Do not open the sunglassholder while the vehicle ismoving. The rear view mirrorof the vehicle can be blockedby an opened sunglass holder.



1484

Luggage boxSmall

You can place a first aid kit, a reflec-tor triangle, tools, etc. in the box foreasy access.

Grasp the handle on the edge of thecover and lift it.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the goodsor the vehicle, care should betaken when carrying fragile orbulky objects in the luggage box.

OXM049213

OXM049227L

■ Type A

■ Type B (if equipped)


4 149


Cup holderINTERIOR FEATURES

WARNING - Hot liquids• Do not place uncovered cups

with hot liquid in the cup hold-er while the vehicle is inmotion. If the hot liquid spills,you may burn yourself. Such aburn to the driver could lead toloss of control of the vehicle.

• To reduce the risk of personalinjury in the event of suddenstop or collision, do not placeuncovered or unsecured bot-tles, glasses, cans, etc., in thecup holder while the vehicle isin motion.

OXM049180

OXM049240N OXM049214

OXMA043215

■ FrontType A

Type B

■ Center

■ Rear (if equipped)

Cups or small beverage cans may be placed in the cup holders.

WARNING Keep cans or bottles out ofdirect sun light and do not putthem in a vehicle that is heatedup. It may explode.



1504

Bottle holder

Bottles may be placed in the holder.

✽✽ NOTICEOnly bottles should be place in theholder as it is written in the vehicle“BOTTLE ONLY”.

Sunvisor

Use the sunvisor to shield direct lightthrough the front or side windows.To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.To use the sunvisor for the side win-dow, pull it downward, unsnap it fromthe bracket (1) and swing it to theside (2).Adjust the sunvisor extension for-ward or backward (3).To use the vanity mirror, pull downthe visor and slide the mirror cover(4).

The ticket holder (5) is provided forholding a tollgate ticket. (if equipped)

* The actual sunvisor lamp in thevehicle may differ from the illustra-tion.

OXM049183

CAUTION - Vanity mirrorlamp

If you use the vanity mirrorlamp, turn off the lamp beforereturning the sunvisor to itsoriginal position, otherwise itcould result in battery dis-charge and possible sunvisordamage.

*

WARNINGFor your safety, do not obstructyour vision when using the sun-visor

OXM043016


4 151


Power outlet The power outlet is designed to pro-vide power for mobile telephones orother devices designed to operatewith vehicle electrical systems. Thedevices should draw less than 10amps with the engine running.

CAUTION• Use the power outlet only when

the engine is running andremove the accessory plugafter use. Using the accessoryplug for prolonged periods oftime with the engine off couldcause the battery to discharge.

• Only use 12V electric acces-sories which are less than 10Ain electric capacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner orheater to the lowest operatinglevel when using the poweroutlet.

• Close the cover when not inuse.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Some electronic devices can

cause electronic interferencewhen plugged into a vehicle’spower outlet. These devicesmay cause excessive audiostatic and malfunctions inother electronic systems ordevices used in your vehicle.

WARNINGDo not put a finger or a foreignelement (pen, etc.) into a poweroutlet and do not touch with awet hand. You may get an elec-tric shock.

ODMECO2037

OXMA043318

■ Front

■ Center

OANNCO43015

■ Rear (if equipped)



1524

AC inverter (if equipped)

The AC inverter supplies 115V/150Welectric power to operate electricaccessories or equipments.If you wish to use the AC inverter,press the AC inverter button whilethe engine is running. The light onthe AC inverter button will illuminate.

If you press the AC inverter buttonagain, the AC inverter will be deacti-vated and the light on the AC invert-er button will turn off.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen turning on the AC inverter,the indicator on the AC inverter but-ton illuminates late while the systemconducts a self-check.

✽✽ NOTICE• Rated voltage : AC 115V• Maximum electric power : 150W• In order to avoid an electrical sys-

tem failure, electric shock, etc., besure to read owner's manualbefore use.

• Be sure to close the cover exceptthe time of use.

OXMA073132OXMA043400

OXMA043402


4 153


CAUTION• To prevent the battery from

being discharged, do not usethe AC inverter while theengine is not running.

• When not using the AC invert-er, make sure to turn off theAC inverter (the indicator onthe button does not illumi-nate) and close the AC invert-er cover.

• After using an electric acces-sory or equipment, pull theplug out. Leaving the accesso-ry or equipment plugged in fora long time may cause batterydischarge.

• Do not use an electric acces-sory or equipment the powerconsumption of which isgreater than 150W(115V).

(Continued)

WARNINGTo reduce a risk of serious orfatal injuries:• Do not use a heated electric

device such as a coffeepot,toaster, heater, iron, etc.

• Do not insert foreign objectsinto the outlet and do nottouch the outlet as you mayget shocked.

• Do not let children touch theAC inverter.

(Continued)• Some electric accessories or

equipments can cause elec-tronic interference. It maycause excessive audio noiseand malfunctions in otherelectric systems or devices inthe vehicle.

• Do not use broken electricaccessories or equipments,which may damage the ACinverter and electrical sys-tems of the vehicle.

• Do not use two or more elec-tric accessories or equip-ments at the same time. It maycause damage to the electricalsystems of the vehicle.

• When the input voltage isunder 11V, the outlet LED willblink and the AC inverter willturn off automatically. If theinput voltage goes up to nor-mal, the AC inverter will turnon again.



1544

Clock

Hour (1)Pressing the H button will advancethe time displayed by one hour.

Minute (2)Pressing the M button will advancethe time displayed by one minute.

To change the 24 hour format to the12 hours format (if equipped), whilepressing the “H” button, press the “M”button for 3 seconds or more. Forexample, if the “H” and “M” buttonsare pressed for more than 3 secondswhile the time is 22:15, the displaywill change to 10:15.

Ashtray (if equipped)

To use the ashtray, open the cover.To clean or empty the ashtray, pull itout.

OXM043304

WARNING - Ashtray use• Do not use the vehicle’s ash-

trays as waste receptacles.• Putting lit cigarettes or match-

es in an ashtray with othercombustible materials maycause a fire.

OXM043018

OXM043301

■ Type A

■ Type B


4 155


Clothes hanger (if equipped)

❈ This actual feature may differ from theillustration.

To use the hanger, pull down theupper portion of hanger.

Floor mat anchor (s) (if equipped)

When using a floor mat on the frontfloor carpet, make sure it attaches tothe floor mat anchor(s) in your vehi-cle. This keeps the floor mat fromsliding forward.

OXM043309

OXMA043401

■ Driver seat ■ Passenger seat

■ Rear seat

WARNINGThe following must be observedwhen installing ANY floor matto the vehicle.• Ensure that the floor mats are

securely attached to the vehi-cle's floor mat anchor(s) beforedriving the vehicle.

• Do not use ANY floor mat thatcannot be firmly attached tothe vehicle's floor mat anchors.

• Do not stack floor mats on topof one another (e.g. all-weatherrubber mat on top of a carpet-ed floor mat). Only a singlefloor mat should be installed ineach position.

IMPORTANT – Your vehicle wasmanufactured with driver's sidefloor mat anchors that aredesigned to securely hold thefloor mat in place. To avoid anyinterference with pedal opera-tion, Kia recommends that onlythe Kia floor mat designed foruse in your vehicle be installed.

OUN026348

CAUTIONDo not hang heavy clothes, sincethose may damage the hook.



1564

Side curtain (if equipped)

To use the side curtain:1. Lift the curtain by the handle (1).2. Hang the curtain on the hooks on

both sides of the handle.

Luggage net holder (if equipped)

To keep items from shifting in thecargo area, you can use the holderslocated in the cargo area to attachthe luggage net.If necessary, we recommend thatyou contact an authorized Kia dealer.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the goodsor the vehicle, care should betaken when carrying fragile orbulky objects in the luggagecompartment.

WARNINGTo avoid eye injury, DO NOToverstretch the luggage net.ALWAYS keep your face andbody out of the luggage net’srecoil path. DO NOT use the lug-gage net when the strap has vis-ible signs of wear or damage.

OXM049217

OXM043308

■ Type A

■ Type BOXM043303

WARNINGTo avoid injury or damage to theside curtain and door moldings,lower side curtain by the handleall the way back to the stowedposition. Do not release handleafter disengaging from the hookson the door.


4 157


Roof rack (if equipped)

If the vehicle has a roof rack, you canload cargo on top of your vehicle.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the vehicle is equipped with a sun-roof, be sure not to position cargoonto the roof rack in such a way thatit could interfere with sunroof oper-ation.

EXTERIOR FEATURES

CAUTION• When carrying cargo on the

roof rack, take the necessaryprecautions to make sure thecargo does not damage theroof of the vehicle.

• When carrying large objectson the roof rack, make surethey do not exceed the overallroof length or width.

• When you are carrying cargoon the roof rack, do not operatethe sunroof (if equipped).

WARNING • The following specification is

the maximum weight that canbe loaded onto the roof rack.Distribute the load as evenlyas possible on the roof rackand secure the load firmly.

Loading cargo or luggage inexcess of the specified weightlimit on the roof rack maydamage your vehicle.

• The vehicle center of gravitywill be higher when items areloaded onto the roof rack.Avoid sudden starts, braking,sharp turns, abrupt maneu-vers or high speeds that mayresult in loss of vehicle con-trol or rollover resulting in anaccident.

(Continued)

ROOF 100 kg (220 lbs.)RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED

OXM049222

OXMA043222

■ Type A

■ Type B



1584

(Continued)• Always drive slowly and turn

corners carefully when carry-ing items on the roof rack.Severe wind updrafts, causedby passing vehicles or naturalcauses, can cause suddenupward pressure on itemsloaded on the roof rack. Thisis especially true when carry-ing large, flat items such aswood panels or mattresses.This could cause the items tofall off the roof rack and causedamage to your vehicle orothers around you.

• To prevent damage or loss ofcargo while driving, check fre-quently before or while driv-ing to make sure the items onthe roof rack are securely fas-tened.


4 159


✽✽ NOTICE If you install an after market HIDhead lamp, your vehicle’s audio andelectronic device may malfunction.

Antenna

Your vehicle uses a roof antenna toreceive AM or/and FM broadcast sig-nals.This antenna is removable. Toremove the roof antenna, turn itcounterclockwise. To install the roofantenna, turn it clockwise.

AUDIO SYSTEM

CAUTION• Before entering a place with a

low height clearance or a vehi-cle wash, remove the antennaby rotating it counter-clock-wise. If not, the antenna maybe damaged.

• When reinstalling your roofantenna, it is important that itis fully tightened and adjustedto the upright position toensure proper reception. But itcould be removed when park-ing the vehicle or when load-ing cargo on the roof rack.

• When cargo is loaded on theroof rack, do not place thecargo near the antenna pole toensure proper reception.

OXM049252N

XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 159


1604

Steering wheel audio control (if equipped)

The steering wheel may incorporateaudio control buttons. These buttonsare installed to promote safe driving.

VOLUME (VOL + / - ) (1)• Push the lever upward (+) to

increase the volume.• Push the lever downward (-) to

decrease the volume.

SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)The SEEK/PRESET button has dif-ferent functions based on the systemmode. For the following functions thebutton should be pressed for 0.8 sec-onds or more.

RADIO modeIt will function as the AUTO SEEKselect button.

CD/USB/iPod® modeIt will function as the FF/REW button.If the SEEK/PRESET button ispressed for less than 0.8 seconds, itwill work as follows in each mode.

RADIO modeIt will function as the PRESET STA-TION buttons.

CD/USB/iPod® modeIt will function as TRACK UP/DOWNbutton.

MODE (3)Press the button to change audiosource.- FM(1~2)➟ AM➟ SAT(1~3)➟ CD➟

USB AUX(iPod®) FM...

MUTE (4)• Press the button to mute the

sound.• Press the button to turn off the

microphone during a telephonecall.

Detailed information for audio controlbuttons are described in the followingpages in this section.

CAUTIONDo not operate audio remotecontrol buttons simultaneously.

1

43

2

OXMA043078


4 161


Aux, USB port (if equipped)

If your vehicle has an aux and/orUSB(universal serial bus) port, youcan use an aux port to connect audiodevices and an USB and also aniPod®.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen using a portable audio deviceconnected to the power outlet, noisemay occur during playback. If thishappens, use the power source of theportable audio device.

* iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.

OXM043306



1624

How vehicle audio works

AM and FM radio signals are broad-cast from transmitter towers locatedaround your city. They are intercept-ed by the radio antenna on your vehi-cle. This signal is then processed bythe radio and sent to your vehiclespeakers.When a strong radio signal hasreached your vehicle, the preciseengineering of your audio systemensures the best possible qualityreproduction. However, in somecases the signal coming to your vehi-cle may not be strong and clear.

This can be due to factors, such asthe distance from the radio station,closeness of other strong radio sta-tions or the presence of buildings,bridges or other large obstructions inthe area.

AM broadcasts can be received atgreater distances than FM broad-casts. This is because AM radiowaves are transmitted at low fre-quencies. These long distance,lowfrequency radio waves can follow thecurvature of the earth rather thantravelling straight. In addition, theycurve around obstructions resultingin better signal coverage.

JBM002

AM reception

JBM001

FM reception


4 163


FM broadcasts are transmitted athigh frequencies and do not bend tofollow the earth's surface. Becauseof this, FM broadcasts generallybegin to fade within short distancesfrom the station. short distances fromthe station. Also, FM signals are eas-ily affected by buildings, mountains,and obstructions. This can lead toundesirable or unpleasant listeningconditions which might lead you tobelieve a problem exists with yourradio. The following conditions arenormal and do not indicate radiotrouble:

• Fading - As your vehicle movesaway from the radio station, thesignal will weaken and sound willbegin to fade. When this occurs,we suggest that you select anotherstronger station.

• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals orlarge obstructions between thetransmitter and your radio can dis-turb the signal causing static orfluttering noises to occur. Reducingthe treble level may lessen thiseffect until the disturbance clears.

• Station Swapping - As an FM sig-nal weakens, another more power-ful signal near the same frequencymay begin to play. This is becauseyour radio is designed to lock ontothe clearest signal. If this occurs,select another station with astronger signal.

• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radiosignals being received from sever-al directions can cause distortionor fluttering. This can be caused bya direct and reflected signal fromthe same station, or by signalsfrom two stations with close fre-quencies. If this occurs, selectanother station until the conditionhas passed.

JBM003

FM radio station

JBM005JBM004



1644

Using a cellular phone or a two-way radio When a cellular phone is used insidethe vehicle, noise may be producedfrom the audio system. This does notmean that something is wrong withthe audio equipment. In such a case,try to operate mobile devices as farfrom the audio equipment as possi-ble.

Caring for disc• If the temperature inside the car is too

high, open the car windows to venti-late before using the system.

• It is illegal to copy and useMP3/WMA files without permission.Use CDs that are created only bylawful means.

• Do not apply volatile agents, suchas benzene and thinner, normalcleaners and magnetic spraysmade for analogue disc onto CDs.

• To prevent the disc surface fromgetting damaged, hold CDs by theedges or the center hole only.

• Clean the disc surface with a pieceof soft cloth before playback (wipeit from the center to the outsideedge).

• Do not damage the disc surface orattach pieces of sticky tape orpaper.

• Make certain only CDs are insert-ed into the CD player (Do not insertmore than one CD at a time).

• Keep CDs in their cases after use toprotect them from scratches or dirt.

CAUTIONWhen using a communicationsystem such as a cellular phoneor a radio set inside the vehicle,a separate external antennamust be fitted. When a cellularphone or a radio set is usedwith an internal antenna alone,it may interfere with the vehi-cle's electrical system andadversely affect safe operationof the vehicle.

WARNINGDo not use a cellular phonewhile driving. Stop at a safelocation to use a cellular phone.


4 165


• Depending on the type of CD-R/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs maynot operate normally according tothe manufacturing companies. Insuch circumstances, continueduse may cause malfunctions toyour audio system.

✽✽ NOTICE - Playing an Incompatible

Copy Protected Audio CDSome copy protected CDs, which donot comply with international audioCD standards (Red Book), may notplay on your car audio. Please notethat inabilities to properly play acopy protected CD may indicatethat the CD is defective, not the CDplayer.

NOTE:Order of playing files (folders) :1. Song playing order : to

sequentially.2. Folder playing order :❋ If no song file is contained in the

folder, that folder is not displayed.



1664

CAUTION• Operating the device while

driving could lead to acci-dents due to a lack of atten-tion to external surroundings.First park the vehicle beforeoperating the device.

• Adjust the volume to levelsthat allow the driver to hearsounds from outside of thevehicle. Driving in a statewhere external sounds cannotbe heard may lead to acci-dents.

• Pay attention to the volumesetting when turning thedevice on. A sudden output ofextreme volume upon turningthe device on could lead tohearing impairment. (Adjustthe volume to a suitable levelsbefore turning off the device.)

(Continued)

WARNING• Do not stare at the screen

while driving. Staring at thescreen for prolonged periodsof time could lead to trafficaccidents.

• Do not disassemble, assem-ble, or modify the audio sys-tem. Such acts could result inaccidents, fire, or electricshock.

• Using the phone while drivingmay lead to a lack of attention oftraffic conditions and increasethe likelihood of accidents.Use the phone feature afterparking the vehicle.

• Heed caution not to spill wateror introduce foreign objectsinto the device. Such actscould lead to smoke, fire, orproduct malfunction.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Please refrain from use if the

screen is blank or no soundcan be heard as these signsmay indicate product mal-function. Continued usein such conditions could leadto accidents(fires, electricshock) or product malfunc-tions.

• Do not touch the antenna dur-ing thunder or lightening assuch acts may lead to light-ning induced electric shock.

• Do not stop or park in park-ing-restricted areas to operatethe product. Such acts couldlead to traffic accidents.

• Use the system with the vehi-cle ignition turned on.Prolonged use with the igni-tion turned off could result inbattery discharge.


4 167


(Continued)• If you want to change the posi-

tion of device installation,please inquire with your placeof purchase or service mainte-nance center. Technicalexpertise is required to installor disassemble the device.

• Turn on the car ignition beforeusing this device. Do not oper-ate the audio system for longperiods of time with the igni-tion turned off as such opera-tions may lead to battery dis-charge.

• Do not subject the device tosevere shock or impact. Directpressure onto the front side ofthe monitor may cause dam-age to the LCD or touchscreen.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When cleaning the device,

make sure to turn off thedevice and use a dry andsmooth cloth. Never usetough materials, chemicalcloths, or solvents (alcohol,benzene, thinners, etc.) assuch materials may damagethe device panel or causecolor/quality deterioration

• Do not place beverages closeto the audio system. Spillingbeverages may lead to systemmalfunction.

• In case of product malfunction,please contact your place of pur-chase or After Service center.

• Placing the audio systemwithin an electromagneticenvironment may result innoise interference.



1684

USING THE USB DEVICE• To use an external USB device,

make sure the device is not con-nected when starting up thevehicle. Connect the device afterstarting up.

• If you start the engine when theUSB device is connected, it maydamage the USB device. (USBflashdrives are very sensitive toelectric shock.)

• If the engine is started up orturned off while the external USBdevice is connected, the externalUSB device may not work.

• The System may not play unau-thenticated MP3 or WMA files.1) It can only play MP3 files with

the compression ratebetween 8Kbps ~ 320Kbps.

2) It can only play WMA musicfiles with the compressionrate between 8Kbps ~320Kbps.

• Take precautions for static elec-tricity when connecting or discon-necting the external USB device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is

not recognizable.• Depending on the condition of

the external USB device, theconnected external USB devicecan be unrecognizable.

• When the formatted byte/sectorsetting of External USB device isnot either 512BYTE or2048BYTE, then the device willnot be recognized.

• Use only a USB device format-ted to FAT 12/16/32.

• USB devices without USB I/Fauthentication may not be recog-nizable.

• Make sure the USB connectionterminal does not come in con-tact with the human body orother objects.

• If you repeatedly connect or dis-connect the USB device in ashort period of time, it may breakthe device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• You may hear a strange noise

when connecting or disconnect-ing a USB device.

• If you disconnect the externalUSB device during playback inUSB mode, the external USBdevice can be damaged or maymalfunction. Therefore, discon-nect the external USB devicewhen the audio is turned off or inanother mode. (e.g, Radio, CD)

• Depending on the type andcapacity of the external USBdevice or the type of the filesstored in the device, there is adifference in the time taken forrecognition of the device.

• Do not use the USB device forpurposes other than playingmusic files.

• Playing videos through the USBis not supported.

• Use of USB accessories such asrechargers or heaters using USBI/F may lower performance orcause trouble.

(Continued)


4 169


(Continued)• Some USB flash memory read-

ers (such as CF, SD, micro SD,etc.) or external-HDD typedevices can be unrecognizable.

• Music files protected by DRM(DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGE-MENT) are not recognizable.

• The data in the USB memorymay be lost while using thisaudio. Always back up importantdata on a personal storagedevice.

• Please avoid usingUSB memory prod-ucts which can beused as key chains orcellular phone acces-sories as they could cause dam-age to the USB jack. Pleasemake certain only to use plugtype connector products.

(Continued)• If you use devices such as a USB

hub purchased separately, thevehicle’s audio system may notrecognize the USB device. In thatcase, connect the USB devicedirectly to the multimedia terminalof the vehicle.

• If the USB device is divided by log-ical drives, only the music files onthe highest-priority drive are rec-ognized by car audio.

• Devices such as MP3 Player/Cellular phone/Digital camera canbe unrecognizable by standardUSB I/F can be unrecognizable.

• Charging through the USB maynot be supported in some mobiledevices.

• USB HDD or USB types liable toconnection failures due to vehiclevibrations are not supported.(i-stick type)

• Some non-standard USB devices(METAL COVER TYPE USB) canbe unrecognizable.

(Continued)



1704

USING THE iPod® DEVICE• Some iPod models may not sup-

port communication protocoland files may not properly play.Supported iPod models:- iPhone 3GS/4- iPod touch 1st~4th generation- iPod nano 1st~6th generation- iPod classic

• The order of search or playbackof songs in the iPod can be dif-ferent from the order searched inthe audio system.

• If the iPod is disabled due to itsown malfunction, reset the iPod.(Reset: Refer to iPod manual)

• An iPod may not operate nor-mally on low battery.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Some iPod devices, such as the

iPhone, can be connectedthrough the Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology interface. The devicemust have audio Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology capability(such as for stereo headphoneBluetooth® Wireless Technology).The device can play, but it will notbe controlled by the audio system.

• To use iPod features within theaudio, use the cable providedupon purchasing an iPod device.

• Skipping or improper operationmay occur depending on thecharacteristics of youriPod/Phone device.

• If your iPhone is connected toboth the Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology and USB, the soundmay not be properly played. Inyour iPhone, select the Dockconnector or Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology to changethe sound output (source).

(Continued)

(Continued)• When connecting iPod with the

iPod Power Cable, insert theconnector to the multimediasocket completely. If not insertedcompletely, communicationsbetween iPod and audio may beinterrupted.

• When adjusting the soundeffects of the iPod and the audiosystem, the sound effects ofboth devices will overlap andmight reduce or distort the qual-ity of the sound.

• Deactivate (turn off) the equaliz-er function of an iPod whenadjusting the audio system’s vol-ume, and turn off the equalizerof the audio system when usingthe equalizer of an iPod.

• When not using iPod with caraudio, detach the iPod cablefrom iPod. Otherwise, iPod mayremain in accessory mode, andmay not work properly.


4 171


Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology

Bluetooth® Wireless TechnologyThe Bluetooth® word mark and logosare registered trademarks owned byBluetooth SIG, lnc. and any use ofsuch marks by Kia is under license.A Bluetooth® enabled call phone isrequired to use Bluetooth® wirelesstechnology.

Before Using the Bluetooth®

Handsfree

What is Bluetooth® ?• Bluetooth® refers to a short-dis-

tance wireless networking technol-ogy which uses a 2.45GHz fre-quency to connect various deviceswithin a certain distance.

• Supported within PCs, externaldevices, Bluetooth® phones, PDAs,various electronic devices, andautomotive environments,Bluetooth® allows data to be trans-mitted at high speeds without hav-ing to use a connector cable.

• Bluetooth® Handsfree refers to adevice which allows the user to con-veniently make phone calls withBluetooth® mobile phones throughthe AV/Navigation system.

• Bluetooth® Handsfree may not besupported in some mobile phones.To learn more about mobile devicecompatibility, visit www.kia.com.

Precautions for Safe Driving

• Bluetooth® Handsfree is a featurethat enables drivers to practice safedriving. Connecting the head unitwith a Bluetooth® phone allows theuser to conveniently make andreceive calls and use contacts.Before using Bluetooth®, carefullyread the contents of this user’smanual.

• Excessive use or operations whiledriving may lead to negligent driv-ing practices and result in acci-dents. Refrain from excessive oper-ations while driving.

• Viewing the screen for prolongedperiods of time is dangerous andmay lead to accidents. When driv-ing, view the screen only for shortperiods of time.



1724

When connecting a Bluetooth®

Phone

• Before connecting the head unitwith the mobile phone, check tosee that the mobile phone sup-ports Bluetooth® features.

• Even if the phone supportsBluetooth®, the phone will not befound during device searches ifthe phone has been set to hiddenstate or the Bluetooth® power isturned off. Disable the hiddenstate or turn on the Bluetooth®

power prior to searching/connect-ing with the Head unit.

• Bluetooth phone is automaticallyconnected when the ignition on.

• If you do not want automatic con-nection with your Bluetooth®

device, turn off the Bluetooth®

feature within your mobile phone.• The Handsfree call volume and

quality may differ depending onthe mobile phone.

• Park the vehicle when connectingthe head unit with the mobilephone.

• Bluetooth® connection maybecome intermittently discon-nected in some mobile phones.Follow these steps to try again.1. Within the mobile phone, turn

the Bluetooth® function off/onand try again.

2. Turn the mobile phone powerOff/On and try again.

3. Completely remove the mobilephone battery, reboot, and thenagain.

4. Reboot the Audio VideoNavigation System and tryagain.

5. Delete all paired devices, pairand try again.

• Handsfree call quality and volumemay differ depending on themodel of your mobile phone.


4 173


Voice Recognition

• When using the voice recognitionfeature, only commands listed with-in the user's manual are supported.

• Be aware that during the operationof the voice recognition system,pressing any key other than the

key terminate voice recognitionmode.

• For superior voice recognition per-formance, position the microphoneused for voice recognition abovethe head of the driver’s seat andmaintain a proper position whensaying commands.

• Within the following situations,voice recognition may not functionproperly due to external sound.- When the windows and sunroof

are open- When the wind of the cooling /

heating device is strong- When entering and passing

through tunnels(Continued)

(Continued)- When driving on rugged and

uneven roads- During severe rain (heavy rains,

windstorms)• Phone related voice commands can

be used only when a Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology device is con-nected.

• When making calls by stating aname, the corresponding contactmust be downloaded and storedwithin the audio system.

• After downloading the Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology phone book, ittakes some times to convert thephone book data into voice infor-mation. During this time, voicerecognition may not properly oper-ate.

• Pronounce the voice commandsnaturally and clearly as if in a nor-mal conversation.



1744

■■ CD Player : AM1A0IXAN, AM1A0IXKN


4 175


SYSTEM CONTROLLERSAND FUNCTIONS

❈ Display and settings may differdepending on the selected audio.

Audio Head Unit

(1) (EJECT)Ejects the disc.

(2) Changes to FM/AM/SIRIUS mode.Each time the key is pressed, themode is changed in order of FM1 ➟

FM2 ➟ AM ➟ SAT1 ➟ SAT2 ➟ SAT3.❈ In Setup>Display, the radio pop up

screen will be displayed when[Mode Pop up] is turned .When the pop up screen is dis-played, use the TUNE knob orkeys ~ to select thedesired mode.

(3) Changes to CD, USB(iPod), AUX, MyMusic, BT Audio mode.Each time the key is pressed, themode is changed in order of CD,USB(iPod), AUX, My Music, BT Audio.❈ In Setup>Display, the media pop

up screen will be displayed when[Mode Pop up] is turned .When the pop up screen is dis-played, use the TUNE knob orkeys ~ to select thedesired mode.

(4) Operates Phone Screen❈ When a phone is not connected,

the connection screen is displayed.

(5) PWR/VOL knobPower : Turns power On/Off by

pressing the knobVolume : Sets volume by turning

the knob left/right

(6) Radio Mode : Automatically search-es for broadcast frequencies.CD, USB, iPod, My Music modes- Shortly press the key (under 0.8 sec-

onds): Moves to next or previous song(file)

- Press and hold the key (over 0.8 sec-onds): Rewinds or fast-forwards thecurrent song.

BT Audio mode : Moves to next orprevious song(file)❈ The Play/Pause feature may oper-

ate differently depending on themobile phone.

SEEKTRACK

PHONE

51

On

MEDIA

61

On

RADIO



1764

(7) Each time the button is shortlypressed (under 0.8 seconds), it setsthe screen Off ➟ Screen On ➟

Screen Off❈ Audio operation is maintained and

only the screen will be turned Off.In the screen Off state, press anykey to turn the screen On again.

(8) Radio Mode- Shortly press the key : Previews

each broadcast for 5 secondseach.

- Press and hold the key (over 0.8seconds): Previews the broadcastssaved in Preset ~ for 5seconds each.

❈ Press the key again tocontinue listening to the currentfrequency.

❈ SAT Radio does not support thePreset scan feature.

CD, USB, My Music mode- Shortly press the key (under 0.8

seconds): Previews each song(file) for 10 seconds each.

❈ Press the key again tocontinue listening to the currentsong (file).

(9) Moves to the Display, Sound, Phone,System setting modes.

(10) Displays menus for the current mode.

(11) TUNE knobRadio mode : Changes frequency byturning the knob left/right.CD, USB, iPod, My Music mode:Searches songs (files) by turning theknob left/right.❈ When the desired song is dis-

played, press the knob to play thesong.

Moves focus in all selection menusand selects menus.

(12) Radio Mode- SIRIUS RADIO : Category SearchMP3, CD, USB mode : Folder Search

CATFOLDER

MENU

SETUP

SCAN

SCAN

61

SCAN

DISP


4 177


(13) ~ (Preset)Radio Mode: Saves frequencies(channels) or receives saved fre-quencies (channels)CD, USB, iPod, My Music mode- : Repeat- : RandomIn the Radio, Media, Setup, andMenu pop up screen, the numbermenu is selected.

2

1

61



1784

SETUP

Display Settings

Press the key Select [Display]through TUNE knob or keySelect menu through TUNE knob

Mode Pop up[Mode Pop up] Changes /selection mode• During On state, press the

or key to display the modechange pop up screen.

Text Scroll[Text Scroll] Set /• : Maintains scroll• : Scrolls only one (1) time.

Media DisplayWhen playing an MP3 file, select thedesired display info from ‘Folder/File’or ‘Album/Artist/Song’.

Off

On

OffOn

MEDIARADIO

OffOn

1SETUP


4 179


SOUND SETTINGS

Press the key Select [Sound]through TUNE knob or keySelect menu through TUNE knob

Sound SettingsThis menu allows you to set the ‘Bass,Middle, Treble’ and the Sound Fader andBalance.Select [Sound Settings] Selectmenu through TUNE knob Turn

TUNE knob left/right to set• Bass, Middle, Treble : Selects the

sound tone.• Fader, Balance : Moves the sound

fader and balance.• Default : Restores default settings.❈ Back : While adjusting values,

pressing the TUNE knob willrestore the parent menu.

Speed Dependent Volume ControlThis feature is used to automaticallycontrol the volume level according tothe speed of the vehicle.Select [Speed Dependent Vol.] Setin 4 levels [Off/Low/Mid/High] of

TUNE knob

Voice Recognition VolumeAdjusts voice recognition volume.Select [Voice Recognition Vol.] Setvolume of TUNE knob

2SETUP



1804

SYSTEM SETTINGS

Press the key Select[System] through tune knob or key Select menu through TUNEknob

Memory InformationDisplays currently used memory andtotal system memory.Select [Memory Information] OKThe currently used memory is dis-played on the left side while the totalsystem memory is displayed on theright side.

Prompt FeedbackThis feature is used to change voicecommand feedback between Normaland Expert modes.Select [Prompt Feedback] Setthrough TUNE knob• On : This mode is for beginnerusers and provides detailed instruc-tions during voice command opera-tion.

• Off : This mode is for expert usersand omits some information duringvoice command operation. (Whenusing Expert mode, guidanceinstructions can be heard throughthe [Help] or [Menu] commands.

LanguageThis menu is used to set the displayand voice recognition language.Select [Language]Set through TUNE knob

❈ The system will reboot after thelanguage is changed.

❈ Language support by region- English, Francais, Espanol

4SETUP


4 181


RADIO : FM, AM OR SIRIUSChanging RADIO mode (FM, AMor SIRIUS)

Press the key to change themode in order of FM1➟FM2➟AM➟SAT1➟SAT2➟SAT3.

• When the power is off, press thekey to turn on the audio

system and receive radio broad-casts.

• [Mode Pop up] On state : Displaysthe change radio mode pop upscreen. While the pop up screen isdisplayed, you can change theradio mode (FM1 ➟ FM2 ➟ AM ➟SAT1 ➟ SAT2 ➟ SAT3) through thetune knob or ~ keys.

Adjust VolumeTurn the VOL knob left/right toadjust the volume.

SEEKPress the key• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8

seconds): Automatically searchesfor the next station.

• Pressing and holding the key (over0.8 seconds): While holding the key, frequency changes without stop-ping. When the key is released,automatically searches for the nextfrequency from that point.

Preset SEEKPress the ~ key• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8

seconds): Plays the frequencysaved in the corresponding key.

• Pressing and holding the key (over0.8 seconds): Pressing and holdingthe desired key from ~ will save the currently playingbroadcast to the selected key andsound a BEEP.

SCANPress the key• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8

seconds): The broadcast frequencyincreases and previews eachbroadcast for 5 seconds each. Afterscanning all frequencies, returnsand plays the current broadcast fre-quency.

• Pressing and holding the key (over0.8 seconds): Previews the broad-casts saved in Preset ~ for 5 seconds each.

Selecting through manualsearchTurn the TUNE knob left/right toadjust the frequency.• FM : Changes by 200KHz• AM : Changes by 10KHz

61

SCAN

61

61

SEEKTRACK

61

RADIO

RADIO



1824

MENUWithin key are the A.Store(Auto Store) and Info functions.

A.StorePress the key Set [A.Store]through TUNE knob or key.Saves broadcasts with superiorreception to ~ keys. If nofrequencies are received, then themost recently received frequency willbe broadcast.

61

1MENU

MENU


4 183


Satellite Radio channels:SIRIUS Satellite Radio has over 130channels, including 69 channels of100% commercial-free music, plussports, news, talk and entertainmentavailable nationwide in your vehicle.For more information and a completelist of SIRIUS Satellite Radio chan-nels, visit sirius.com in the UnitedStates, sirius-canada.ca in Canada,or call SIRIUS at 1-888-539-7474.

Satellite Radio reception factors:To receive the satellite signal, yourvehicle has been equipped with asatellite radio antenna located on theroof of your vehicle. The vehicle roofprovides the best location for anunobstructed, open view of the sky, arequirement of a satellite radio sys-tem. Like AM/FM, there are severalfactors that can affect satellite radioreception performance:• Antenna obstructions: For optimal

reception performance, keep theantenna clear of snow and icebuild-up and keep luggage andother material as far away from theantenna as possible.

• Terrain: Hills, mountains, tall build-ings, bridges, tunnels, freeway over-

passes, parking garages, densetree foliage and thunderstorms caninterfere with your reception.

SIRIUS Satellite Radio service:SIRIUS Satellite Radio is a subscrip-tion-based satellite radio service thatbroadcasts music, sports, news andentertainment programming to radioreceivers, which are available for instal-lation in motor vehicles or factoryinstalled, as well as for the home,portable and wireless devices, andthrough an Internet connection on per-sonal computer.Vehicles that are equipped with afactory installed SIRIUS SatelliteRadio system include:• Hardware and an introductory trial

subscription term, which begins onthe date of sale or lease of thevehicle.

• For a small upgrade fee, access toSIRIUS music channels, and otherselect channels over the Internetusing any computer connected tothe Internet (U.S. customers only).For information on extended sub-scription terms, contact SIRIUS at1-888-539-7474.

NOTE:Satellite Radio requires SIRIUS®compatible receiver and a sub-scription service fee after trialperiod.Vehicles without a factory-installedradio receiver require hardwarepurchase and installation. Pleasesee your dealer for further details.All fees and programming subjectto change.Subscriptions governed by theSIRIUS Terms & Conditions avail-able at www.sirius.com / serviceterms.Available only in the 48 contiguousUnited States and the District ofColumbia. Service available inCanada; see www.siriuscanada.ca KIA shall not be responsible forany such programming changes.

Satellite Radio Electronic SerialNumber (ESN): This 12-digitSatellite Serial Number is needed tore-activate, modify or track yoursatellite radio account. You will needthis number when communicatingwith SIRIUS.

SIRIUS Satellite Radio information



1844

SIRIUS RADIO

Using SIRIUS Satellite RadioYour Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3month complimentary period of SIR-IUS Satellite Radio so you haveaccess to over 130 channels ofmusic, information, and entertain-ment programming.

ActivationIn order to extend or reactivate yoursubscription to SIRIUS SatelliteRadio, you will need to contact SIR-IUS Customer Care at 1-888-539-7474. Have your 12 digit SID (SiriusIdentification Number) / ESN(Electronic Serial Number) ready. Toretrieve the SID / ESN, turn on theradio, press the [RADIO] button, andtune to channel zero.

Please note that the vehicle will needto be turned on, in Sirius mode, andhave an unobstructed view of the skyin order for the radio to receive theactivation signal.

SEEKPress the key• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8

seconds): select previous or nextchannel.

• Pressing and holding the key (over0.8 seconds): continuously move toprevious or next channel.

❈ If the “Category” icon is displayed,channels are changed within thecurrent category.

SCANPress the key• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8

seconds): Previews each broad-cast for 5 seconds each

❈ Press the key again tocontinue listening to the currentfrequency

❈ If the “Category” icon is displayed,channels are changed within thecurrent category.

CategoryPress the key Set throughthe TUNE knob• The display will indicate the category

menus, highlight the category thatthe current channel belongs to.

• In the Category List Mode, press thekey to navigate category

list.• Press the tune knob to select the low-

est channel in the highlighted cate-gory.

❈ If channel is selected by selectingcategory, then the “CATEGORY”icon is displayed at the top of thescreen.

CATFOLDER

CATFOLDER

SCAN

SCANRADIO

RADIO


4 185


PresetPress the key ~ • Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8

seconds): Plays the frequencysaved in the corresponding key.

• Pressing and holding the key (over0.8 seconds): Pressing and holdingthe desired key from ~ will save the current broadcast tothe selected key and sound aBEEP.

✽✽ Troubleshooting1. Antenna Error

If this message is displayed, theantenna or antenna cable is bro-ken or unplugged. Please consultwith your Kia dealership.

2. Acquiring SignalIf this message is displayed, itmeans that the antenna is coveredand that the SIRIUS SatelliteRadio signal is not available.Ensure the antenna is uncoveredand has a clear view of the sky.

Tune• Rotate TUNE knob : Changes

the channel number or scrolls cate-gory list.

• Press TUNE knob : Selects themenu.

MenuSelect category menu through the

TUNE knob Press the key Select [ Info] through the TUNE knob or key

Info (Information)Displays the Artist/Song info of thecurrent song.

1

MENU

61

61RADIO



1864

BASIC METHOD OF USE :Audio CD / MP3 CD / USB /iPod / My Music

Press the key to change themod mode in order of CD ➟

USB(iPod) ➟ AUX ➟ My Music ➟ BTAudio.The folder/file name is displayed onthe screen.

<Audio CD>

<CD MP3>

<USB>

<My Music>

❈ The CD is automatically playedwhen a CD is inserted.

❈ The USB music is automaticallyplayed when a USB is connected.

RepeatWhile song (file) is playing(RPT) keyAudio CD, MP3 CD, USB, iPod, MyMusic mode: RPT on screen• To repeat one song (press the key)

: Repeats the current song.MP3 CD, USB mode: FLD.RPT onscreen• To repeat folder (pressing twice):

repeats all files within the currentfolder.

❈ Press the key again to turnoff repeat.

RandomWhile song (file) is playing(RDM) keyAudio CD, My Music mode: RDM onscreen• Random (press the key) : Plays all

songs in random order.

2 RDM

1 RPT

1 RPT

MEDIA


4 187


MP3 CD, USB mode: FLD.RDM onscreen• Folder Random (press the key) :

Plays all files within the current fold-er in random order.

iPod mode: ALL RDM on screen• All Random (press the key) : Plays

all files in random order.MP3 CD, USB : ALL RDM on screen• All Random (pressing twice): Plays

all files in random order.❈ Press the key again to turn

off repeat.

Changing Song/FileWhile song (file) is playing

key• Shortly pressing the key : Plays the

current song from the beginning.❈ If the key is pressed

again within 2 second, the previ-ous song is played.

• Pressing and holding the key (over0.8 seconds): Rewinds the song.

While song (file) is playingkey

• Shortly pressing the key : Plays thenext song.

• Pressing and holding the key (over0.8 seconds): Fast forwards thesong.

ScanWhile song (file) is playingkey• Shortly pressing the key : Scans all

songs from the next song for 10seconds each.

❈ Press the key again to turnoff.

❈ The SCAN function is not support-ed in iPod mode.

Folder Search : MP3 CD, USBModeWhile file is playing(Folder Up) key• Searches the next folder.While file is playing(Folder Down) key• Searches the parent folder.❈ If a folder is selected by pressing

the TUNE knob, the first filewithin the selected folder will beplayed.

❈ In iPod mode, moves to the ParentFolder.

Searching Songs (File)• Turning TUNE knob : Searches

for songs (files)• Pressing TUNE knob : Plays

selected song (file).

CATFOLDER

CATFOLDER

SCAN

SCAN

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

2 RDM



1884

MENU : Audio CDPress the CD MP3 mode keyto set the Repeat, Random,Information features.

RepeatPress the key Set [ RPT]through the TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song.❈ Press RPT again to turn off.

RandomPress the key Set [ RDM]through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play songs withinthe current folder.❈ Press RDM again to turn off.

InformationPress the key Set [ Info]through the TUNE knob or key to display information of the cur-rent song.❈ Press the key to turn off

info display.

MENU : MP3 CD / USBPress the CD MP3 mode keyto set the Repeat, Folder Random,Folder Repeat, All Random,Information, and Copy features.

RepeatPress the key Set [ RPT]through the TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song.❈ Press RPT again to turn off.

1 RPT

MENU

MENU

MENU

3MENU

2 RDM

MENU

1 RPT

MENU

MENU


4 189


Folder RandomPress the key Set [ F.RDM]through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play songs within thecurrent folder.❈ Press F.RDM again to turn off.

Folder RepeatPress the key Set [ F.RPT]through the TUNE knob or key to repeat songs within the cur-rent folder.❈ Press F.RPT again to turn off.

All RandomPress the key Set [ A.RDM]through the TUNE knob or keyto randomly play all songs within theCD.❈ Press A.RDM again to turn off.

InformationPress the key Set [ Info]through the TUNE knob or key to display information of the cur-rent song.

❈ Press the key to turn offinfo display.

CopyPress the key Set [Copy] through the TUNE knobor key. This is used to copy the currentsong into My Music. You can playthe copied Music in My Musicmode.

❈ If another key is pressed whilecopying is in progress, a pop upasking you whether to cancelcopying is displayed.

❈ If another media is connected orinserted (USB, CD, iPod, AUX)while copying is in progress, copy-ing is canceled.

❈ Music will not be played whilecopying is in progress.

MENU : iPodIn iPod mode, press the key toset the Repeat, Album Random, AllRandom, Information and Search fea-tures.

RepeatPress the key Set [ RPT]through the TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song.❈ Press RPT again to turn repeat off.

All RandomPress the key Set [ RDM]through the TUNE knob or key.Plays all songs within the currentlyplaying category in random order.❈ Press RDM again to turn off.

2MENU

1 RPT

MENU

MENU

6

MENU

MENU

5MENU

4MENU

3MENU

2 RDM

MENU



1904

InformationPress the key Set [ Info]through the TUNE knob or key.Displays information of the currentsong.❈ Press the key to turn off

info display.

SearchPress the key Set [ Search]through the TUNE knob or key.Displays iPod category list.❈ Searching iPod category is

key pressed, move to parent cate-gory.

MENU

4MENU

MENU

3MENU


4 191


MENU : My Music Mode

In My Music mode, press the key to set the Repeat, Random,Information, Delete, Delete All, andDelete Selection features.

RepeatPress the key Set [ RPT]through the TUNE knob or key.Repeats the currently playing song.❈ Press RPT again to turn repeat

off.

RandomPress the key Set [ RDM]through the TUNE knob or key.Plays all songs in random order.❈ Press RDM again to turn random off.

InformationPress the key Set [ Info]through the TUNE knob or key.Displays information of the currentsong.❈ Press the key to turn off

info display.

DeletePress the key Set [ Delete]through the TUNE knob or key. Deletes currently playing file

In the play screen, pressing deletewill delete the currently playing song. Deletes file from list

➀ Select the file you wish to deleteby using the TUNE knob.

➁ Press the key and selectthe delete menu to delete theselected file.

Delete AllPress the key Set [ Del.All]through the TUNE knob or key.Deletes all songs of My Music.

Delete SelectionPress the key Set [ Del.Sel]through the TUNE knob or key.Songs within My Music are selectedand deleted.➀ Select the songs you wish to

delete from the list.

6MENU

5MENU

MENU

4MENU

MENU

3MENU

2 RDM

MENU

1 RPT

MENU

MENU



1924

➁ After selecting, press keyand select the delete menu.

My Music• Even if memory is available, a

maximum of 6,000 songs can bestored.

• The same song can be copied upto 1,000 times.

• Memory info can be checked in theSystem menu of Setup.

AUXAUX is used to play external MEDIAcurrently connected with the AUXterminal.AUX mode will automatically startwhen an external device is connect-ed with the AUX terminal.If an external device is connected,you can also press the key tochange to AUX mode.

❈ AUX mode cannot be startedunless there is an external deviceconnected to the AUX terminal.

AUXFully insert the AUX cable into theAUX terminal for use.

MEDIA

MENU


4 193


Bluetooth® Wireless TechnologyAUDIO

What is Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology?Bluetooth® Wireless Technology is awireless technology that allows mul-tiple devices to be connected in ashort range, low-powered deviceslike hands-free, stereo headset, wire-less remote controller, etc. For moreinformation, visit the Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology website atwww.Bluetooth.com

Before using Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology audio features• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology

audio may not be supporteddepending on the compatibility ofyour Bluetooth® Wireless Technologymobile phone.

• In order to use Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology audio, you must firstpair and connect the Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology mobile phone.

• Bluetooth® Wireless Technologyaudio can be used only when the[Audio Streaming] of Phone isturned .

❈ Setting Bluetooth® Wireless TechnologyAudio Streaming : Press the key Select [Phone] through the tuneknob or key Select [AudioStreaming] through the TUNEknob Set /

Starting Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology Audio• Press the key to change the

mode in order ofCD➟USB➟AUX➟My Music➟BTAudio.

• If BT Audio is selected, Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology audio will startplaying.

❈ Audio may not automatically startplaying in some mobile phones.

Using the Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology audio features• Play / StopPress the TUNE knob to play andpause the current song.

• Previous / Next songPress or to playprevious or next song.❈ The previous song / next song /

play / pause functions may not besupported in some mobile phones.

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

MEDIA

OffOn

3

SETUP

On



1944

PHONE

Making a call using theSteering remote controller

(1) VOLUME button : Raises or low-ers speaker volume.

(2) MUTE button : Mute the micro-phone during a call.

(3) button : Activates voice recog-nition.

(4) button : Places and transferscalls.

(5) button : Ends calls or cancelsfunctions.

• Check call history and making call➀ Shortly press (under 0.8 seconds)

the key on the steeringremote controller.

➁ The call history list will be dis-played on the screen.

➂ Press the key again to con-nect a call to the selected number.

• Redialing the most recently callednumber

➀ Press and hold (over 0.8 seconds)the key on the steeringremote controller.

➁ The most recently called numberis redialed.


4 195


Bluetooth® Wireless Technology

Pairing a Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology wireless technolo-gy Device

What is Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology Pairing?Pairing refers to the process of syn-chronizing your Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology phone or device with thecar audio system for connection.Pairing is necessary to connect anduse the Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology feature.

Pairing Key / Keyon the Steering RemoteController

When No Devices have beenPaired1. Press the key or the

key on the steering remote con-troller. The following screen is dis-played.

2. Select [OK] button to enter thePair Phone screen.

1) Car Name : Name of device asshown when searching from yourBluetooth® Wireless Technologydevice

2) Passkey : Passkey used to pairthe device

3. From your Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology device (i.e. MobilePhone), search and select yourcar audio system.

4. After a few moments, a screen isdisplayed where the passkey isentered. Here, enter thepasskey “0000” to pair yourBluetooth® Wireless Technologydevice with the car audio system.

5. Once pairing is complete, the fol-lowing screen is displayed.

PHONE

PHONE



1964

• If Bluetooth® Wireless Technologydevices are paired but none arecurrently connected, pressing the

key or the key on thesteering remote controller displaysthe following screen. Select [Pair]button to pair a new device orselect [Connect] to connect a previ-ously pair device.

Pairing through [PHONE]Setup

Press the key Select[Phone] Select [Pair Phone] Select TUNE knob

1. The following steps are the sameas the steps described in the“When No Devices have beenPaired” section.

• Bluetooth® features supported with-in the vehicle are as follows. Somefeatures may not be supporteddepending on your Bluetooth®

device.- O u t g o i n g / I n c o m i n g

Handsfreecalls- Operations during a call (Switch

to Private, Switch to call waiting,MIC on/off)

- Downloading Call History- Downloading Mobile Contacts- Bluetooth® device auto connec-

tion- Bluetooth Audio Streaming

• Up to five Bluetooth® devices can bepaired to the Car Handsfreesystem.

• Only one Bluetooth® device can beconnected at a time.

• Other devices cannot be pairedwhile a Bluetooth® device is con-nected.

• Only Bluetooth® HandsfreeandBluetooth audio related featuresare supported.

SETUP

PHONE


4 197


• Normal operations are possibleonly within devices that supportHandsfree or audio features, suchas a Bluetooth® mobile phone or aBluetooth audio device.

• If a connected Bluetooth® devicebecomes disconnected due tobeing out of communication range,turning the device OFF, or aBluetooth® communication error,corresponding Bluetooth® devicesare automatically searched andconnected.

• the system becomes unstable dueto communication errors betweenthe car Handsfreeand the Bluetooth®

device, reset the Bluetooth® and tryagain. Upon resetting Bluetooth®, thesystem is restored to its factoryrelease state.

• After Pairing is complete, a con-tacts download request is sentonce to the mobile phone. As somemobile phones may require confir-mation upon receiving a downloadrequest, check the mobile phonescreen.

Connecting a Device

Press the key Select[Phone] Select [Phone List]

1) Connected Phone : Device that iscurrently connected

2) Paired Phone : Device that ispaired but not connected

From the paired phone list, select thedevice you want to connect andselect [Connect].

SETUP



1984

Changing Priority

What is Priority?It is possible to pair up to fiveBluetooth® Wireless Technologydevices with the car audio system.As a result, the “Change Priority’ fea-ture is used to set the connection pri-ority of paired phones.


From the paired phone list, selectthe phone you want to change to thehighest priority, then select [ChangePriority] button from the Menu. Theselected device will be changed tothe highest priority.

• Priority icon will be displayedwhenset a priority phone

SETUP


4 199


Disconnecting a Device


From the paired phone list, select thecurrently connected device andselect [Disconnect] button.

Deleting a Device


From the paired phone list, select thedevice you want to delete and select[Delete] button.

• When deleting the currently con-nected device, the device will auto-matically be disconnected to pro-ceed with the deleting process.

• If a paired Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology device is deleted, thedevice’s call history and contactsdata will also be deleted.

• To re-use a deleted device, youmust pair the device again.

SETUP SETUP



2004

USING Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology

Phone Menu Screen

Phone MenusWith a Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology device connected, pressthe key to display the Phonemenu screen.

1) Favorite : Up to 20 frequently usedcontact saved so help your fastcall.

2) Call History : Displays the call his-tory list screen

3) Contacts : Displays the Contactslist screen

4) Setup : Displays Phone relatedsettings.

• If you select the [Call History] but-ton but there is no call history data,a prompt is displayed which asks todownload call history data.

• If you select the [Contacts] buttonbut there is no contacs data, aprompt is displayed which asks todownload contacts data.

• This feature may not be supportedin some mobile phones. For moreinformation on download support,refer to your mobile phone user’smanual.

Answering Calls

Answering a CallAnswering a call with a Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology device connect-ed will display the following screen.To accept the call, press key onthe steering wheel during call isincoming.

1) Caller : Displays the other part’sname when the incoming caller issaved within your contacts

2) Incoming Number : Displays theincoming number

PHONE


4 201


• When the incoming call pop-up isdisplayed, most Audio and SETUPmode features will not operate.Only the call volume can be oper-ated.

• The telephone number may not beproperly displayed in some mobilephones.

• When a call is answered with themobile phone, the call mode willautomatically convert to Privatemode.

FavoritesPress the key Select[Favorites]

1) Saved favorite contact : Connectscall upon selection

2) To add favorite : Downloaded con-tacts are saved as favorite.

• In order to save Favorite, contactsshould be downloaded.

• Contact which saved in Favorite notchanged automatically although theinformation changed in the mobilephone. In this case, delete it andsave new information.

Call History

Press the key Select [CallHistory]

A list of incoming, outgoing andmissed calls is displayed.• The call history may not be saved

in the call history list in somemobile phones.

• Calls received with hidden caller IDwill not become saved in the callhistory list.

• Calling through the call history isnot possible when there is no callhistory or the Bluetooth® phone hasnot been connected.

• Up to 20 received, dialed andmissed calls are each saved.

PHONE

PHONE



2024

• Time of received/dialed calls andcall time information are not saved.

Contacts

Press the key Select[Contacts]

The list of saved phone book entriesis displayed.

• Up to 1,000 contacts saved in yourBluetooth® phone can be down-loaded into the car contacts.Contacts that have been down-loaded to the car cannot be editedor deleted on the phone.

• Mobile phone contacts are man-aged separately for each pairedBluetooth® device(max 1 devices x5,000 contacts each). Previouslydownloaded data is maintainedeven if the Bluetooth® device hasbeen disconnected. (However, thecontacts and call history saved tothe phone will be deleted if a pairedphone is deleted.)

• It is possible to download contactseven during Bluetooth streamingaudio.

• When downloading contacts, theicon will be displayed within the sta-tus bar.

• It is not possible to commencedownload when the contacts down-load feature has been turned offwithin the Bluetooth® device. Inaddition, some devices may requiredevice authorization upon attempt-ing to download contacts. If down-loading does not normally occur,check the Bluetooth® device set-tings or the screen state.

• The download feature may not besupported in some mobile phones.Check to see that the Bluetooth®

device supports the download fea-ture. For more information of sup-ported Bluetooth® devices andfunction support, visit.

PHONE


4 203


Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology Setting

Pairing a New DevicePress the key Select[Phone] Select [Pair Phone]

Bluetooth® Wireless Technologydevices can be paired with the audiosystem.For more information, refer to the“Pairing through Phone Setup” sec-tion within Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology.

Viewing Paired Phone ListPress the key Select[Phone] Select [Phone List]

This feature is used to view mobilephones that have been paired withthe audio system. Upon selecting apaired phone, the setup menu is dis-played.For more information, refer to the“Setting Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology Connection” section with-in Bluetooth® Wireless Technology.

1) Connect/Disconnect Phone :Connect/ disconnects currentlyselected phone

2) Change Priority : Sets currentlyselected phone to highest connec-tion priority

3) Delete : Deletes the currentlyselected phone

4) Return : Moves to the previousscreen

SETUP

SETUP



2044

• Only contacts within connectedphones can be downloaded. Alsocheck to see that your mobilephone supports the download fea-ture.

• To learn more about whether yourmobile phone supports contactsdownloads, refer to your mobilephone user’s manual.

• The contacts for only the connectedphone can be downloaded. Beforedownloading, check to see whetheryour phone supports the downloadfeature.

Downloading ContactsPress the key Select[Phone] Select [Contacts Download]

The contacts is downloaded from themobile phone and the downloadprogress is displayed.

• Upon downloading phone contacts,the previous corresponding data isdeleted.

• This feature may not be supportedin some mobile phones.

• Voice Recognition may not operatefor several moments while contactsare being downloaded.

Auto Download (Contacts)Press the key Select[Phone] Select [Auto Download]

This feature is used to automaticallydownload mobile contacts entriesonce a Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology phone is connected.

• The Auto Download feature willdownload mobile contacts entriesevery time the phone is connected.The download time may differdepending on the number of savedcontacts entries and the communi-cation state.

• Before downloading contacts, firstcheck to see that your mobilephone supports the contactsdownload feature.

SETUP SETUP


4 205


Audio StreamingPress the key Select[Phone] Select [Audio Streaming]

When Audio Streaming is turned on,you can play music files saved in yourBluetooth® Wireless Technologydevice from the car.

Outgoing VolumePress the key Select[Phone] Select [Outgoing Volume]

Use TUNE know to adjust the out-going volume level.

• Even while on a call, the volumecan be changed by using the

key.

Turning Bluetooth System OffPress the key Select[Phone] Select [Bluetooth SystemOff]Once Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology is turned off, Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology related featureswill not be supported within the audiosystem.

• To turn Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology back on, go to

[Phone] and select “Yes”.SETUP

SETUP

SEEKTRACK

SETUP SETUP



2064

VOICE RECOGNITION

Using Voice Recognition

Starting Voice RecognitionShortly press the key on thesteering remote controller. Say acommand

If prompt feedback is in [ON], thenthe system will say “Please say acommand after the beep (BEEP)”• If prompt feedback is in [OFF], then

the system will only say “(BEEP)”• To change Prompt Feedback

[On]/[Off], go to [System][Prompt Feedback]

• For proper recognition, say thecommand after the voice instruc-tion and beep tone.

Skipping Prompt MessagesWhile prompt message is being stat-ed Shortly press the key on thesteering remote controller (under 0.8seconds)The prompt message is immediatelyended and the beep tone will sound.After the “beep”, say the voice com-mand.

Re-starting Voice RecognitionWhile system waits for a commandShortly press the key on thesteering remote controller (under 0.8seconds)The command wait state is immedi-ately ended and the beep ton willsound. After the “beep”, say the voicecommand.

SETUP


4 207


ENDING VOICERECOGNITION

While Voice Recognition is operatingPress and hold the key on the

steering remote controller (over 0.8seconds)

• While using voice command, press-ing any steering wheel control or adifferent key will end voice com-mand.

• In a state where the system is wait-ing for a voice command, say “can-cel” or “end” to end voice com-mand.

• In a state where the system is wait-ing for a voice command, press andhold the key on the steeringremote controller to end voice com-mand.



2084

Illustration on using voice commands

• Starting voice command.Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds):

• Skipping Voice RecognitionShortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds):

• End voice command.Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds):

while guidance message is being stated

More Help

Contacts

Cancel

More Help

Please say a command afterthe beep (BEEP)

Please say a...

More Help.You can say Radio, FM, AM, SIRIUS, Media, CD,USB, Aux, My Music, iPod, Bluetooth Audio, Phone,Call History or Contacts. Please say a command.

Contacts.Please say the name of the contact you want to call.

More Help.You can say Radio, FM, AM, SIRIUS, Media, CD,USB, Aux, My Music, iPod, Bluetooth Audio, Phone,Call History or Contacts. Please say a command.

(BEEP)

(BEEP)

Beep Beep.. (end beep)

Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds)

Beep~


4 209


Voice Command List• Common Commands: These are commands that can be used in all situations. (However, some commands may not

be supported in special circumstances.)Command Function

More Help Provides guidance on commands that can beused anywhere in the system.

Help Provides guidance on commands that can beused within the current mode.

Call<Name> Calls <Name> saved in ContactsEx) Call “John”

Phone Provides guidance on Phone related com-mands. After saying this command, say“Favorites”,“Call History”, “Contacts” or ”DialNumber” execute corresponding functions.

Favorites Display the Favorite screen.

Call History Displays the Call History screen.

Contacts Displays the Contacts screen. After sayingthis command, say the name of a contactsaved in the Contacts to automatically con-nect the call.

Dial Number Display the Dial number screen. After sayingthis command, you can say the number whatyou want to call.

Redial Connects the most recently called number.

Command Function• When listening to the radio, displays the next

radio screen. (FM1➟FM2➟AM➟SAT1➟

SAT2➟SAT3➟FM1)

Radio • When listening to a different mode, displaysthe most recently played radio screen.

• When currently listening to the FM radio,maintains the current state.

• When listening to a different mode, displaysthe most recently played FM screen.

FM1(FM One) Displays the FM1 screen.

FM2(FM Two) Displays the FM2 screen.

AM Displays the AM screen.

FM Preset 1~6 Plays the most recently played broadcastsaved in FM Preset 1~6.

AM Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast saved in AM Preset 1~6.

FM 87.5~107.9 Plays the FM broadcast of the correspondingfrequency.

AM 530~1710 Plays the AM broadcast of the correspondingfrequency.

SIRIUS (Satellite) • When currently listening to the SIRIUS,maintains the current state.

• When listening to a different mode, displaysthe most recently played SIRIUS screen.

(Call by Name)



2104

Command FunctionSIRIUS (Satellite) Displays the selected SIRIUS screen.

SIRIUS Channel Plays the selected SIRIUS channel.

Media Moves to the most recently played mediascreen.

CD Plays the music saved in the CD.

USB Plays USB music.

iPod Plays iPod music.

Command FunctionMy Music Plays the music saved in My Music.

AUX (Auxiliary) Plays the connected external device.

Bluetooth Audio Plays the music saved in connected Bluetooth®

device.

Please repeat Repeats the most recent comment.

Cancel (Exit) Ends voice command.

0~223

1~3


4 211


• FM/AM radio commands: Commands that can beused while listening to FM, AM radio.

• Satellite radio commands: Commands that can beused while listening to Satellite Radio.

Command FunctionPreset 1~6 Plays the broadcast station saved in Preset 1~6.

Auto Store Automatically selects radio broadcast fre-quencies with superior reception and saves inPresets 1~6.

Seek up Plays the next receivable broadcast.

Seek down Plays the previous receivable broadcast.

Scan Scans receivable frequencies from the currentbroadcast and plays for 10 seconds each.

Preset Scan Moves to the next preset from the currentpresent and plays for 10 seconds each.

Information Displays the information of the current broad-cast.(This feature can be used when receivingRBDS broadcasts.)

Command FunctionScan Scans receivable channels from the current

broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each.

Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast saved in Preset 1~6.

Information Displays the information of the current broad-cast.



2124

• Audio CD commands: Commands that can be usedwhile listening to Audio CD.

• MP3 CD / USB commands: Commands that can beused while listening to music files saved in CD andUSB.

Command FunctionRandom Randomly plays the tracks within the CD.

Random Off Cancels random play to play tracks in sequen-tial order.

Repeat Repeats the current track.

Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play tracks in sequen-tial order.

Scan Scans the tracks from the next track for 10seconds each.

Track 1~30 Plays the desired track number.

Information Displays the information screen of the currenttrack.

Command FunctionRandom Randomly plays the files within the current

folder.

All Random Randomly plays all saved files.

Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequentialorder.

Repeat Repeats the current file.

Folder Repeat Repeats all files in the current folder.

Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequentialorder.

Next File Plays the next file.

Previous File Plays the previous file.

Scan Scans the files from the next files for 10 sec-onds each.

Information Displays the information screen of the currentfile.

Copy Copies the current file into My Music.


4 213


• iPod Commands: Commands that can be used whileplaying iPod.

• My Music Commands: Commands that can be usedwhile playing My Music.

Command FunctionRandom Randomly plays the songs within the current

category.

Random Off Cancels random play to play songs in sequen-tial order.

Repeat Repeats the current song.

Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play songs in sequen-tial order.

Information Displays the information screen of the currentsong.

Command FunctionRandom Randomly plays all saved files.

Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequentialorder.

Repeat Repeats the current file.

Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequentialorder.

Scan Scans the files from the next files for 10 sec-onds each.

Information Displays the information screen of the currentfile.

Delete Deletes the current file. You will bypass anadditional confirmation process.

Delete All Deletes all files saved in My Music. You willbypass an additional confirmation process.


• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Audio Commands:Commands that can be used while playing PhoneMusic.

Command FunctionPlay Plays the currently paused song.

Pause Pauses the current song.

4 214



Driving your vehicle

Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Manual transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

• Manual transaxle operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13Automatic transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

• Automatic transaxle operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16All wheel drive (AWD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30

• Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30• Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32• Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34• Electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36• Vehicle stability management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40• Hill-start assist control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41

Cruise control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44Blind spot detection system (BSD) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49Active ECO system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55

Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57• Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57• Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58• Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59• Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60• Driving in the rain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60• Driving in flooded areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61• Driving off-road. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61• Highway driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61

Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66Vehicle load limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75Vehicle weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81

• Base curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81• Vehicle curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81• Cargo weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81• GAW (Gross axle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81• GAWR (Gross axle weight rating). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81• GVW (Gross vehicle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81• GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81

5



25

WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle,open the windows immediately.

• Do not inhale exhaust fumes.Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and deathby asphyxiation.

• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose.If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath sideof the vehicle, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer.

• Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run theengine in your garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the vehicle out.

• Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only inan open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawninto the interior.

If you must drive with the tailgate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:1. Close all windows.2. Open side vents.3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher

speeds.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of thewindshield are kept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.


5 3


Before entering vehicle• Be sure that all windows, outside

mirror(s), and outside lights areclean.

• Check the condition of the tires.• Check under the vehicle for any

sign of leaks.• Be sure there are no obstacles

behind you if you intend to back up.

Necessary inspectionsFluid levels, such as engine oil,engine coolant, brake fluid, andwasher fluid should be checked on aregular basis, at the exact intervaldepending on the fluid. Furtherdetails are provided in chapter 7,“Maintenance”.

Before starting • Close and lock all doors.• Position the seat so that all con-

trols are easily reached.• Adjust the inside and outside

rearview mirrors.• Be sure that all lights work.• Check all gauges.• Check the operation of warning

lights when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position.

• Release the parking brake andmake sure the brake warning lightgoes out.

For safe operation, be sure you arefamiliar with your vehicle and itsequipment.

BEFORE DRIVING

WARNINGDriving while distracted canresult in a loss of vehicle con-trol, that may lead to an acci-dent, severe personal injury,and death. The driver’s primaryresponsibility is in the safe andlegal operation of a vehicle, anduse of any handheld devices,other equipment, or vehicle sys-tems which take the driver’seyes, attention and focus awayfrom the safe operation of avehicle or which are not permis-sible by law should never beused during operation of thevehicle.



45

WARNING - Drivingunder the influence ofalcohol or drugs

Drinking and driving is danger-ous. Drunk driving is the num-ber one contributor to the high-way death toll each year. Even asmall amount of alcohol willaffect your reflexes, percep-tions and judgment. Drivingwhile under the influence ofdrugs is as dangerous or moredangerous than driving drunk.You are much more likely tohave a serious accident if youdrink or take drugs and drive.If you are drinking or takingdrugs, don’t drive. Do not ridewith a driver who has beendrinking or taking drugs.Choose a designated driver orcall a cab.

WARNINGAll passengers must be proper-ly belted whenever the vehicleis moving. Refer to “Seat belts”in chapter 3 for more informa-tion on their proper use.

WARNINGAlways check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for peo-ple, especially children, beforeputting a vehicle into D (Drive)or R (Reverse).

WARNING• When you intend to park or

stop the vehicle with theengine on, be careful not todepress the accelerator pedalfor a long period of time. Itmay overheat the engine orexhaust system and ignite afire.

• When you make a suddenstop or turn the steeringwheel rapidly, loose objectsmay drop on the floor and itcould interfere with the opera-tion of the foot pedals, possi-bly causing an accident. Keepall things in the vehicle safelystored.

• If you do not focus on driving,it may cause an accident. Becareful when operating whatmay disturb driving such asaudio or heater. It is theresponsibility of the driver toalways drive safely.


5 5


Illuminated ignition switch (if equipped)

Whenever a front door is opened, theignition switch will illuminate for yourconvenience, provided the ignitionswitch is not in the ON position. Thelight will go off immediately when theignition switch is turned on. It willalso go off after about 30 secondswhen the door is closed.

Ignition switch positionLOCK

The steering wheel locks to protectagainst theft (if equipped). The igni-tion key can be removed only in theLOCK position.When turning the ignition switch tothe LOCK position, push the keyinward at the ACC position and turnthe key toward the LOCK position.

ACC (Accessory)The steering wheel is unlocked andelectrical accessories are operative.

✽✽ NOTICEIf difficulty is experienced turningthe ignition switch to the ACC posi-tion, turn the key while turning thesteering wheel right and left torelease the tension.

ONThe warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. This isthe normal running position after theengine is started.Do not leave the ignition switch ON ifthe engine is not running to preventbattery discharge.

STARTTurn the ignition switch to the STARTposition to start the engine. Theengine will crank until you releasethe key; then it returns to the ONposition. The brake warning light canbe checked in this position.

KEY POSITIONS (IF EQUIPPED)

OXM059001N OXM059029N



65

Starting the engine

1.Make sure the parking brake isapplied.

2.Automatic Transaxle - Place thetransaxle shift lever in P (Park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine whenthe shift lever is in the N (Neutral)position.

3.Turn the ignition switch to STARTand hold it there until the enginestarts (a maximum of 10 seconds),then release the key.

WARNINGAlways wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes (high heels,ski boots,etc.) may interferewith your ability to use thebrake and accelerator pedal.

WARNING - Ignitionswitch

• Never turn the ignition switchto LOCK or ACC while thevehicle is moving. This wouldresult in loss of directionalcontrol and braking function,which could cause an acci-dent.

• The anti-theft steering columnlock is not a substitute for theparking brake. Before leavingthe driver’s seat, always makesure the shift lever is engagedin 1st gear for the manualtransaxle or P (Park) for auto-matic transaxle, set the park-ing brake fully and shut theengine off. Unexpected andsudden vehicle movementmay occur if these precau-tions are not taken.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never reach for the ignition

switch, or any other controlsthrough the steering wheelwhile the vehicle is in motion.The presence of your hand orarm in this area could cause aloss of vehicle control, anaccident and serious bodilyinjury or death.

• Do not place any movableobjects around the driver’sseat as they may move whiledriving, interfere with the driv-er and lead to an accident.


5 7


4.In extremely cold weather (below 0°F / -18°C) or after the vehicle hasnot been operated for several days,let the engine warm up withoutdepressing the accelerator.

Whether the engine is cold or warm,it should be started withoutdepressing the accelerator.

CAUTIONIf the engine stalls while you arein motion, do not attempt tomove the shift lever to the P(Park) position. If traffic androad conditions permit, you mayput the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position while thevehicle is still moving and turnthe ignition switch to the STARTposition in an attempt to restartthe engine.

CAUTIONDo not engage the starter formore than 10 seconds. If theengine stalls or fails to start,wait 5 to 10 seconds before re-engaging the starter. Improperuse of the starter may damage it.



85

Illuminated ENGINESTART/STOP button

Whenever the front door is opened,the ENGINE START/STOP buttonwill illuminate for your convenience.The light will go off after about 30seconds when the door is closed. Itwill also go off immediately when thetheft-alarm system is armed.

ENGINE START/STOP buttonpositionOFF

• With automatic transaxleTo turn off the engine (START/RUNposition) or vehicle power (ON posi-tion), press the ENGINESTART/STOP button with the shiftlever in the P (Park) position. Whenyou press the ENGINESTART/STOP button without the shiftlever in the P (Park) position, theENGINE START/STOP button willnot change to the OFF position but tothe ACC position.

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED)

OXM053001

Not illuminated

CAUTIONYou are able to turn off theengine (START/RUN) or vehiclepower (ON), only when the vehi-cle is not in motion. In an emer-gency situation while the vehi-cle is in motion, you are able toturn the engine off and to theACC position by pressing theENGINE START/STOP button formore than 2 seconds or 3 timessuccessively within 3 seconds.If the vehicle is still moving, youcan restart the engine withoutdepressing the brake pedal bypressing the ENGINESTART/STOP button with theshift lever in the N (Neutral)position.


5 9


ACC(Accessory)

• With automatic transaxlePress the ENGINE START/STOPbutton while it is in the OFF positionwithout depressing the brake pedal.If the ENGINE START/STOP buttonis in the ACC position for more than1 hour, the button is turned off auto-matically to prevent battery dis-charge.

ON

• With automatic transaxlePress the ENGINE START/STOPbutton while it is in the ACC positionwithout depressing the brake pedal.The warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. Do notleave the ENGINE START/STOPbutton in the ON position for a longtime. The battery may discharge,because the engine is not running.

START/RUN

• With automatic transaxleTo start the engine, depress thebrake pedal and press the ENGINESTART/ STOP button with the shiftlever in the P (Park) or the N(Neutral) position. For your safety,start the engine with the shift lever inthe P (Park) position.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you press the ENGINESTART/STOP button withoutdepressing the brake pedal for auto-matic transaxle vehicles, the enginewill not start and the ENGINESTART/STOP button changes as fol-low:OFF ➔➔ ACC ➔➔ ON ➔➔ OFF or ACC

Orange indicator Not illuminated Red indicator



105

✽✽ NOTICEIf you leave the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ACC or ONposition for a long time, the batterywill discharge.

Starting the engine with asmart key (if equipped)1.Carry the smart key or leave it

inside the vehicle.2.Make sure the parking brake is

firmly applied3.Automatic Transaxle - Place the

transaxle shift lever in P (Park).Depress the brake pedal fully.

4.Press the ENGINE START/STOPbutton while depressing the brakepedal.

5.In extremely cold weather (below(-18°C) 0°F) or after the vehiclehas not been operated for severaldays, let the engine warm up with-out depressing the accelerator.

Whether the engine is cold or warm,it should be started without depress-ing the accelerator.

WARNING• Never press the ENGINE

START/STOP button while thevehicle is in motion except inan emergency. If the enginestops while the vehicle is inmotion, this would result inloss of directional control andbraking function, which couldcause an accident.

• Before leaving the driver'sseat, always make sure theshift lever is engaged in P(Park), set the parking brakefully and shut the engine off.Unexpected and sudden vehi-cle movement may occur ifthese precautions are nottaken.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never reach for the ENGINE

START/STOP button or anyother controls through thesteering wheel while the vehi-cle is in motion. The presenceof your hand or arm in thearea could cause loss of vehi-cle control, an accident andserious bodily injury or death.

• Do not place any movableobjects around the driver'sseat as they may move whiledriving, interfere with the driv-er and lead to an accident.


5 11


• Even if the smart key is in the vehi-cle, if it is far away from you, theengine may not start.

• When the ENGINE START/STOPbutton is in the ACC position orabove, if any door is opened, thesystem checks for the smart key. Ifthe smart key is not in the vehicle,the "KEY OUT" indicator will blink.And if all doors are closed, thechime will sound for 5 seconds.The indicator or warning will turnoff while the vehicle is moving.Always have the smart key withyou.

WARNINGThe engine will start, only whenthe smart key is in the vehicle.Never allow children or any per-son who is unfamiliar with thevehicle to touch the ENGINESTART/STOP button or relatedparts.

CAUTIONIf the engine stalls while thevehicle is in motion, do notattempt to move the shift leverto the P (Park) position. If thetraffic and road conditions per-mit, you may put the shift leverin the N (Neutral) position whilethe vehicle is still moving andpress the ENGINE START/STOPbutton in an attempt to restartthe engine.



125

✽✽ NOTICE• If the battery is weak or the smart

key does not work correctly, youcan start the engine by pressingthe engine start/stop button withthe smart key.The side with the lock buttonshould contact the enginestart/stop button directly.When you press the enginestart/stop button directly with thesmart key, the smart key shouldcontact the button at a right angle.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When the stop lamp fuse is blown,

you can't start the engine normal-ly. Replace the fuse with a newone. If it is not possible, you canstart the engine by pressing theENGINE START/STOP buttonfor 10 seconds while it is in theACC position. The engine canstart without depressing the brakepedal. But for your safety alwaysdepress the brake pedal beforestarting the engine.

CAUTIONDo not press the ENGINESTART/ STOP button for morethan 10 seconds except whenthe stop lamp fuse is blown.

OXM053002


5 13


Manual transaxle operationThe manual transaxle has 6 forwardgears.This shift pattern is imprinted on theshift knob. The transaxle is fully syn-chronized in all forward gears soshifting to either a higher or a lowergear is easily accomplished.Press the clutch pedal down fullywhile shifting, then release it slowly.If your vehicle is equipped with anignition lock switch, the engine willnot start when starting the enginewithout depressing the clutch pedal.(if equipped)The gearshift lever must be returnedto the neutral position before shiftinginto R (Reverse).The button (1) located immediatelybelow the shift knob must be pulledupward while moving the shift leverto the R (Reverse) position. (ifequipped)Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped before shifting into R(Reverse).Never operate the engine with thetachometer (rpm) in the red zone.

MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

CAUTION• When downshifting from fifth

gear to fourth gear, cautionshould be taken not to inad-vertently press the gear shiftlever sideways in such a man-ner that second gear isengaged. Such a drasticdownshift may cause theengine speed to increase tothe point that the tachometerwill enter the red-zone. Suchover-revving of the enginemay possibly cause enginedamage.

• Do not downshift more than 2gears or downshift the gearwhen the engine is running athigh speed (5,000 RPM orhigher). Such a downshiftingmay damage the engine.

OXM053041

The shift lever can be moved without pullingthe ring (1).The ring (1) must be pulled up while movingthe shift lever.



145

• During cold weather, shifting maybe difficult until the transaxle lubri-cant has warmed up. This is nor-mal and not harmful to thetransaxle.

• If you've come to a complete stopand it's hard to shift into 1st or R(Reverse), put the shift lever in N(Neutral) position and release theclutch. Press the clutch pedal backdown, and then shift into 1st or R(Reverse) gear position.

Using the clutchThe clutch should be pressed all theway to the floor before shifting, thenreleased slowly. The clutch pedalshould always be fully released whiledriving. Do not rest your foot on theclutch pedal while driving. This cancause unnecessary wear. Do notpartially engage the clutch to holdthe vehicle on an incline. This causesunnecessary wear. Use the footbrake or parking brake to hold thevehicle on an incline. Do not operatethe clutch pedal rapidly and repeat-edly.

DownshiftingWhen you must slow down in heavytraffic or while driving up steep hills,downshift before the engine starts tolabor. Downshifting reduces thechance of stalling and gives betteracceleration when you again need toincrease your speed. When the vehi-cle is traveling down steep hills,downshifting helps maintain safespeed and prolongs brake life.

CAUTION• To avoid premature clutch

wear and damage, do notdrive with your foot resting onthe clutch pedal. Also, don’tuse the clutch to hold thevehicle stopped on an uphillgrade, while waiting for a traf-fic light, etc.

• Do not use the shift lever as ahandrest during driving, asthis can result in prematurewear of the transaxle shiftforks.

WARNING• Before leaving the driver’s

seat, always set the parkingbrake fully and shut theengine off. Then make surethe transaxle is shifted into1st gear when the vehicle isparked on a level or uphillgrade, and shifted into R(Reverse) on a downhillgrade. Unexpected and sud-den vehicle movement canoccur if these precautions arenot followed in the order iden-tified.

• If your vehicle has a manualtransaxle not equipped with aignition lock switch, it maymove and cause a seriousaccident when starting theengine without depressingthe clutch pedal while theparking brake is released andthe shift lever not in the N(neutral) position.


5 15


Good driving practices• Never take the vehicle out of gear

and coast down a hill. This isextremely hazardous. Always leavethe vehicle in gear.

• Don't "ride" the brakes. This cancause them to overheat and mal-function. Instead, when you aredriving down a long hill, slow downand shift to a lower gear. When youdo this, engine braking will helpslow down the vehicle.

• Slow down before shifting to alower gear. This will help avoidover-revving the engine, which cancause damage.

• Slow down when you encountercross winds. This gives you muchbetter control of your vehicle.

• Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you attempt to shiftinto reverse. The transaxle can bedamaged if you do not. To shift intoreverse, depress the clutch, movethe shift lever to neutral, then shiftto the reverse position.

• Exercise extreme caution whendriving on a slippery surface. Beespecially careful when braking,accelerating or shifting gears. On aslippery surface, an abrupt changein vehicle speed can cause thedrive wheels to lose traction andthe vehicle to go out of control.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a colli-

sion, an unbelted occupant issignificantly more likely to beseriously injured or killed thana properly belted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when cor-nering or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such assharp lane changes or fast,sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose controlof your vehicle at highwayspeeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop offthe roadway and the driveroversteers to reenter the road-way.

• In the event your vehicleleaves the roadway, do notsteer sharply. Instead, slowdown before pulling back intothe travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speedlimits.



165

Automatic transaxle operationThe automatic transaxle has 6 for-ward speeds and one reverse speed.The individual speeds are selectedautomatically, depending on theposition of the shift lever.

✽✽ NOTICEThe first few shifts on a new vehicle,if the battery has been disconnected,may be somewhat abrupt. This is anormal condition, and the shiftingsequence will adjust after shifts arecycled a few times by the TCM(Transaxle Control Module) orPCM (Powertrain Control Module).

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

UP

DOWN

OXM053022The shift lever can be shifted freely.

Press the lock release button when shifting.

Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting.(If the shift lock system is not equipped, it is not necessary to depress the brakepedal. However, it is recommended to depress the brake pedal to avoid inadver-tent movement of the vehicle.)


5 17


For smooth operation, depress thebrake pedal and the lock release but-ton when shifting from P (Parking) toa forward or reverse gear.

Transaxle rangesThe indicator in the instrument clus-ter displays the shift lever positionwhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

P (Park)Always come to a complete stopbefore shifting into P (Park). Thisposition locks the transaxle and pre-vents the drive wheels from rotating.

WARNING - Automatictransaxle

• Always check the surroundingareas near your vehicle forpeople, especially children,before shifting the shift leverinto D (Drive) or R (Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver’sseat, always make sure theshift lever is in the P (Park)position; then set the parkingbrake fully and shut theengine off. Unexpected andsudden vehicle movementcan occur if these precautionsare not followed in the orderidentified.

CAUTION• To avoid damage to your

transaxle, do not acceleratethe engine in R (Reverse) orany forward gear position withthe brakes on.

• When stopped on an incline,do not hold the vehicle withthe engine power. Use theservice brake or the parkingbrake.

• Do not shift from N (Neutral)or P (Park) into D (Drive), or R(Reverse) when the engine isabove idle speed.

WARNING • Shifting into P (Park) while the

vehicle is in motion will causethe drive wheels to lock whichwill cause you to lose controlof the vehicle.

• Do not use the P (Park) posi-tion in place of the parkingbrake. Always make sure theshift lever is latched in the P(Park) position and set theparking brake fully.

• Never leave a child unattend-ed in a vehicle.



185

R (Reverse)Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

N (Neutral)The wheels and transaxle are notengaged. The vehicle will roll freelyeven on the slightest incline unlessthe parking brake or service brakesare applied.

D (Drive)This is the normal forward drivingposition. The transaxle will automati-cally shift through a 6-gearsequence, providing the best fueleconomy and power.

For extra power when passing anoth-er vehicle or climbing grades,depress the accelerator fully, atwhich time the transaxle will auto-matically downshift to the next lowergear.

✽✽ NOTICEAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into D (Drive).

Sports modeWhether the vehicle is stationary orin motion, sports mode is selected bypushing the shift lever from the D(Drive) position into the manual gate.To return to D (Drive) range opera-tion, push the shift lever back into themain gate.

In sports mode, moving the shiftlever backwards and forwards willallow you to make gearshifts rapidly.In contrast to a manual transaxle, thesports mode allows gearshifts withthe accelerator pedal depressed.

CAUTIONThe transaxle may be damagedif you shift into P (Park) whilethe vehicle is in motion.

CAUTIONAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransaxle if you shift into R(Reverse) while the vehicle is inmotion, except when “Rockingthe vehicle” explained in thissection.

OXM053023

SporSportstsmodemode


5 19


Up (+) : Push the lever forward onceto shift up one gear.

Down (-) : Pull the lever backwardsonce to shift down onegear.

✽✽ NOTICE• In sports mode, the driver must

execute upshifts in accordancewith road conditions, taking careto keep the engine speed below thered zone.

• In sports mode, only the 6 forwardgears can be selected. To reverseor park the vehicle, move the shiftlever to the R (Reverse) or P(Park) position as required.

• In sports mode, downshifts aremade automatically when thevehicle slows down. When thevehicle stops, 1st gear is automati-cally selected.

• In sports mode, when the enginerpm approaches the red zone shiftpoints are varied to upshift auto-matically.

(Continued)

(Continued)• To maintain the required levels of

vehicle performance and safety,the system may not execute cer-tain gearshifts when the shift leveris operated.

• When driving on a slippery road,push the shift lever forward intothe +(up) position. This causes thetransaxle to shift into the 2nd gearwhich is better for smooth drivingon a slippery road. Push the shiftlever to the -(down) side to shiftback to the 1st gear.

Shift lock system (if equipped)For your safety, the automatictransaxle has a shift lock systemwhich prevents shifting the transaxlefrom P (Park) into R (Reverse)unless the brake pedal is depressed.To shift the transaxle from P (Park)into R (Reverse):1.Depress and hold the brake pedal.2.Start the engine or turn the ignition

switch to the ON position.3.Move the shift lever.If the brake pedal is repeatedlydepressed and released with theshift lever in the P (Park) position, achattering noise near the shift levermay be heard. It is a normal condi-tion.



205

Shift-lock overrideIf the shift lever cannot be movedfrom the P (Park) position into R(Reverse) position with the brakepedal depressed, continue depress-ing the brake, then do the following:1.Carefully remove the cap covering

the shift-lock access hole (1).2.Insert a key (or screwdriver) into

the access hole and press downon the key (or screwdriver).

3.Move the shift lever.4.Have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer immediately.

Ignition key interlock system The ignition key cannot be removedunless the shift lever is in the P(Park) position. Even if the ignitionswitch is in the LOCK position, thekey also cannot be removed.If your vehicle is equipped withENGINE START/STOP button, thebutton will not change to the OFFposition unless the shift lever is in theP (Park) position.

WARNINGAlways fully depress the brakepedal before and while shiftingout of the P (Park) position intoanother position to avoid inad-vertent motion of the vehiclewhich could injure persons inor around the vehicle.

OXM053025


5 21


Good driving practices• Never move the gear shift lever

from P (Park) to any other positionwith the accelerator pedaldepressed.

• Never move the gear shift lever intoP (Park) when the vehicle is inmotion.

• Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you attempt to shiftinto R (Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Never take the vehicle out of gearand coast down a hill. This may beextremely hazardous. Always leavethe vehicle in gear when moving.

• Do not "ride" the brakes. This cancause them to overheat and mal-function. Instead, when you aredriving down a long hill, slow downand shift to a lower gear. When youdo this, engine braking will helpslow down the vehicle.

• Slow down before shifting to alower gear. Otherwise, the lowergear may not be engaged.

• Always use the parking brake. Donot depend on placing thetransaxle in P (Park) to keep thevehicle from moving.

• Exercise extreme caution whendriving on a slippery surface. Beespecially careful when braking,accelerating or shifting gears. On aslippery surface, an abrupt changein vehicle speed can cause thedrive wheels to lose traction andthe vehicle to go out of control.

• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing theaccelerator pedal.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a colli-

sion, an unbelted occupant issignificantly more likely to beseriously injured or killed thana properly belted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when cor-nering or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such assharp lane changes or fast,sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose controlof your vehicle at highwayspeeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop offthe roadway and the driveroversteers to reenter the road-way.

• In the event your vehicleleaves the roadway, do notsteer sharply. Instead, slowdown before pulling back intothe travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speedlimits.



225

Moving up a steep grade from astanding startTo move up a steep grade from astanding start, depress the brakepedal, shift the shift lever to D(Drive). Select the appropriate geardepending on load weight and steep-ness of the grade, and release theparking brake. Depress the accelera-tor gradually while releasing theservice brakes.When accelerating from a stop ona steep hill, the vehicle may have atendency to roll backwards.Shifting the shift lever into 2(Second Gear) will help preventthe vehicle from rolling back-wards.

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehiclefree by moving it forward andbackward. Do not attempt thisprocedure if people or objectsare anywhere near the vehicle.During the rocking operationthe vehicle may suddenly moveforward or backward as itbecomes unstuck, causinginjury or damage to nearby peo-ple or objects.


5 23


Engine power can be delivered to allfront and rear wheels for maximumtraction. AWD is useful when extratraction is required on roads, suchas, when driving on slippery, muddy,wet, or snow-covered roads. Thesevehicles are not designed for chal-lenging off-road use. Occasional off-road use such as establishedunpaved roads and trails are OK. It isalways important when traveling off-highway that the driver carefullyreduces the speed to a level thatdoes not exceed the safe operatingspeed for those conditions.

In general, off-road conditions pro-vide less traction and braking effec-tiveness than normal road condi-tions. The driver must be especiallyalert to avoid driving on slopes whichtilt the vehicle to either side.These factors must be carefully con-sidered when driving off-road.Keeping the vehicle in contact withthe driving surface and under controlin these conditions is always the dri-ver's responsibility for the safety ofhim/herself and his / her passengers.

Tight corner brake effect

Tight corner brake effect is a uniquecharacteristic of four-wheel drivevehicles caused by the difference intire rotation at the four wheels andthe zero-degree alignment of thefront wheels and suspension.Sharp turns at low speeds should becarried out with caution.

ALL WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (IF EQUIPPED)

OXMA053039

WARNING - Off roaddriving

This vehicle is designed prima-rily for on road use although itcan operate effectively off road.However, it was not designed todrive in challenging off-roadconditions. Driving in condi-tions that exceed the vehicle'sintended design or the driver'sexperience level may result insevere injury or death.

WARNINGIf the AWD system warning light( ) illuminates, this indicatesthat there is a malfunction in theAWD system.If this occurs, have your vehiclechecked by an authorized Kiadealer as soon as possible.

CAUTION - AWDWhen turning sharply on apaved road at low speed whilein four-wheel drive, steeringcontrol will be difficult.



245

• This mode is used for climbing or descending sharp grades,off-road driving, driving on sandy and muddy roads, etc., tomaximize traction.

• This mode automatically begins to deactivate at speedsabove 30 km/h (19 mph) and is shifted to AWD AUTO modeat speed above 40 km/h (25 mph). If the vehicle deceleratesto speeds below 30 km/h (19 mph), however, the transfermode is shifted into AWD LOCK mode again.

AWD AUTO (AWD LOCK is

deactivated) (Indicator light isnot illuminated)

✽✽ NOTICE• When driving on normal roads, deactivate the AWD LOCK mode by pushing the AWD LOCK button (the indi-

cator light goes off). Driving on normal roads with AWD LOCK mode (especially, when cornering) may causemechanical noise or vibration. The noise and vibration will disappear when the AWD LOCK mode is deactivat-ed. Some parts of the power train may be damaged by prolonged driving with the noise and vibration.

• When the AWD LOCK mode is deactivated, a shock may be felt as the drive power is delivered entirely to thefront wheels. This shock is not a mechanical failure.

All Wheel Drive (AWD) transfer mode selection

Transfer mode Selection button Indicator light Description

• When driving in AWD AUTO mode, the vehicle operates sim-ilar to conventional 2WD vehicles under normal operatingconditions. However, if the system determines that there is aneed for the AWD mode, the engine’s driving power is dis-tributed to all four wheels automatically without driver inter-vention.

• When driving on normal roads and pavement, the vehiclemoves similar to conventional 2WD vehicles.

AWD LOCK(Indicator light is

illuminated)


5 25


For safe All-wheel drive opera-tion

• Do not try to drive in deep standingwater or mud since such conditionscan stall your engine and clog yourexhaust pipes. Do not drive downsteep hills since it requires extremeskill to maintain control of the vehi-cle.

• When you are driving up or downhills drive as straight as possible.Use extreme caution in going up ordown steep hills, since you may flipyour vehicle over depending on thegrade, terrain and water/mud con-ditions.

WARNING - Four-wheeldriving

The conditions of on-road oroff-road that demand four-wheel drive mean all functionsof your vehicle are exposed toextreme stress than under nor-mal road conditions. Slow downand be ready for changes in thecomposition and traction of thesurface under your tires. If youhave any doubt about the safetyof the conditions you are fac-ing, stop and consider the bestway to proceed. Do not exceedthe ability of yourself or yourvehicle to operate safely.

WARNING - HillsDriving across the contour ofsteep hills can be extremelydangerous. This danger cancome from slight changes in thewheel angle which can destabi-lize the vehicle or even if thevehicle is maintaining stabilityunder power, it can lose thatstability if the vehicle stops itsforward motion. Your vehiclemay roll over without warningand without time for you to cor-rect a mistake that could causeserious injury or death.

HILL1 HILL2



265

• You must consciously take theeffort to learn how to corner in anAWD vehicle. Do not rely on yourexperience in conventional 2WDvehicles in choosing safe corneringspeed in AWD mode. For starters,you must drive more slowly inAWD.

• Drive carefully off-road becauseyour vehicle may be damaged byrocks or roots of trees. Becomefamiliar with the off-road conditionswhere you are going to drivebefore you begin driving.

• Always hold the steering wheelfirmly when you are driving off-road.

• Make sure all passengers arewearing seat belts.

• If you need to drive in the water,stop your vehicle, set your transferto the AWD LOCK mode and driveat less than 8 km/h (5 mph).

WARNING - Steeringwheel

Do not grab the inside of thesteering wheel when you aredriving off-road. You may hurtyour arm by a sudden steeringmaneuver or from steeringwheel rebound due to impactwith objects on the ground. Youcould lose control of the steer-ing wheel.

WARNING - Wind danger

If you are driving in heavy wind,the vehicle's higher center ofgravity decreases your steeringcontrol capacity and requiresyou to drive more slowly.

OXM053026

WARNING - 4WDReduce speed when you turncorners. The center of gravity ofAWD vehicles is higher thanthat of conventional 2WD vehi-cles, making them more likely toroll over when you turn cornerstoo fast.


5 27


✽✽ NOTICE• Do not drive in water if the level is

higher than the bottom of the vehi-cle.

• Check your brake condition onceyou are out of mud or water. Pressthe brake pedal several times asyou move slowly until you feel nor-mal braking forces return.

• Shorten your scheduled mainte-nance interval if you drive in off-road conditions such as sand, mudor water (see “Maintenance undersevere usage conditions” in chap-ter 7). Always wash your vehiclethoroughly after off-road use,especially cleaning the bottom ofthe vehicle.

• Since the driving torque is alwaysapplied to the 4 wheels the per-formance of the AWD vehicle isgreatly affected by the condition ofthe tires. Be sure to equip the vehi-cle with four tires of the same sizeand type.

• A full time four wheel drive vehi-cle cannot be towed by an ordi-nary tow truck. Make sure thatthe vehicle is placed on a flat bedtruck for moving.

WARNING - Drivingthroughwater

Drive slowly. If you are drivingtoo fast in water, the water canget into the engine compart-ment and wet the ignition sys-tem, causing your vehicle tosuddenly stop. If this happensand your vehicle is in a tiltedposition, your vehicle may rollover.

WARNING - AWD driving• Avoid high cornering speed.• Do not make quick steering

wheel movements, such assharp lane changes or fast,sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose controlof your vehicle at high speed.

• In a collision, an unbelted per-son is significantly more like-ly to die compared to a personwearing a seat belt.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop offthe roadway and the driveroversteers to re-enter theroadway. In the event yourvehicle leaves the roadway, donot steer sharply. Instead,slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.



285

Reducing the risk of a rolloverThis multi-purpose passenger vehi-cle is defined as a Sports UtilityVehicle (SUV). A SUV has higherground clearance and a narrowertrack to make it more capable of per-forming in a wide variety of off-roadapplications. Specific design charac-teristics give them a higher center ofgravity than ordinary vehicles. Anadvantage of the higher groundclearance is a better view of theroad, which allows you to anticipateproblems. A SUV is not designed forcornering at the same speeds asconventional passenger vehicles,any more than low profile sports carsare designed to perform satisfactori-ly in off-road conditions. Due to thisrisk, driver and passengers arestrongly recommended to buckletheir seat belts. In a rollover crash,an unbelted person is more likely todie than a person wearing a seatbelt.There are steps that a driver cantake to reduce the risk of a rollover.Avoid sharp turns, excessive speed,and or abrupt maneuvers, do notload your roof rack with heavy cargo,and never modify your vehicle in anyway.

CAUTION - Mud or snowIf one of the front or rear wheelsbegins to spin in mud, snow,etc. the vehicle can sometimesbe driven out by depressing theaccelerator pedal further; how-ever avoid running the enginecontinuously at high rpmbecause doing so could dam-age the AWD system.

WARNING - Jackedvehicle

While the full-time AWD vehicleis being raised on a jack, neverstart the engine or cause thetires to rotate.There is the danger that rotatingtires touching the ground couldcause the vehicle to go off thejack and to jump forward.

WARNING - Rollover As with other Sports UtilityVehicle (SUV), failure to operatethis vehicle correctly may resultin loss of control, an accident orvehicle rollover.• Utility vehicles have a signifi-

cantly higher rollover ratethan other types of vehicles.

• Specific design characteris-tics (higher ground clearance,narrower track, etc.) give thisvehicle a higher center ofgravity than ordinary vehicles.

• A SUV is not designed for cor-nering at the same speeds asconventional vehicles.

• Avoid sharp turns or abruptmaneuvers.

• In a rollover crash, an unbelt-ed person is significantlymore likely to die than a per-son wearing a seat belt. Makesure everyone in the vehicle isproperly buckled up.


5 29


• Full-time AWD vehicles must betested on a special four wheelchassis dynamometer.

✽✽ NOTICENever engage the parking brakewhile performing these tests.

• A full-time AWD vehicle should notbe tested on a 2WD roll tester. If a2WD roll tester must be used, per-form the following:

1.Check the tire pressures recom-mended for your vehicle.

2.Place the front wheels on the rolltester for a speedometer test asshown in the illustration.

3.Release the parking brake.4.Place the rear wheels on the tem-

porary free roller as shown in theillustration.

WARNING -Dynamometer testing

Keep away from the front of thevehicle while the vehicle is ingear on the dynamometer. Thisis very dangerous as the vehi-cle can jump forward and causeserious injury or death.

OXM059025

Roll tester (speedometer)Temporary free roller

WARNINGYour vehicle is equipped withtires designed to provide saferide and handling capability. Donot use a size and type of tireand wheel that is different fromthe one that is originallyinstalled on your vehicle. It canaffect the safety and perform-ance of your vehicle, whichcould lead to steering failure orrollover and serious injury.When replacing the tires, besure to equip all four tires withthe tire and wheel of the samesize, type, tread, brand andload-carrying capacity. If younevertheless decide to equipyour vehicle with any tire/wheelcombination not recommendedby Kia for off road driving, youshould not use these tires forhighway driving.



305

Power brakesYour vehicle has power-assistedbrakes that adjust automaticallythrough normal usage.In the event that the power-assistedbrakes lose power because of astalled engine or some other reason,you can still stop your vehicle byapplying greater force to the brakepedal than you normally would. Thestopping distance, however, will belonger.When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partiallydepleted each time the brake pedalis applied. Do not pump the brakepedal when the power assist hasbeen interrupted.Pump the brake pedal only whennecessary to maintain steering con-trol on slippery surfaces.

BRAKE SYSTEM

(Continued)• Wet brakes may impair the

vehicle’s ability to safely slowdown; the vehicle may alsopull to one side when thebrakes are applied. Applyingthe brakes lightly will indicatewhether they have beenaffected in this way. Alwaystest your brakes in this fash-ion after driving through deepwater.To dry the brakes, applythem lightly while maintaininga safe forward speed untilbrake performance returns tonormal.

• Always, confirm the positionof the brake and acceleratorpedal before driving. If youdon’t check the position of theaccelerator and brake pedalbefore driving, you maydepress the acceleratorinstead of the brake pedal. Itmay cause a serious accident.

WARNING - Brakes• Do not drive with your foot

resting on the brake pedal.This will create abnormal highbrake temperatures, exces-sive brake lining and padwear, and increased stoppingdistances.

• When descending a long orsteep hill, shift to a lower gearand avoid continuous applica-tion of the brakes. Continuousbrake application will causethe brakes to overheat andcould result in a temporaryloss of braking performance.

(Continued)


5 31


In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate whilethe vehicle is in motion, you canmake an emergency stop with theparking brake. The stopping dis-tance, however, will be much greaterthan normal.

Disc brakes wear indicatorWhen your brake pads are worn andnew pads are required, you will heara high-pitched warning sound fromyour front brakes or rear brakes. Youmay hear this sound come and go orit may occur whenever you depressthe brake pedal.Please remember that some drivingconditions or climates may cause abrake squeal when you first apply (orlightly apply) the brakes. This is nor-mal and does not indicate a problemwith your brakes.

WARNING - Brake wearThis brake wear warning soundmeans your vehicle needs serv-ice. If you ignore this audiblewarning, you will eventuallylose braking performance,which could lead to a seriousaccident.

CAUTION• To avoid costly brake repairs,

do not continue to drive withworn brake pads.

• Always replace the front orrear brake pads as pairs.

WARNING - Parkingbrake

Applying the parking brakewhile the vehicle is moving atnormal speeds can cause asudden loss of control of thevehicle. If you must use theparking brake to stop the vehi-cle, use great caution in apply-ing the brake.

WARNINGDo not operate the parkingbrake while the vehicle is mov-ing except in an emergency sit-uation. It could damage thevehicle system and endangerdriving safety.



325

Parking brake Applying the parking brake

Foot typeTo engage the parking brake, firstapply the foot brake and thendepress the parking brake pedaldown as far as possible.

Hand typeTo engage the parking brake, firstapply the foot brake and then withoutpressing the release button in, pullthe parking brake lever up as far aspossible.In addition it is recommended thatwhen parking the vehicle on a gradi-ent, the shift lever should be posi-tioned in the appropriate low gear onmanual transaxle vehicles.

CAUTIONDriving with the parking brakeapplied will cause excessivebrake pad and brake rotor wear.

OXM059013

OXM053118


5 33


Releasing the parking brake

Foot typeTo release the parking brake,depress the parking brake pedal asecond time while applying the footbrake. The pedal will automaticallyextend to the fully released position.

Hand typeTo release the parking brake, firstapply the foot brake and pull up theparking brake lever slightly. Secondlypress the release button (1) andlower the parking brake lever (2)while holding the button.

OXM059014

OXM053119

WARNING• To prevent unintentional

movement when stopped andleaving the vehicle, do not usethe shift lever instead of theparking brake. Set the parkingbrake AND make sure the shiftlever is securely positioned in1st (First) gear or R (Reverse)for manual transaxleequipped vehicles and in P(Park) for automatic transaxleequipped vehicles.

• Never allow anyone who isunfamiliar with the vehicle totouch the parking brake. If theparking brake is releasedunintentionally, serious injurymay occur.

• All vehicles should alwayshave the parking brake fullyengaged when parking toavoid inadvertent movementof the vehicle which can injureoccupants or pedestrians.



345

Check the brake warning light byturning the ignition switch ON (do notstart the engine). This light will beilluminated when the parking brake isapplied with the ignition switch in theSTART or ON position.Before driving, be sure the parkingbrake is fully released and the brakewarning light is off.If the brake warning light remains onafter the parking brake is releasedwhile the engine is running, theremay be a malfunction in the brakesystem. Immediate attention is nec-essary.

If at all possible, cease driving thevehicle immediately. If that is not pos-sible, use extreme caution whileoperating the vehicle and only con-tinue to drive the vehicle until youcan reach a safe location or repairshop.

Anti-lock brake system (ABS)

W-75 WARNINGABS (or ESC) will not preventaccidents due to improper ordangerous driving maneuvers.Even though vehicle control isimproved during emergencybraking, always maintain a safedistance between you andobjects ahead. Vehicle speedsshould always be reduced dur-ing extreme road conditions.The braking distance for vehi-cles equipped with an anti-lockbraking system (or ElectronicStability Control System) maybe longer than for those withoutit in the following road condi-tions.

(Continued)

(Continued)During these conditions thevehicle should be driven atreduced speeds:• Rough, gravel or snow-cov-

ered roads.• On roads where the road sur-

face is pitted or has differentsurface height.

The safety features of an ABS(or ESC) equipped vehicleshould not be tested by highspeed driving or cornering.Thiscould endanger the safety ofyourself or others.


5 35


The ABS continuously senses thespeed of the wheels. If the wheelsare going to lock, the ABS systemrepeatedly modulates the hydraulicbrake pressure to the wheels.When you apply your brakes underconditions which may lock thewheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’sound from the brakes, or feel a cor-responding sensation in the brakepedal. This is normal and it meansyour ABS is active.In order to obtain the maximum ben-efit from your ABS in an emergencysituation, do not attempt to modulateyour brake pressure and do not try topump your brakes. Press your brakepedal as hard as possible or as hardas the situation allows the ABS tocontrol the force being delivered tothe brakes.

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehi-cle begins to move after the engine isstarted. These conditions are normaland indicate that the anti-lock brakesystem is functioning properly.

• Even with the anti-lock brake sys-tem, your vehicle still requires suf-ficient stopping distance. Alwaysmaintain a safe distance from thevehicle in front of you.

• Always slow down when cornering.The anti-lock brake system cannotprevent accidents resulting fromexcessive speeds.

• On loose or uneven road surfaces,operation of the anti-lock brakesystem may result in a longer stop-ping distance than for vehiclesequipped with a conventionalbrake system.

CAUTION• If the ABS warning light is on

and stays on, you may have aproblem with the ABS. In thiscase, however, your regularbrakes will work normally.

• The ABS warning light will stayon for approximately 3 sec-onds after the ignition switchis ON. During that time, theABS will go through self-diag-nosis and the light will go off ifeverything is normal. If thelight stays on, you may have aproblem with your ABS.Contact an authorized Kiadealer as soon as possible.

W-78



365

✽✽ NOTICEWhen you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, theengine may not run as smoothly andthe ABS warning light may turn onat the same time. This happensbecause of low battery voltage. Itdoes not mean your ABS has mal-functioned.• Do not pump your brakes!• Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

Electronic stability control(ESC)

The Electronic Stability control(ESC) system is designed to stabi-lize the vehicle during corneringmaneuvers. ESC checks where youare steering and where the vehicle isactually going. ESC applies thebrakes on individual wheels andintervenes with the engine manage-ment system to stabilize the vehicle.

CAUTION• When you drive on a road hav-

ing poor traction, such as anicy road, and have operatedyour brakes continuously, theABS will be active continuous-ly and the ABS warning lightmay illuminate. Pull your vehi-cle over to a safe place andstop the engine.

• Restart the engine. If the ABSwarning light goes off, thenyour ABS system is normal.Otherwise, you may have aproblem with the ABS.Contact an authorized Kiadealer as soon as possible.

OXMA053031


5 37


The Electronic Stability Control(ESC) system is an electronic sys-tem designed to help the driver main-tain vehicle control under adverseconditions. It is not a substitute forsafe driving practices. Factors includ-ing speed, road conditions and driv-er steering input can all affectwhether ESC will be effective in pre-venting a loss of control. It is still yourresponsibility to drive and corner atreasonable speeds and to leave asufficient margin of safety.When you apply your brakes underconditions which may lock thewheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’sound from the brakes, or feel a cor-responding sensation in the brakepedal. This is normal and it meansyour ESC is active.

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehi-cle begins to move after the engine isstarted. These conditions are normaland indicate that the ElectronicStability Control System is function-ing properly.

ESC operationESC ON condition

• When the ignition is turnedON, ESC and ESC OFFindicator lights illuminate forapproximately 3 seconds,then ESC is turned on.

• Press the ESC OFF but-ton for at least half a sec-ond after turning the igni-tion ON to turn ESC off.(ESC OFF indicator willilluminate). To turn theESC on, press the ESCOFF button (ESC OFFindicator light will go off).

• When starting the engine,you may hear a slight tick-ing sound. This is the ESCperforming an automaticsystem self-check and doesnot indicate a problem.

WARNINGNever drive too fast accordingto the road conditions or tooquickly when cornering.Electronic stability control(ESC) will not prevent acci-dents. Excessive speed inturns, abrupt maneuvers andhydroplaning on wet surfacescan still result in serious acci-dents. Only a safe and attentivedriver can prevent accidents byavoiding maneuvers that causethe vehicle to lose traction.Even with ESC installed, alwaysfollow all the normal precau-tions for driving - including driv-ing at safe speeds for the condi-tions.

-



385

When operatingWhen the ESC is in opera-tion, the ESC indicator lightblinks.• When the Electronic

Stability Control is operat-ing properly, you can feel aslight pulsation in the vehi-cle. This is only the effectof brake control and indi-cates nothing unusual.

• When moving out of themud or driving on a slip-pery road, pressing theaccelerator pedal may notcause the engine rpm(revolutions per minute) toincrease.

ESC operation offESC OFF state

This car has 2 kinds of ESCoff states.If the engine stops whenESC is off, ESC remains off.Upon restarting the engine,the ESC will automaticallyturn on again.

• ESC off state 1To cancel ESC operation,press the ESC OFF button(ESC OFF ) shortly (ESCOFF indicator light (ESCOFF ) illuminates). At thisstate, the engine controlfunction does not operate. Itmeans the traction controlfunction does not operate.Brake control function onlyoperates.

• ESC off state 2To cancel ESC operation,press the ESC OFF button(ESC OFF ) for more than 3seconds. ESC OFF indicatorlight (ESC OFF ) illuminatesand ESC OFF warning chimewill sound. At this state, theengine control function andbrake control function do notoperate. It means the car sta-bility control function does notoperate any more.


5 39


Indicator light

When ignition switch is turned to ON,the indicator light illuminates, thengoes off if the ESC system is operat-ing normally.The ESC indicator light blinks when-ever ESC is operating or illuminateswhen ESC fails to operate.The ESC OFF indicator light comeson when the ESC is turned off withthe button.

ESC OFF usageWhen driving• ESC should be turned on for daily

driving whenever possible.• To turn ESC off while driving, press

the ESC OFF button while drivingon a flat road surface.

✽✽ NOTICE• When operating the vehicle on a

dynamometer, ensure that theESC is turned off (ESC OFF lightilluminated). If the ESC is left on,it may prevent the vehicle speedfrom increasing, and result in falsediagnosis.

• Turning the ESC off does notaffect ABS or brake system opera-tion.

■ ESC indicator light

■ ESC OFF indicator light

WARNINGThe Electronic Stability Controlsystem is only a driving aid; useprecautions for safe driving byslowing down on curved,snowy, or icy roads. Drive slow-ly and don’t attempt to acceler-ate whenever the ESC indicatorlight is blinking, or when theroad surface is slippery.

WARNINGNever press the ESC OFF but-ton while ESC is operating (ESCindicator light blinks).If ESC is turned off while ESC isoperating, the vehicle may slipout of control.

CAUTIONDriving with varying tire orwheel sizes may cause the ESCsystem to malfunction. Whenreplacing tires, make sure theyare the same size as your origi-nal tires.



405

Vehicle stability management(VSM)This system provides furtherenhancements to vehicle stabilityand steering responses when a vehi-cle is driving on a slippery road or avehicle detects changes in coeffi-cient of friction between right wheelsand left wheels when braking.

VSM operationWhen the VSM is in operation, ESCindicator light ( ) blinks.When the vehicle stability manage-ment is operating properly, you canfeel a slight pulsation in the vehicleand/or abnormal steering responses(EPS). This is only the effect of brakeand EPS control and indicates noth-ing unusual.

The VSM does not operate when: • Driving on bank road such as gra-

dient or incline • Driving in reverse• ESC OFF indicator light ( )

remains on the instrument cluster• EPS indicator light remains on the

instrument cluster

VSM operation offIf you press the ESC OFF button toturn off the ESC, the VSM will alsocancel and the ESC OFF indicatorlight ( ) illuminates.To turn on the VSM, press the buttonagain. The ESC OFF indicator lightgoes out.

Malfunction indicatorThe VSM can be deactivated even ifyou don’t cancel the VSM operationby pressing the ESC OFF button. Itindicates that a malfunction hasbeen detected somewhere in theElectric Power Steering system orVSM system. If the ESC indicatorlight ( ) or EPS warning lightremains on, take your vehicle to anauthorized Kia dealer and have thesystem checked.


5 41


✽✽ NOTICE• The VSM is designed to function

above approximately 15 km/h (9mph) on curves.

• The VSM is designed to functionabove approximately 30 km/h (18mph) when a vehicle is braking ona split-mu road. The split-mu roadis made of surfaces which have dif-ferent friction forces.

Hill-start assist control (HAC)A vehicle has the tendency to rollback on a steep hill when it starts togo after stopping. The Hill-startAssist Control (HAC) prevents thevehicle from rolling back by applyingthe brakes automatically for about1.5 seconds. The brakes arereleased when the accelerator pedalis depressed or after about 1.5 sec-onds.

✽✽ NOTICE• The HAC does not operate when

the transaxle shift lever is in the P(Park) or N (Neutral) position.

• The HAC activates even thoughthe ESC is off but it does not acti-vate when the ESC has malfunc-tioned.

WARNING • The Vehicle Stability

Management system is not asubstitute for safe drivingpractices but a supplemen-tary function only. It is theresponsibility of the driver toalways check the speed andthe distance to the vehicleahead. Always hold the steer-ing wheel firmly while driving.

• Your vehicle is designed toactivate according to the dri-ver’s intention, even withinstalled VSM. Always followall the normal precautions fordriving at safe speeds for theconditions – including drivingin clement weather and on aslippery road.

• Driving with varying tire orwheel sizes may cause theVSM system to malfunction.When replacing tires, makesure they are the same size asyour original tires.

WARNING The HAC is activated only forabout 1.5 seconds, so when thevehicle is starting off alwaysdepress the accelerator pedal.



425

Good braking practices • Check to be sure the parking brakeis not engaged and the parkingbrake indicator light is out beforedriving away.

• Driving through water may get thebrakes wet. They can also get wetwhen the vehicle is washed. Wetbrakes can be dangerous! Yourvehicle will not stop as quickly if thebrakes are wet. Wet brakes maycause the vehicle to pull to oneside.To dry the brakes, apply the brakeslightly until the braking actionreturns to normal, taking care tokeep the vehicle under control atall times. If the braking action doesnot return to normal, stop as soonas it is safe to do so and call anauthorized Kia dealer for assis-tance.

• Don't coast down hills with thevehicle out of gear.This is extreme-ly hazardous. Keep the vehicle ingear at all times, use the brakes toslow down, then shift to a lowergear so that engine braking willhelp you maintain a safe speed.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal.Resting your foot on the brakepedal while driving can be danger-ous because the brakes mightoverheat and lose their effective-ness. It also increases the wear ofthe brake components.

• If a tire goes flat while you are driv-ing, apply the brakes gently andkeep the vehicle pointed straightahead while you slow down. Whenyou are moving slowly enough for itto be safe to do so, pull off the roadand stop in a safe place.

WARNING • Whenever you leave or park

your vehicle, always set theparking brake as far as possi-ble and shift the vehicle to 1st(First) gear or R (Reverse) formanual transaxle, or P (Park)for automatic transaxle. If theparking brake is not fullyengaged, the vehicle maymove inadvertently and injureyourself and others.

• All vehicles should alwayshave the parking brake fullyengaged when parking toavoid inadvertent movementof the vehicle which can injureoccupants or pedestrians.


5 43


• If your vehicle is equipped with anautomatic transaxle, don't let yourvehicle creep forward. To avoidcreeping forward, keep your footfirmly on the brake pedal when thevehicle is stopped.

• Be cautious when parking on a hill.Firmly engage the parking brakeand place the shift lever in P (auto-matic transaxle) or in first orreverse gear (manual transaxle). Ifyour vehicle is facing downhill, turnthe front wheels into the curb tohelp keep the vehicle from rolling. Ifyour vehicle is facing uphill, turnthe front wheels away from thecurb to help keep the vehicle fromrolling. If there is no curb or if it isrequired by other conditions tokeep the vehicle from rolling, blockthe wheels.

• Under some conditions your park-ing brake can freeze in theengaged position. This is most like-ly to happen when there is anaccumulation of snow or icearound or near the rear brakes or ifthe brakes are wet. If there is a riskthat the parking brake may freeze,apply it only temporarily while youput the shift lever in P (automatictransaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle) and block therear wheels so the vehicle cannotroll. Then release the parkingbrake.

• Do not hold the vehicle on theupgrade with the acceleratorpedal.This can cause the transaxleto overheat. Always use the brakepedal or parking brake.



445

1. Cruise indicator2. Cruise set indicator

The cruise control system allows youto program the vehicle to maintain aconstant speed without pressing theaccelerator pedal.This system is designed to functionabove approximately 40 km/h (25mph).

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING • If the cruise control is left on

(CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster illuminat-ed), the cruise control can beswitched on accidentally.Keep the cruise control sys-tem off (CRUISE indicatorlight OFF) when the cruisecontrol is not in use, to avoidinadvertently setting a speed.

• Use the cruise control systemonly when traveling on openhighways in good weather.

• Do not use the cruise controlwhen it may not be safe tokeep the vehicle at a constantspeed, for instance, driving inheavy or varying traffic, or onslippery (rainy, icy or snow-covered) or winding roads orover 6% up-hill or down-hillroads.

• Pay particular attention to thedriving conditions wheneverusing the cruise control sys-tem.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Be careful when driving

downhill using the cruise con-trol system, which mayincrease the vehicle speed.

OXMA053020


5 45


✽✽ NOTICE• During normal cruise control

operation, when the SET switch isactivated or reactivated afterapplying the brakes, the cruisecontrol will energize after approx-imately 3 seconds. The delay isnormal.

• To activate cruise control, depressthe brake pedal at least once afterturning the ignition switch to theON position or starting the engine.This is to check if the brake switchwhich is important part to cancelcruise control is in normal condi-tion.

Cruise control switch

CRUISE : Turns cruise control sys-tem on or off.

CANCEL: Cancels cruise controloperation.

RES+: Resumes or increases cruisecontrol speed.

SET-: Sets or decreases cruise con-trol speed.

To set cruise control speed:

1. Press the CRUISE button on thesteering wheel to turn the systemon. The CRUISE indicator light inthe instrument cluster will illumi-nate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed,which must be more than 40 km/h(25 mph ).

OXM053006OXM053004



465

3. Move the lever down (to SET-),and release it at the desiredspeed. The SET indicator light inthe instrument cluster will illumi-nate. Release the acceleratorpedal at the same time. Thedesired speed will automaticallybe maintained.

On a steep grade, the vehicle mayslow down or speed up slightly whilegoing uphill or downhill.

To increase cruise control setspeed:

Follow either of these procedures:• Move the lever up (to RES+) and

hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.Release the lever at the speed youwant.

• Move the lever up (to RES+) andrelease it immediately.The cruising speed will increase by2km/h (or 1 mph) each time youmove the lever up (to RES+) in thismanner.

To decrease the cruisingspeed:

Follow either of these procedures:• Move the lever down (to SET-) and

hold it. Your vehicle will graduallyslow down. Release the lever at thespeed you want to maintain.

• Move the lever down (to SET-) andrelease it immediately.The cruising speed will decreaseby 1.6 km/h (1 mph) each time youmove the lever down (to SET-) inthis manner.

OXM053009 OXM053008

OXM053008


5 47


To temporarily accelerate withthe cruise control on:If you want to speed up temporarilywhen the cruise control is on,depress the accelerator pedal.Increased speed will not interferewith cruise control operation orchange the set speed.To return to the set speed, take yourfoot off the accelerator.

To cancel cruise control, doone of the following:

• Press the brake pedal.• Shift into N (Neutral) with an auto-

matic transaxle.• Push the CANCEL switch located

on the steering wheel.• Decrease the vehicle speed lower

than the memory speed by 15km/h (9 mph ).

• Decrease the vehicle speed to lessthan approximately 40 km/h (25mph).

Each of these actions will cancelcruise control operation (the SETindicator light in the instrument clus-ter will go off), but it will not turn thesystem off. If you wish to resumecruise control operation, push theRES + switch located on your steer-ing wheel.You will return to your pre-viously preset speed.

OXM053010



485

To resume cruising speed atmore than approximately 40km/h (25 mph):

If any method other than theCRUISE button was used to cancelcruising speed and the system is stillactivated, the most recent set speedwill automatically resume when youmove the lever up (to RES+).It will not resume, however, if thevehicle speed has dropped belowapproximately 40 km/h (25 mph).

To turn cruise control off, doone of the following:

• Press the CRUISE button (theCRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster will go off).

• Turn the ignition off.Both of these actions cancel cruisecontrol operation. If you want toresume cruise control operation,repeat the steps provided in “To setcruise control speed” on the previouspage.

OXM053006

OXM053009


5 49


The BSD (Blind spot detection) sys-tem uses a radar sensor to alert thedriver while driving.It senses the rear side territory of thevehicle and provides information tothe driver.

➀ BSD(Blind spot detection)Warning range is dependent on yourvehicle speed. However, if your vehi-cle speed is speedy about 10km/hthan other vehicle, the warning is notoperated.➁ LCA(Lane change assist)When the vehicle is approaching toyour vehicle at high speed, the warn-ing is operated.

BLIND SPOT DETECTION SYSTEM (BSD) (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING • Always check the road condi-

tions while driving for unex-pected situations eventhough the BSD (Blind spotdetection) system is operat-ing.

• Never use the BSD system asa replacement for careful driv-ing practices. Drivers shouldalways use their mirrors andlook over their shoulders todetect other vehicles whenchanging lanes. The BSD sys-tem is only intended to sup-plement safe practices.

OXMA053126

OXM053013

XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 2/13/2013 9:53 AM Page 49


505

Operating conditionsThe indicator on the switch will illumi-nate when the BSD (Blind spotdetection) system switch is pressedwith the ignition switch ON. If vehiclespeed exceeds 30 km/h (18.6 mph)the system will activate.If the ignition switch is turned OFFand ON the system returns to theprevious state.When the system is not used turn thesystem off by turning off the switch.When the system is turned on thewarning light will illuminate for 3 sec-onds on the outside rearview mirror.

Warning typeThe system will activate when:1.The system is on 2.Vehicle speed is above 30 km/h

(18.6 mph)3.Other vehicles are detected in the

rear side

If a vehicle is detected within theboundary of the system, a yellowwarning light will illuminate inside ofthe outside rearview mirror glass.

OXMA053014

1st stage


5 51


The second stage alarm will activatewhen:1.The first stage alert is on2.The turn signal is on to change a

lane or the hazard warning light ison

When the second stage alert is acti-vated, a warning light will illuminateon the outside rearview mirror hous-ing and a alarm will sound.

Detecting sensor

The sensors are located on inside ofthe rear bumper.Always keep the rear bumper cleanfor the system to work properly.

Warning message

The message will appear to notifythe driver if there are foreign sub-stances on the rear bumper or it ishot near the rear bumper. The lighton the switch and the system willturn off automatically.Remove the foreign matter on therear bumper.

If the system does not work normallyeven though the foreign matter isremoved, take your vehicle to anauthorized Kia dealer and have thesystem checked.

OXM053016 OXM053053E

OXMA053015

2nd stage



525

If the system does not work properly,a warning message will appear andthe light on the switch will turn off.The system will turn off automatical-ly.

Have your vehicle inspected by anauthorized Kia dealer.

WARNING • The warning light on the out-

side rearview mirror housingwill illuminate whenever avehicle is detected at the rearside by the system.To avoid accidents, do notfocus only on the warninglight and neglect to see thesurroundings of the vehicle.

• Drive safely even though thevehicle is equipped with aBSD (Blind spot detection)system. Do not solely rely onthe system but check for your-self before changing lanes.The system may not alert thedriver in some conditions soalways check the surround-ings while driving.

CAUTION• The system may not work

properly if the bumper hasbeen replaced or if repair workhas been done near the sen-sor.

• The detection area differsaccording to the roads width.If the road is narrow the sys-tem may detect other vehiclesin the next lane.

• To the contrary, if the road isvery wide the system may notdetect other vehicles.

• The system may turn off dueto strong electromagneticwaves.

OXM053054E


5 53


Non-operating conditionDriver's AttentionThe driver must be cautious in thefollowing situations in which the sys-tem may not assist the driver andmay not function properly.

- Curved roads, tollgates, etc.- The surrounding of the sensor is

covered by rain, snow, mud, etc- The rear bumper near the sensor is

covered or hidden with a foreignmatter such as a sticker, bumperguard, bicycle stand etc.

- The rear bumper is damaged or thesensor is out of place.

- The height of the vehicle ischanged or altered such as whenthe trunk is loaded with heavyobjects, or has abnormal tire pres-sure etc.

- Due to bad weather such as heavyrain or snow.

- A fixed object is near such as aguardrail, etc.

- A lot of amount of metal sub-stances are near the vehicles suchas a construction area.

- A big vehicle is near such as a busor truck.

- A motorcycle or bicycle is near.- A flat trailer like vehicle is near.- If the vehicle has started at the

same time as the vehicle next to itand has accelerated.

- When the other vehicle passes byvery fast.

- When changing lanes.- When going down or up a steep

road where the height of the lane isdifferent.

- When the other vehicle drives atthe rear very nearby or drives veryclose.

- When the temperature near thebumper is high.

- When a trailer or carrier is installed.

Outside rearview mirror may notalert the driver when:- The outside rearview mirror hous-

ing is covered with foreign matter.- The window is covered with foreign

matter.- The windows are severely tinted.



545

Active ECO operation

Active ECO helps improve fuel effi-ciency by controlling certain engineand transaxle system operatingparameters. Fuel efficiency dependson the driver's driving habit and roadcondition.

• When the Active ECO button ispressed the ECO indicator (green)will illuminate to show that theActive ECO is operating.

• When the Active ECO is activated,it will remain on until the ActiveECO button is pressed again.Active ECO does not turn off whenthe engine is restarted. To turn offActive ECO, press the Active ECObutton again.

• If Active ECO is turned off, the sys-tem will return to normal mode.

When Active ECO is activated:• The engine noise may get louder.• The vehicle speed may slightly be

reduced.• The air conditioner performance

may be affected.

Limitation of Active ECO oper-ation:If the following conditions occur whileActive ECO is operating, the systemoperation is limited even thoughthere is no change in the ECO indi-cator.• When the coolant temperature is

low: The system will be limited untilengine performance becomes nor-mal.

• When driving up a hill: The systemwill be limited to gain power whendriving uphill because the enginetorque is restricted.

• When using sports mode: The sys-tem will be limited according to theshift location.

• When the accelerator pedal isdeeply depressed for a few sec-onds: The system will be limited,judging that the driver wants tospeed up.

ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM

OXM053017


5 55


Your vehicle's fuel economy dependsmainly on your style of driving, whereyou drive and when you drive.Each of these factors affects howmany miles (kilometers) you can getfrom a gallon (liter) of fuel.To operateyour vehicle as economically as pos-sible, use the following driving sug-gestions to help save money in bothfuel and repairs:• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a

moderate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" starts or full-throttle shiftsand maintain a steady cruisingspeed. Don't race between stop-lights. Try to adjust your speed tothe traffic so you don't have tochange speeds unnecessarily.Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos-sible. Always maintain a safe dis-tance from other vehicles so youcan avoid unnecessary braking.This also reduces brake wear.

• Drive at a moderate speed. Thefaster you drive, the more fuel yourvehicle uses. Driving at a moderatespeed, especially on the highway,is one of the most effective ways toreduce fuel consumption.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Thiscan increase fuel consumption andalso increase wear on these com-ponents. In addition, driving withyour foot resting on the brake pedalmay cause the brakes to overheat,which reduces their effectivenessand may lead to more serious con-sequences.

• Take care of your tires. Keep theminflated to the recommended pres-sure. Incorrect inflation, either toomuch or too little, results in unnec-essary tire wear. Check the tirepressures at least once a month.

• Be sure that the wheels arealigned correctly. Improper align-ment can result from hitting curbsor driving too fast over irregularsurfaces. Poor alignment causesfaster tire wear and may also resultin other problems as well asgreater fuel consumption.

• Keep your vehicle in good condi-tion. For better fuel economy andreduced maintenance costs, main-tain your vehicle in accordancewith the maintenance schedule insection 7. If you drive your vehiclein severe conditions, more frequentmaintenance is required (see sec-tion 7 for details).

• Keep your vehicle clean. For maxi-mum service, your vehicle shouldbe kept clean and free of corrosivematerials. It is especially importantthat mud, dirt, ice, etc. not beallowed to accumulate on theunderside of the vehicle. This extraweight can result in increased fuelconsumption and also contribute tocorrosion.

• Travel lightly. Don't carry unneces-sary weight in your vehicle. Weightreduces fuel economy.

• Don't let the engine idle longerthan necessary. If you are waiting(and not in traffic), turn off yourengine and restart only whenyou're ready to go.

ECONOMICAL OPERATION



565

• Remember, your vehicle does notrequire extended warm-up. Afterthe engine has started, allow theengine to run for 10 to 20 secondsprior to placing the vehicle in gear.In very cold weather, however, giveyour engine a slightly longer warm-up period.

• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.Lugging is driving too slowly in avery high gear resulting in enginebucking. If this happens, shift to alower gear. Over-revving is racingthe engine beyond its safe limit.This can be avoided by shifting atthe recommended speed.

• Use your air conditioning sparingly.The air conditioning system isoperated by engine power so yourfuel economy is reduced when youuse it.

• Open windows at high speeds canreduce fuel economy.

• Fuel economy is less in crosswindsand headwinds. To help offsetsome of this loss, slow down whendriving in these conditions.

Keeping a vehicle in good operatingcondition is important both for econ-omy and safety. Therefore, have anauthorized Kia dealer performscheduled inspections and mainte-nance.

WARNING - Engine offduringmotion

Never turn the engine off tocoast down hills or anytime thevehicle is in motion. The powersteering and power brakes willnot function properly withoutthe engine running. Instead,keep the engine on and down-shift to an appropriate gear forengine braking effect. In addi-tion, turning off the ignitionwhile driving could engage thesteering wheel lock resulting inloss of vehicle steering whichcould cause serious injury ordeath.


5 57


Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditionsare encountered such as water,snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz-ards, follow these suggestions:• Drive cautiously and allow extra

distance for braking.• Avoid sudden braking or steering.• When braking with non-ABS

brakes pump the brake pedal witha light up-and-down motion untilthe vehicle is stopped.

• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand,use second gear. Accelerate slow-ly to avoid spinning the drivewheels.

• Use sand, rock salt, or other non-slip material under the drivewheels to provide traction whenstalled in ice, snow, or mud.

Reducing the risk of a rolloverThis multi-purpose passenger vehi-cle is defined as a Sports UtilityVehicle (SUV). SUV’s have higherground clearance and a narrowertrack to make them capable of per-forming in a wide variety of off-roadapplications. Specific design charac-teristics give them a higher center ofgravity than ordinary vehicles. Anadvantage of the higher groundclearance is a better view of theroad, which allows you to anticipateproblems. They are not designed forcornering at the same speeds asconventional passenger vehicles,any more than low-slung sports vehi-cles are designed to perform satis-factorily in off-road conditions. Due tothis risk, driver and passengers arestrongly recommended to buckletheir seat belts. In a rollover crash,an unbelted person is more likely todie than a person wearing a seatbelt.There are steps that a driver canmake to reduce the risk of a rollover.If at all possible, avoid sharp turns orabrupt maneuvers, do not load yourroof rack with heavy cargo, andnever modify your vehicle in any way.

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

WARNING - ABSDo not pump the brake pedal ona vehicle equipped with ABS.

WARNING - DownshiftingDownshifting with an automatictransaxle, while driving on slip-pery surfaces can cause anaccident. The sudden change intire speed could cause the tiresto skid. Be careful when down-shifting on slippery surfaces.



585

Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicleto free it from snow, sand, or mud,first turn the steering wheel right andleft to clear the area around yourfront wheels. Then, shift back andforth between 1st (First) and R(Reverse) in vehicles equipped witha manual transaxle or R (Reverse)and any forward gear in vehiclesequipped with an automatictransaxle. Do not race the engine,and spin the wheels as little as pos-sible. If you are still stuck after a fewtries, have the vehicle pulled out by atow vehicle to avoid engine overheat-ing and possible damage to thetransaxle.

CAUTIONProlonged rocking may causeengine overheating, transaxledamage or failure, and tire dam-age.

WARNINGYour vehicle is equipped withtires designed to provide saferide and handling capability. Donot use a size and type of tireand wheel that is different fromthe one that is originallyinstalled on your vehicle. It canaffect the safety and perform-ance of your vehicle, whichcould lead to steering failure orrollover and serious injury.When replacing the tires, besure to equip all four tires withthe tire and wheel of the samesize, type, tread, brand andload-carrying capacity. If younevertheless decide to equipyour vehicle with any tire/wheelcombination not recommendedby Kia for off road driving, youshould not use these tires forhighway driving.

WARNING - Rollover As with other Sports UtilityVehicle (SUV), failure to operatethis vehicle correctly may resultin loss of control, an accident orvehicle rollover.• Utility vehicles have a signifi-

cantly higher rollover ratethan other types of vehicles.

• Specific design characteris-tics (higher ground clearance,narrower track, etc.) give thisvehicle a higher center ofgravity than ordinary vehicles.

• A SUV is not designed for cor-nering at the same speeds asconventional vehicles.

• Avoid sharp turns or abruptmaneuvers.

• In a rollover crash, an unbelt-ed person is significantlymore likely to die than a per-son wearing a seat belt. Makesure everyone in the vehicle isproperly buckled up.


5 59


✽✽ NOTICEThe ESC system (if equipped)should be turned OFF prior to rock-ing the vehicle.

Smooth cornering

Avoid braking or gear changing incorners, especially when roads arewet. Ideally, corners should alwaysbe taken under gentle acceleration. Ifyou follow these suggestions, tirewear will be held to a minimum.

WARNING - Spinningtires

Do not spin the wheels, espe-cially at speeds more than 56km/h (35 mph). Spinning thewheels at high speeds when thevehicle is stationary couldcause a tire to overheat whichcould result in tire damage thatmay injure bystanders.

OUN056051

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehiclefree by moving it forward andbackward. Do not attempt thisprocedure if people or objectsare anywhere near the vehicle.During the rocking operationthe vehicle may suddenly moveforward or backward as itbecomes unstuck, causinginjury or damage to nearby peo-ple or objects.



605

Driving at night

Because night driving presents morehazards than driving in the daylight,here are some important tips toremember:• Slow down and keep more dis-

tance between you and other vehi-cles, as it may be more difficult tosee at night, especially in areaswhere there may not be any streetlights.

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce theglare from other driver's head-lights.

• Keep your headlights clean andproperly aimed. (On vehicles notequipped with the automatic head-light aiming feature.) Dirty orimproperly aimed headlights willmake it much more difficult to seeat night.

• Avoid staring directly at the head-lights of oncoming vehicles. Youcould be temporarily blinded, and itwill take several seconds for youreyes to readjust to the darkness.

Driving in the rain

Rain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous, especially if you’re notprepared for the slick pavement.Here are a few things to considerwhen driving in the rain:• A heavy rainfall will make it harder

to see and will increase the dis-tance needed to stop your vehicle,so slow down.

• Keep your windshield wipingequipment in good shape. Replaceyour windshield wiper blades whenthey show signs of streaking ormissing areas on the windshield.

1VQA3003OCM053010


5 61


• If your tires are not in good condi-tion, making a quick stop on wetpavement can cause a skid andpossibly lead to an accident. Besure your tires are in good shape.

• Turn on your headlights to make iteasier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large pud-dles can affect your brakes. If youmust go through puddles, try todrive through them slowly.

• If you believe you may have gottenyour brakes wet, apply them lightlywhile driving until normal brakingoperation returns.

Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is nohigher than the bottom of the wheelhub. Drive through any water slowly.Allow adequate stopping distancebecause brake performance may beaffected.After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them sev-eral times while the vehicle is movingslowly.

Driving off-road Drive carefully off-road because yourvehicle may be damaged by rocks orroots of trees. Become familiar withthe off-road conditions where youare going to drive before you begindriving.

Highway drivingTiresAdjust the tire inflation pressures tospecification. Low tire inflation pres-sures will result in overheating andpossible failure of the tires.Avoid using worn or damaged tireswhich may result in reduced tractionor tire failure.

✽✽ NOTICENever exceed the maximum tireinflation pressure shown on thetires.

WARNING• Underinflated or overinflated

tires can cause poor handling,loss of vehicle control, andsudden tire failure leading toaccidents, injuries, and evendeath. Always check tires forproper inflation before driv-ing. For proper tire pressures,refer to “Tires and wheels” insection 8.

• Driving on tires with no orinsufficient tread is danger-ous. Worn-out tires can resultin loss of vehicle control, col-lisions, injury, and even death.Worn-out tires should bereplaced as soon as possibleand should never be used fordriving. Always check the tiretread before driving your vehi-cle. For further informationand tread limits, refer to “Tiresand wheels” in section 7.



625

Fuel, engine coolant and engineoilHigh speed travel consumes morefuel than urban motoring. Do not for-get to check both the engine coolantand engine oil.

Drive beltA loose or damaged drive belt mayresult in overheating of the engine.


5 63


Severe weather conditions in thewinter result in greater wear andother problems. To minimize theproblems of winter driving, youshould follow these suggestions:

Snowy or icy conditionsTo drive your vehicle in deep snow, itmay be necessary to use snow tireson your tires. If snow tires are need-ed, it is necessary to select tiresequivalent in size and type of theoriginal equipment tires. Failure to doso may adversely affect the safetyand handling of your vehicle.Furthermore, speeding, rapid accel-eration, sudden brake applications,and sharp turns are potentially veryhazardous practices.During deceleration, use enginebraking to the fullest extent. Suddenbrake applications on snowy or icyroads may cause skids to occur. Youneed to keep sufficient distancebetween the vehicle in operation infront of your vehicle. Also, apply thebrake gently.

Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehi-cle, make sure they are radial tires ofthe same size and load range as theoriginal tires. Mount snow tires on allfour wheels to balance your vehicle’shandling in all weather conditions.Keep in mind that the traction provid-ed by snow tires on dry roads maynot be as high as your vehicle's orig-inal equipment tires.You should drivecautiously even when the roads areclear. Check with the tire dealer formaximum speed recommendations.Do not install studded tires withoutfirst checking local, state and munic-ipal regulations for possible restric-tions against their use.

WINTER DRIVING

WARNING - Snow tiresize

Snow tires should be equivalentin size and type to the vehicle'sstandard tires. Otherwise, thesafety and handling of yourvehicle may be adversely affect-ed.

1VQA3005



645

Use high quality ethylene gly-col coolantYour vehicle is delivered with highquality ethylene glycol coolant in thecooling system. It is the only type ofcoolant that should be used becauseit helps prevent corrosion in the cool-ing system, lubricates the waterpump and prevents freezing. Be sureto replace or replenish your coolantin accordance with the maintenanceschedule in section 7. Before winter,have your coolant tested to assurethat its freezing point is sufficient forthe temperatures anticipated duringthe winter.

Check battery and cablesWinter puts additional burdens onthe battery system. Visually inspectthe battery and cables as describedin section 7. The level of charge inyour battery can be checked by anauthorized Kia dealer or a servicestation.

Change to "winter weight" oilif necessaryIn some climates it is recommendedthat a lower viscosity "winter weight"oil be used during cold weather. Seesection 8 for recommendations. Ifyou aren't sure what weight oil youshould use, consult an authorizedKia dealer.

Check spark plugs and igni-tion systemInspect your spark plugs asdescribed in section 7 and replacethem if necessary. Also check allignition wiring and components to besure they are not cracked, worn ordamaged in any way.

To keep locks from freezingTo keep the locks from freezing,squirt an approved de-icer fluid orglycerine into the key opening. If alock is covered with ice, squirt it withan approved de-icing fluid to removethe ice. If the lock is frozen internally,you may be able to thaw it out byusing a heated key. Handle the heat-ed key with care to avoid injury.

Use approved window washeranti-freeze in systemTo keep the water in the windowwasher system from freezing, add anapproved window washer anti-freezesolution in accordance with instruc-tions on the container. Window wash-er anti-freeze is available from anauthorized Kia dealer and most autoparts outlets. Do not use enginecoolant or other types of anti-freezeas these may damage the paint fin-ish.


5 65


Don’t let your parking brakefreezeUnder some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engagedposition. This is most likely to hap-pen when there is an accumulationof snow or ice around or near therear brakes or if the brakes are wet.If there is a risk the parking brakemay freeze, apply it only temporarilywhile you put the gear shift lever in P(Park, automatic transaxle) or in firstor reverse gear (manual transaxle)and block the rear wheels so thevehicle cannot roll. Then release theparking brake.

Don't let ice and snow accu-mulate underneathUnder some conditions, snow andice can build up under the fendersand interfere with the steering. Whendriving in severe winter conditionswhere this may happen, you shouldperiodically check underneath thevehicle to be sure the movement ofthe front wheels and the steeringcomponents are not obstructed.

Carry emergency equipmentDepending on the severity of theweather, you should carry appropri-ate emergency equipment. Some ofthe items you may want to carryinclude tow straps or chains, flash-light, emergency flares, sand, shov-el, jumper cables, window scraper,gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blan-ket, etc.



665

If you are considering towing withyour vehicle, you should first checkwith your country's Department ofMotor Vehicles to determine theirlegal requirements.Since laws vary the requirements fortowing trailers, cars, or other types ofvehicles or apparatus may differ. Askan authorized Kia dealer for furtherdetails before towing.

You may require an additional wiringharness connector to install a trailerhitch. Please contact an authorizedKia dealer for more details.

Your vehicle can tow a trailer.* Toidentify what the vehicle traileringcapacity is for your vehicle, youshould read the information in“Weight of the trailer” that appearslater in this section.

Remember that trailering is differentthan just driving your vehicle by itself.Trailering means changes in han-dling, durability, and fuel economy.Successful, safe trailering requirescorrect equipment, and it has to beused properly.

This section contains many time-tested, important trailering tips andsafety rules. Many of these areimportant for your safety and that ofyour passengers. Please read thissection carefully before you pull atrailer.

Load-pulling components such asthe engine, transaxle, wheel assem-blies, and tires are forced to workharder against the load of the addedweight. The engine is required tooperate at relatively higher speedsand under greater loads. This addi-tional burden generates extra heat.The trailer also adds considerably towind resistance, increasing thepulling requirements.

TRAILER TOWING

CAUTIONPulling a trailer improperly candamage your vehicle and resultin costly repairs not covered byyour warranty. To pull a trailercorrectly, follow the advice inthis section.

WARNING - Towing atrailer

If you don't use the correctequipment and/or drive improp-erly, you can lose control whenyou pull a trailer. For example, ifthe trailer is too heavy, thebrakes may not work well - oreven at all. You and your pas-sengers could be seriously orfatally injured. Pull a trailer onlyif you have followed all thesteps in this section.

WARNING - Weight limits

Before towing, make sure thetotal trailer weight, GCW (grosscombination weight), GVW(gross vehicle weight), GAW(gross axle weight) and trailertongue load are all within thelimits.


5 67


Hitches It's important to have the correcthitch equipment. Crosswinds, largetrucks going by, and rough roads area few reasons why you’ll need theright hitch. Here are some rules tofollow:• Will you have to make any holes in

the body of your vehicle when youinstall a trailer hitch? If you do, thenbe sure to seal the holes laterwhen you remove the hitch.If you don’t seal them, deadly car-bon monoxide (CO) from yourexhaust can get into your vehicle,as well as dirt and water.

• The bumpers on your vehicle arenot intended for hitches. Do notattach rental hitches or otherbumper-type hitches to them. Useonly a frame-mounted hitch thatdoes not attach to the bumper.

• Kia trailer hitch accessory is avail-able at an authorized Kia dealer.

Safety chains You should always attach chainsbetween your vehicle and your trail-er. Cross the safety chains under thetongue of the trailer so that thetongue will not drop to the road if itbecomes separated from the hitch.Instructions about safety chains maybe provided by the hitch manufactur-er or by the trailer manufacturer.Follow the manufacturer’s recom-mendation for attaching safetychains. Always leave just enoughslack so you can turn with your trail-er. And, never allow safety chains todrag on the ground.

Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a brak-ing system, make sure it conforms toyour state’s regulations and that it isproperly installed and operating cor-rectly.If your trailer weight exceeds themaximum allowed weight withouttrailer brakes, then the trailer will alsorequire its own brakes as well. Besure to read and follow the instruc-tions for the trailer brakes so you’ll beable to install, adjust and maintainthem properly.• Don’t tap into or modify your vehi-

cle's brake system.

WARNING - Trailerbrakes

Do not use a trailer with its ownbrakes unless you are absolute-ly certain that you have proper-ly set up the brake system. Thisis not a task for amateurs. Usean experienced, competenttrailer shop for this work.



685

Driving with a trailer Towing a trailer requires a certainamount of experience. Before settingout for the open road, you must getto know your trailer. Acquaint your-self with the feel of handling andbraking with the added weight of thetrailer. And always keep in mind thatthe vehicle you are driving is now agood deal longer and not nearly soresponsive as your vehicle is byitself.Before you start, check the trailerhitch and platform, safety chains,electrical connector(s), lights, tiresand mirror adjustment. If the trailerhas electric brakes, start your vehicleand trailer moving and then apply thetrailer brake controller by hand to besure the brakes are working.This letsyou check your electrical connectionat the same time.During your trip, check occasionallyto be sure that the load is secure,and that the lights and any trailerbrakes are still working.

Following distance Stay at least twice as far behind thevehicle ahead as you would whendriving your vehicle without a trailer.This can help you avoid situationsthat require heavy braking and sud-den turns.

Passing You’ll need more passing distanceup ahead when you’re towing a trail-er. And, because of the increasedvehicle length, you’ll need to gomuch farther beyond the passedvehicle before you can return to yourlane. Due to the added load to theengine when going uphill the vehiclemay also take longer to pass than itwould on flat ground.

Backing up Hold the bottom of the steeringwheel with one hand. Then, to movethe trailer to the left, just move yourhand to the left. To move the trailer tothe right, move your hand to theright. Always back up slowly and, ifpossible, have someone guide you.

Making turns When you’re turning with a trailer,make wider turns than normal. Dothis so your trailer won’t strike softshoulders, curbs, road signs, trees,or other objects near the edge of theroad. Avoid jerky or sudden maneu-vers. Signal well in advance beforeturning or lane changes.


5 69


Turn signals when towing a trailer When you tow a trailer, your vehiclehas to have a different turn signalflasher and extra wiring. The greenarrows on your instrument panel willflash whenever you signal a turn orlane change. Properly connected,the trailer lights will also flash to alertother drivers you’re about to turn,change lanes, or stop.When towing a trailer, the greenarrows on your instrument panel willflash for turns even if the bulbs onthe trailer are burned out. Thus, youmay think drivers behind you areseeing your signals when, in fact,they are not. It’s important to checkoccasionally to be sure the trailerbulbs are still working. You must alsocheck the lights every time you dis-connect and then reconnect thewires.Do not connect a trailer lighting sys-tem directly to your vehicle’s lightingsystem. Use only an approved trailerwiring harness.An authorized Kia dealer can assistyou in installing the wiring harness.

Driving on grades Reduce speed and shift to a lowergear before you start down a long orsteep downgrade. If you don’t shiftdown, you might have to use yourbrakes so much that they would gethot and no longer operate efficiently.On a long uphill grade, shift downand reduce your speed to around 70km/h (45 mph) to reduce the possi-bility of engine and transaxle over-heating.If your trailer weighs more than themaximum trailer weight without trail-er brakes and you have an automat-ic transaxle, you should drive in D(Drive) when towing a trailer.Operating your vehicle in D (Drive)when towing a trailer will minimizeheat build up and extend the life ofyour transaxle.

WARNING Failure to use an approved trail-er wiring harness could resultin damage to the vehicle electri-cal system and/or personalinjury.



705

Parking on hills Generally, if you have a trailerattached to your vehicle, you shouldnot park your vehicle on a hill. Peoplecan be seriously or fatally injured,and both your vehicle and the trailercan be damaged if they unexpected-ly roll downhill.However, if you ever have to parkyour trailer on a hill, here's how to doit:

1.Pull the vehicle into the parkingspace. Turn the steering wheel inthe direction of the curb (right ifheaded downhill, left if headed uphill).

2.If the vehicle has a manualtransaxle, place the vehicle in neu-tral. If the vehicle has an automatictransaxle, place the vehicle in P(Park).

3.Set the parking brake and shut offthe engine.

4.Place chocks under the trailerwheels on the down hill side of thewheels.

5.Start the vehicle, hold the brakes,shift to neutral, release the parkingbrake and slowly release thebrakes until the trailer chocksabsorb the load.

6.Reapply the brakes, reapply theparking brake and shift the vehicleto R (Reverse) for manualtransaxle or P (Park) for automatictransaxle.

7.Shut off the vehicle and release thevehicle brakes but leave the park-ing brake set.

CAUTION• When towing a trailer on steep

grades (in excess of 6%) payclose attention to the enginecoolant temperature gauge toensure the engine does notoverheat.If the needle of the coolanttemperature gauge movesacross the dial towards “H”(HOT), pull over and stop assoon as it is safe to do so, andallow the engine to idle until itcools down. You may proceedonce the engine has cooledsufficiently.

• You must decide drivingspeed depending on trailerweight and uphill grade toreduce the possibility ofengine and transaxle over-heating.

WARNING - Parking ona hill

Parking your vehicle on a hillwith a trailer attached couldcause serious injury or death,should the trailer break loose orbrake stops working.


5 71


When you are ready to leave afterparking on a hill 1. With the manual transaxle in

Neutral or automatic transaxle in P(Park), apply your brakes and holdthe brake pedal down while you:• Start your engine;• Shift into gear; and• Release the parking brake.

2. Slowly remove your foot from thebrake pedal.

3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clearof the chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pick upand store the chocks.

Maintenance when trailer tow-ing Your vehicle will need service moreoften when you regularly pull a trail-er. Important items to pay particularattention to include engine oil, auto-matic transaxle fluid, axle lubricantand cooling system fluid. Brake con-dition is another important item tofrequently check. Each item is cov-ered in this manual, and the Indexwill help you find them quickly. Ifyou’re trailering, it’s a good idea toreview these sections before youstart your trip.Don’t forget to also maintain yourtrailer and hitch. Follow the mainte-nance schedule that accompaniedyour trailer and check it periodically.Preferably, conduct the check at thestart of each day’s driving. Mostimportantly, all hitch nuts and boltsshould be tight.

CAUTION• Due to higher load during

trailer usage, overheatingmight occur in hot days orduring uphill driving. If thecoolant gauge indicates over-heating, switch off the A/C andstop the vehicle in a safe areato cool down the engine.

• When towing check transaxlefluid more frequently.

WARNING - Parkingbrake

It can be dangerous to get outof your vehicle if the parkingbrake is not firmly set.If you have left the engine run-ning, the vehicle can move sud-denly. You or others could beseriously or fatally injured.



725

If you do decide to pull a trail-er Here are some important points ifyou decide to pull a trailer:• Consider using a sway control. You

can ask a hitch dealer about swaycontrol.

• Do not do any towing with yourvehicle during its first 2,000 km(1,200 miles) in order to allow theengine to properly break in. Failureto heed this caution may result inserious engine or transaxle dam-age.

• When towing a trailer, be sure toconsult an authorized Kia dealerfor further information on additionalrequirements such as a towing kit,etc.

• Always drive your vehicle at a mod-erate speed (less than 100 km/h(60 mph)).

• On a long uphill grade, do notexceed 70 km/h (45 mph) or theposted towing speed limit,whichever is lower.

• The chart contains important con-siderations that have to do withweight:

Engine

Item

Gasoline Engine

2.4L 3.3L

Maximum trailerweight

Without brake system750

(1,650)750

(1,650)

With brake system907

(1,999)907

(1,999)

Maximum tongue weight127

(280)159

(350)

kg (lbs.)

To identify what the vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle, you shouldread the information in “Weight of the Trailer” that appears later in this sec-tion.


5 73


Weight of the trailer

What is the maximum safe weight ofa trailer? It should never weigh morethan the maximum trailer weight withtrailer brakes. But even that can betoo heavy.It depends on how you plan to useyour trailer. For example, speed, alti-tude, road grades, outside tempera-ture and how often your vehicle isused to pull a trailer are all important.The ideal trailer weight can alsodepend on any special equipmentthat you have on your vehicle.

Weight of the trailer tongue

The tongue load of any trailer is animportant weight to measurebecause it affects the total grossvehicle weight (GVW) of your vehi-cle. This weight includes the curbweight of the vehicle, any cargo youmay carry in it, and the people whowill be riding in the vehicle. And if youwill tow a trailer, you must add thetongue load to the GVW becauseyour vehicle will also be carrying thatweight.

The trailer tongue should weigh amaximum of 10% of the total loadedtrailer weight, within the limits of themaximum permissible trailer tongueload. After you've loaded your trailer,weigh the trailer and then the tongue,separately, to see if the weights areproper. If they aren’t, you may beable to correct them simply by mov-ing some items around in the trailer.

C190E01JM

Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight

C190E02JM

Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight



745

WARNING - Trailer• Never load a trailer with more

weight in the rear than in thefront. The front should beloaded with approximately60% of the total trailer load;the rear should be loaded withapproximately 40% of the totaltrailer load.

• Never exceed the maximumweight limits of the trailer ortrailer towing equipment.Improper loading can result indamage to your vehicle and/orpersonal injury. Checkweights and loading at a com-mercial scale or highwaypatrol office equipped withscales.

• An improperly loaded trailercan cause loss of vehicle con-trol.


5 75


VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT

OXM059100N/OXMA053203N/OXM059102N/OXMA053205 OXMA059102N/OXMA053204A/OXMA053200N/OXMA053206

Tire and loading information labelThe label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold tire pressures recommended for your vehi-cle, the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight.



765

Vehicle capacity weight:5 persons : 420 kg (930 lbs.)7 persons : 506 kg (1120 lbs.)

Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-mum combined weight of occupantsand cargo. If your vehicle is equippedwith a trailer, the combined weightincludes the tongue load.

Seating capacity:Total - 5 persons

(Front seat : 2 persons, Rear seat : 3 persons)

- 7 persons (Front seat : 2 persons, Rear seat : 5 persons)

Seating capacity is the maximumnumber of occupants including adriver, your vehicle may carry.However, the seating capacity maybe reduced based upon the weight ofall of the occupants, and the weightof the cargo being carried or towed.Do not overload the vehicle as thereis a limit to the total weight, or loadlimit including occupants and cargo,the vehicle can carry.

Towing capacity:- 2.4L Engine

Without trailer brakes: 750 kg (1650 lbs.)With trailer brakes: 907 kg (2000 lbs.)

- 3.3L EngineWithout trailer brakes: 750 kg (1650 lbs.)With trailer brakes: 907 kg (2000 lbs.)- with trailer package

: 1588 kg (3500 lbs.)Towing capacity is the maximumtrailer weight including its cargoweight, your vehicle can tow.


5 77


Cargo capacity:The cargo capacity of your vehiclewill increase or decrease dependingon the weight and the number ofoccupants and the tongue load, ifyour vehicle is equipped with a trail-er.

Steps for determining correct loadlimit1.Locate the statement "The com-

bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXX kgor XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle's plac-ard.

2.Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

3.Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo and lug-gage load capacity. For example, ifthe "XXX" amount equals 635 kg(1400 lbs.) and there will be five 68kg (150 lbs.) passengers in yourvehicle, the amount of availablecargo and luggage load capacityis 295 kg (650 lbs).(635-340 (5 x 68) = 295 kg or1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5.Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loadedon the vehicle. That weight may notsafely exceed the available cargoand luggage load capacity calcu-lated in Step 4.

6.If your vehicle will be towing a trail-er, load from your trailer will betransferred to your vehicle. Consultthis manual to determine how thisreduces the available cargo andluggage load capacity of your vehi-cle.



785

Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weightand seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle'scapacity weight.

C190F01JM

Item Description Total

AVehicle Capacity 635 kg

Weight (1400 lbs)Subtract Occupant

B Weight 136 kg

68 kg (150 lbs) × 2(300 lbs)

CAvailable Cargo and 499 kg

Luggage weight (1100 lbs)

Example 1

A B C

C190F02JM




B Weight 340 kg

68 kg (150 lbs) × 5(750 lbs)



A B C

Example 2

C190F03JM




B Weight 390 kg

78 kg (172 lbs) × 5 (860 lbs)



A B C

Example 3


5 79


Certification labelThe certification label is located onthe driver's door sill at the center pil-lar.This label shows the maximumallowable weight of the fully loadedvehicle. This is called the GVWR(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). TheGVWR includes the weight of thevehicle, all occupants, fuel andcargo.This label also tells you the maxi-mum weight that can be supportedby the front and rear axles, calledGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).To find out the actual loads on yourfront and rear axles, you need to goto a weigh station and weigh yourvehicle.Your dealer can help you withthis. Be sure to spread out your loadequally on both sides of the center-line.

The label will help you decide howmuch cargo and installed equipmentyour vehicle can carry.

If you carry items inside your vehicle- like suitcases, tools, packages, oranything else - they are moving asfast as the vehicle. If you have to stopor turn quickly, or if there is a crash,the items will keep going and cancause an injury if they strike the driv-er or a passenger.

WARNING - Over loading

• Never exceed the GVWR foryour vehicle, the GAWR foreither the front or rear axleand vehicle capacity weight.Exceeding these ratings cancause an accident or vehicledamage.You can calculate theweight of your load by weigh-ing the items (or people)before putting them in thevehicle. Be careful not to over-load your vehicle.

• Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR, eitherthe maximum front or rearGAWR and vehicle capacityweight. If you do, parts,including tires on your vehiclecan break, and it can changethe way your vehicle handlesand braking ability. This couldcause you to lose control andcrash. Also, overloading canshorten the life of your vehi-cle.



805

WARNING• Overloading your vehicle can

cause heat buildup in yourvehicle's tires and possibletire failure that could lead to acrash.

• Overloading your vehicle cancause increased stopping dis-tances that could lead to acrash.

• A crash resulting from poorhandling vehicle damage, tirefailure, or increased stoppingdistances could result in seri-ous injury or death.

WARNING - Loose cargoItems you carry inside yourvehicle can strike and injureoccupants in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash.• Put items in the cargo area of

your vehicle. Try to spread theweight evenly.

• Never stack items, like suit-cases, inside the vehicleabove the tops of the seats.

• Do not leave an unsecuredchild restraint in your vehicle.

• When you carry somethinginside the vehicle, secure it.

• Do not drive with a seat foldeddown unless necessary.

CAUTION• Overloading your vehicle may

cause damage. Repairs wouldnot be covered by your war-ranty. Do not overload yourvehicle.

• Using heavier suspensioncomponents to get addeddurability might not changeyour weight ratings. Ask yourdealer to help you load yourvehicle the right way.


5 81


This section will guide you in theproper loading of your vehicle and/ortrailer, to keep your loaded vehicleweight within its design rating capa-bility, with or without a trailer.Properly loading your vehicle willprovide maximum return of the vehi-cle design performance. Before load-ing your vehicle, familiarize yourselfwith the following terms for determin-ing your vehicle's weight ratings, withor without a trailer, from the vehicle'sspecifications and the certificationlabel:

Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicleincluding a full tank of fuel and allstandard equipment. It does notinclude passengers, cargo, or option-al equipment.

Vehicle curb weightThis is the weight of your new vehiclewhen you picked it up from your deal-er plus any aftermarket equipment.

Cargo weightThis figure includes all weight addedto the Base Curb Weight, includingcargo and optional equipment.

GAW (Gross axle weight)This is the total weight placed oneach axle (front and rear) - includingvehicle curb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)This is the maximum allowableweight that can be carried by a singleaxle (front or rear). These numbersare shown on the certification label.The total load on each axle mustnever exceed its GAWR.

GVW (Gross vehicle weight)This is the Base Curb Weight plusactual Cargo Weight plus passen-gers.

GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)This is the maximum allowableweight of the fully loaded vehicle(including all options, equipment,passengers and cargo). The GVWRis shown on the certification labellocated on the driver’s door sill.

VEHICLE WEIGHT GLOSSARY


What to do in an emergency

Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2• Hazard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

In case of an emergency while driving. . . . . . . . . . 6-3• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing. . . . . . . 6-3• If you have a flat tire while driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3• If engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

If the engine does not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4• If engine doesn’t turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 6-4• If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 6-4

Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5• Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5• Push-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

If the engine overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7If you have a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

• Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8• Removing and storing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9• Changing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11• Use of temporary compact spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15

Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17• Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17

6



26

ROAD WARNING Hazard warning flasher

The hazard warning flasher servesas a warning to other drivers to exer-cise extreme caution whenapproaching, overtaking, or passingyour vehicle.

It should be used whenever emer-gency repairs are being made orwhen the vehicle is stopped near theedge of a roadway.Depress the flasher switch with theignition switch in any position. Theflasher switch is located in the centerconsole switch panel. All turn signallights will flash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher oper-ates whether your vehicle is run-ning or not.

• The turn signals do not work whenthe hazard flasher is on.

• Care must be taken when usingthe hazard warning flasher whilethe vehicle is being towed.

OXM063002

OXM063001

■ Type A

■ Type B


6 3


If the engine stalls at a cross-road or crossingIf the engine stalls at a crossroad orcrossing, set the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position and then push thevehicle to a safe place.

If you have a flat tire whiledrivingIf a tire goes flat while you are driv-ing:1.Take your foot off the accelerator

pedal and let the vehicle slowdown while driving straight ahead.Do not apply the brakes immedi-ately or attempt to pull off the roadas this may cause a loss of control.When the vehicle has slowed tosuch a speed that it is safe to doso, brake carefully and pull off theroad. Drive off the road as far aspossible and park on a firm levelground. If you are on a dividedhighway, do not park in the medianarea between the two traffic lanes.

2.When the vehicle is stopped, turnon your emergency hazard flash-ers, set the parking brake and putthe transaxle in P (Park, automatictransaxle) or reverse (manualtransaxle).

3.Have all passengers get out of thevehicle. Be sure they all get out onthe side of the vehicle that is awayfrom traffic.

4.When changing a flat tire, followthe instruction provided later in thissection.

If the engine stalls while driv-ing1.Reduce your speed gradually,

keeping a straight line. Move cau-tiously off the road to a safe place.

2.Turn on your emergency flashers.3.Try to start the engine again. If your

vehicle will not start, contact anauthorized Kia dealer or seek otherqualified assistance.

✽✽ NOTICEIf there was a check engine light andloss of power or stall and if safe to doso to wait at least 10 seconds torestart the vehicle after it stalls. Thismay reset the car so it will no longerrun at low power (limp home) condi-tion.

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING



46

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT STARTIf engine doesn't turn over orturns over slowly1.If your vehicle has an automatic

transaxle, be sure the shift lever isin N (Neutral) or P (Park) and theemergency brake is set.

2.Check the battery connections tobe sure they are clean and tight.

3.Turn on the interior light. If the lightdims or goes out when you operatethe starter, the battery is dis-charged.

4.Check the starter connections tobe sure they are securely tight-ened.

5.Do not push or pull the vehicle tostart it. See instructions for "Jumpstarting".

If engine turns over normallybut does not start1.Check the fuel level.2.With the ignition switch in the

LOCK position, check all connec-tors at the ignition coils and sparkplugs. Reconnect any that may bedisconnected or loose.

3.Check the fuel line in the enginecompartment.

4.If the engine still does not start, callan authorized Kia dealer or seekother qualified assistance.

WARNINGIf the engine will not start, donot push or pull the vehicle tostart it. This could result in acollision or cause other dam-age. In addition, push or pullstarting may cause the catalyticconverter to overload and cre-ate a fire hazard.


6 5


EMERGENCY STARTING

Connect cables in numerical orderand disconnect in reverse order.

Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous ifdone incorrectly. Therefore, to avoidharm to yourself or damage to yourvehicle or battery, follow these jumpstarting procedures. If in doubt, westrongly recommend that you have acompetent technician or towing serv-ice jump start your vehicle.

CAUTIONUse only a 12-volt jumper sys-tem. You can damage a 12-voltstarting motor, ignition system,and other electrical partsbeyond repair by use of a 24-volt power supply (either two12-volt batteries in series or a24-volt motor generator set).

WARNING - Battery• Keep all flames or sparks

away from the battery. Thebattery produces hydrogengas which may explode ifexposed to flame or sparks.If these instructions are notfollowed exactly, serious per-sonal injury and damage tothe vehicle may occur! If youare not sure how to follow thisprocedure, seek qualifiedassistance. Automobile bat-teries contain sulfuric acid.This is poisonous and highlycorrosive. When jump start-ing, wear protective glassesand be careful not to get acidon yourself, your clothing oron the vehicle.

• Do not attempt to jump startthe vehicle if the dischargedbattery is frozen or if the elec-trolyte level is low; the batterymay rupture or explode.

WARNING - BatteryNever attempt to check the elec-trolyte level of the battery asthis may cause the battery torupture or explode causing seri-ous injury.

1VQA4001

Dischargedbattery

Jumper Cables

Boosterbattery

(-)

(+)

(+)(-)



66

Jump starting procedure 1.Make sure the booster battery is

12-volt and that its negative termi-nal is grounded.

2.If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, do not allow the vehicles tocome in contact.

3.Turn off all unnecessary electricalloads.

4.Connect the jumper cables in theexact sequence shown in the illus-tration. First connect one end of ajumper cable to the positive termi-nal of the discharged battery (1),then connect the other end to thepositive terminal of the boosterbattery (2).Proceed to connect one end of theother jumper cable to the negativeterminal of the booster battery (3),then the other end to a solid, sta-tionary, metallic point (for example,the engine lifting bracket) awayfrom the battery (4). Do not con-nect it to or near any part thatmoves when the engine is cranked.

Do not allow the jumper cables tocontact anything except the correctbattery terminals or the correctground. Do not lean over the bat-tery when making connections.

5.Start the engine of the vehicle withthe booster battery and let it run at2,000 rpm, then start the engine ofthe vehicle with the dischargedbattery.

If the cause of your battery discharg-ing is not apparent, you should haveyour vehicle checked by an author-ized Kia dealer.

Push-starting Vehicles equipped with automatictransaxle lock system cannot bepush-started.Follow the directions in this sectionfor jump-starting.

CAUTION - Batterycables

Do not connect the jumpercable from the negative terminalof the booster battery to thenegative terminal of the dis-charged battery. This can causethe discharged battery to over-heat and crack, releasing bat-tery acid.

WARNINGNever tow a vehicle to start itbecause the sudden surge for-ward when the engine startscould cause a collision with thetow vehicle.


6 7


IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSIf your temperature gauge indicatesoverheating, you experience a lossof power, or hear loud pinging orknocking, the engine will probably betoo hot. If this happens, you should:

1.Pull off the road and stop as soonas it is safe to do so.

2.Place the shift lever in P (Park,automatic transaxle) or Neutral(manual transaxle) and set theparking brake. If the air condition-ing is on, turn it off.

3.If engine coolant is running outunder the vehicle or steam is com-ing out from underneath the hood,stop the engine. Do not open thehood until the coolant has stoppedrunning or the steaming hasstopped. If there is no visible lossof engine coolant and no steam,leave the engine running andcheck to be sure the engine cool-ing fan is operating. If the fan is notrunning, turn the engine off.

4.Check to see if the water pumpdrive belt is missing. If it is notmissing, check to see that it istight. If the drive belt seems to besatisfactory, check for coolant leak-ing from the radiator, hoses orunder the vehicle. (If the air condi-tioning had been in use, it is nor-mal for cold water to be drainingfrom it when you stop).

5.If the water pump drive belt is bro-ken or engine coolant is leakingout, stop the engine immediatelyand call the nearest authorized Kiadealer for assistance.

6.If you cannot find the cause of theoverheating, wait until the enginetemperature has returned to nor-mal. Then, if coolant has been lost,carefully add coolant to the reser-voir to bring the fluid level in thereservoir up to the halfway mark.

7.Proceed with caution, keepingalert for further signs of overheat-ing. If overheating happens again,call an authorized Kia dealer forassistance.

WARNINGWhile the engine is running,keep hair, hands and clothingaway from moving parts suchas the fan and drive belts to pre-vent injury.

WARNINGDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. Thismay result in coolant beingblown out of the opening andcause serious burns.

CAUTIONSerious loss of coolant indi-cates there is a leak in the cool-ing system and this should bechecked as soon as possible byan authorized Kia dealer.



86

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIREJack and tools

The jack, jack handle, wheel lug nutwrench are stored in the luggagecompartment.Pull up the luggage box cover toreach this equipment.(1) Jack handle(2) Jack(3) Wheel lug nut wrench(4) Socket

Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergencytire changing only.To prevent the jack from “rattling”while the vehicle is in motion, store itproperly.Follow jacking instructions to reducethe possibility of personal injury.

WARNING - Changingtires

• Never attempt vehicle repairsin the traffic lanes of a publicroad or highway.

• Always move the vehicle com-pletely off the road and ontothe shoulder before trying tochange a tire. The jack shouldbe used on a firm levelground. If you cannot find afirm, level place off the road,call a towing service companyfor assistance.

• Be sure to use the correctfront and rear jacking posi-tions on the vehicle; neveruse the bumpers or any otherpart of the vehicle for jacksupport.

(Continued)

OXM063003


6 9


Removing and storing thespare tire

Your spare tire is stored underneathyour vehicle, directly below the cargoarea.To remove the spare tire:1.Open the tailgate.2.Find the hex bolt cover and bend

the cover back.

3.Connect the socket and wheel lugnut wrench.

4.Use the wheel lug nut wrench toloosen the bolt enough to lower thespare tire.Turn the wrench counterclockwiseuntil the spare tire reaches theground.

(Continued)• The vehicle can easily roll off

the jack causing seriousinjury or death. No personshould place any portion oftheir body under a vehicle thatis supported only by a jack;use vehicle support stands.

• Do not start or run the enginewhile the vehicle is on thejack.

• Do not allow anyone to remainin the vehicle while it is on thejack.

• Make sure any children pres-ent are in a secure place awayfrom the road and from thevehicle to be raised with thejack.

OXM063004

OXM063005



106

5.After the spare tire reaches theground, continue to turn thewrench counterclockwise, anddraw the spare tire outside. Neverrotate the wrench excessively, oth-erwise the spare tire carrier may bedamaged.

6.Remove the retainer (1) from thecenter of the spare tire.

To store the spare tire:1.Lay the tire on the ground with the

valve stem facing up.2.Place the wheel under the vehicle

and install the retainer (1) throughthe wheel center.

3.Turn the wrench clockwise until itclicks.

WARNINGEnsure the spare tire retainer isproperly aligned with the centerof the spare tire to prevent thespare tire from “rattling”.Otherwise, it may cause thespare tire to fall off the carrierand lead to an accident.

OXM069005OXM069004


6 11


Changing tires

1.Park on a level surface and applythe parking brake firmly.

2.Place the transaxle shift lever in R(Reverse) with manual transaxle orP (Park) with automatic transaxle.

3.Activate the hazard warning flash-ers.

4.Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,jack, jack handle, and spare tirefrom the vehicle.

5.Block both the front and rear of thewheel that is diagonally oppositefrom the jack position.

WARNING - Changing a tire

• To prevent vehicle movementwhile changing a tire, alwaysset the parking brake fully,and always block the wheeldiagonally opposite the wheelbeing changed.

• We recommend that thewheels of the vehicle beblocked, and that no personremain in a vehicle that isbeing jacked.

1VQA4023

1VQA4022



126

6.Loosen the wheel lug nuts counter-clockwise one turn each, but donot remove any nut until the tirehas been raised off the ground.

7.Place the jack at the front or rearjacking position closest to the tireyou are changing. Place the jack atthe designated locations under theframe.

8.Insert the jack handle into the jackand turn it clockwise, raising thevehicle until the tire just clears theground. This measurement isapproximately 30 mm (1 in.).Before removing the wheel lugnuts, make sure the vehicle is sta-ble and that there is no chance formovement or slippage.

WARNING - Jack location

To reduce the possibility ofinjury, be sure to use only thejack provided with the vehicleand in the correct jack position;never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

OCM054013 OAM069009OXM069006


6 13


9.Loosen the wheel nuts and removethem with your fingers. Slide thewheel off the studs and lay it flat soit cannot roll away. To put the wheelon the hub, pick up the spare tire,line up the holes with the studs andslide the wheel onto them. If this isdifficult, tip the wheel slightly andget the top hole in the wheel linedup with the top stud.Then jiggle thewheel back and forth until thewheel can slide over the otherstuds.

10. To install the wheel, hold it on thestuds, put the wheel nuts on thestuds and tighten them fingertight. Jiggle the tire to be sure it iscompletely seated, then tightenthe nuts as much as possiblewith your fingers again.

11. Insert the wrench into the jackand lower the vehicle to theground by turning the wheel nutwrench counterclockwise.

WARNINGWheels may have sharp edges.Handle them carefully to avoidpossible severe injury. Beforeputting the wheel into place, besure that there is nothing on thehub or wheel (such as mud, tar,gravel, etc.) that prevents thewheel from fitting solidlyagainst the hub.If there is, remove it. If the con-tact of the mounting surfacebetween the wheel and hub isnot good, the wheel nuts couldcome loose and cause the lossof a wheel. Loss of a wheel mayresult in loss of control of thevehicle. This may cause seriousinjury or death.



146

Then position the wrench as shownin the drawing and tighten the wheelnuts. Be sure the socket is seatedcompletely over the nut. Do not standon the wrench handle or use anextension pipe over the wrench han-dle. Go around the wheel tighteningevery nut following the numericalsequence shown in the image untilthey are all tight. Then double-checkeach nut for tightness. After changingwheels, have an authorized Kia deal-er tighten the wheel nuts to theirproper torque as soon as possible.

Wheel nut tightening torque:9~11 kg·m (65~79 lb·ft)

If you have a tire gauge, remove thevalve cap and check the air pressure.If the pressure is lower than recom-mended, drive slowly to the nearestservice station and inflate to the cor-rect pressure. If it is too high, adjustit until it is correct. Always reinstallthe valve cap after checking oradjusting the tire pressure. If the capis not replaced, dust and dirt may getinto the tire valve and air may leakfrom the tire. If you lose a valve cap,buy another and install it as soon aspossible.After you have changed the wheels,always secure the flat tire in its placeand return the jack and tools to theirproper storage locations.

CAUTIONYour vehicle has metric threadson the wheel studs and nuts.Make certain during wheelremoval that the same nuts thatwere removed are reinstalled -or, if replaced, that nuts withmetric threads and the samechamfer configuration are used.Installation of a non-metricthread nut on a metric stud orvice-versa will not secure thewheel to the hub properly andwill damage the stud so that itmust be replaced.Note that most lug nuts do nothave metric threads. Be sure touse extreme care in checkingfor thread style before installingaftermarket lug nuts or wheels.If in doubt, consult an author-ized Kia dealer.

OUN047019


6 15


To prevent the jack, jack handle,wheel lug nut wrench and spare tirefrom rattling while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

Important - use of compact sparetire (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with a com-pact spare tire. This compact sparetire takes up less space than a regu-lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than aconventional tire and is designed fortemporary use only.

The compact spare should be inflat-ed to 420 kPa (60 psi).

✽✽ NOTICECheck the inflation pressure afterinstalling the spare tire. Adjust it tothe specified pressure, as necessary.

CAUTION• You should drive carefully

when the compact spare is inuse. The compact spareshould be replaced by theproper conventional tire andrim at the first opportunity.

• The operation of this vehicleis not recommended withmore than one compact sparetire in use at the same time.

WARNINGThe compact spare tire is foremergency use only. Do notoperate your vehicle on thiscompact spare at speeds over80 km/h (50 mph). The originaltire should be repaired orreplaced as soon as possible toavoid failure of the spare possi-bly leading to personal injury ordeath.

WARNING - Wheel studsIf the studs are damaged, theymay lose their ability to retainthe wheel.This could lead to theloss of the wheel and a collisionresulting in serious injuries.

WARNING - Inadequatespare tire pressure

Check the inflation pressuresas soon as possible afterinstalling the spare tire. Adjustit to the specified pressure, ifnecessary. Refer to “Tires andwheels” in section 8.



166

When using a compact spare tire,observe the following precautions:• Under no circumstances should

you exceed 80 km/h (50 mph); ahigher speed could damage thetire.

• Ensure that you drive slowlyenough for the road conditions toavoid all hazards. Any road hazard,such as a pothole or debris, couldseriously damage the compactspare.

• Any continuous road use of this tirecould result in tire failure, loss ofvehicle control, and possible per-sonal injury.

• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi-mum load rating or the load-carry-ing capacity shown on the sidewallof the compact spare tire.

• Avoid driving over obstacles. Thecompact spare tire diameter issmaller than the diameter of a con-ventional tire and reduces theground clearance approximately25 mm (1 inch), which could resultin damage to the vehicle.

• Do not take this vehicle through anautomatic vehicle wash while thecompact spare tire is installed.

• Do not use the compact spare tireon any other vehicle because thistire has been designed especiallyfor your vehicle.

• The compact spare tire’s tread lifeis shorter than a regular tire.Inspect your compact spare tireregularly and replace worn com-pact spare tires with the same sizeand design, mounted on the samewheel.

• The compact spare tire should notbe used on any other wheels, norshould standard tires, snow tires,wheel covers or trim rings be usedwith the compact spare wheel. Ifsuch use is attempted, damage tothese items or other vehicle com-ponents may occur.

• Do not use more than one compactspare tire at a time.

• Do not tow a trailer while the com-pact spare tire is installed.


6 17


TOWINGTowing service

If emergency towing is necessary,we recommend having it done by anauthorized Kia dealer or a commer-cial tow-truck service. Proper liftingand towing procedures are neces-sary to prevent damage to the vehi-cle. The use of wheel dollies orflatbed is recommended.

For trailer towing guidelines informa-tion, refer to “Trailer towing” in sec-tion 5.

On 4WD vehicles, your vehicle mustbe towed with a wheel lift and dolliesor flatbed equipment with all thewheels off the ground.

On 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable totow the vehicle with the rear wheelson the ground (without dollies) andthe front wheels off the ground.If any of the loaded wheels or sus-pension components are damagedor the vehicle is being towed with thefront wheels on the ground, use atowing dolly under the front wheels.When being towed by a commercialtow truck and wheel dollies are notused, the front of the vehicle shouldalways be lifted, not the rear.

OXM069028

dolly

dolly

CAUTIONThe 4WD vehicle should neverbe towed with the wheels on theground. This can cause seriousdamage to the transaxle or the4WD system.

WARNINGIf your vehicle is equipped withside and curtain air bag, set theignition switch to LOCK or ACCposition when the vehicle isbeing towed.The side and curtain air bagmay deploy when the ignitionsis ON, and the rollover sensordetects the situation as arollover.



186

When towing your vehicle in anemergency without wheel dollies :1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC

position.2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).3. Release the parking brake.

CAUTIONFailure to place the transaxleshift lever in N (Neutral) maycause internal damage to thetransaxle.

CAUTION• Do not tow the vehicle back-

wards with the front wheels onthe ground as this may causedamage to the vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-typeequipment. Use wheel lift orflatbed equipment.

OUN046030

OCM054034


Maintenance

Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

• Owner’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5• Owner maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6

Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7• Owner maintenance schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

Scheduled maintenance service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 7-27Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31

• Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31• Changing the engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32

Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33• Checking the coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33• Changing the coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35

Brake/clutch fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36• Checking the brake/clutch fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36

Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37• Checking the washer fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37

Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38• Checking the parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38

Air cleaner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39• Filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39

Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41• Filter inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41

Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43• Blade inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43• Blade replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43

Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47• For best battery service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47• Battery recharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48• Reset items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49

Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50• Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50• Recommended cold tire inflation pressures . . . . . . . 7-50• Checking tire inflation pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51• Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52• Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53• Tire replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-54• Wheel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55• Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55• Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55• Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56

7


Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64• Fuse/relay panel description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68

Appearance care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74• Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74• Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79

Emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81

7


7 3

Maintenance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

OXMA072001

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Fuse box

6. Positive battery terminal

7. Negative battery terminal

8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

9. Radiator cap

10. Engine oil dipstick

* : if equipped

■■ 2.4L GDI


Maintenance

47

OXMA073001

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Fuse box

6. Negative battery terminal

7. Positive battery terminal

8. Radiator cap

9. Engine oil dipstick

10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

* if equipped

■■ 3.3L GDI

* The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.


7 5

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICESYou should exercise the utmost careto prevent damage to your vehicleand injury to yourself whenever per-forming any maintenance or inspec-tion procedures.Should you have any doubts con-cerning the inspection or servicing ofyour vehicle, we strongly recom-mend that you have an authorizedKia dealer perform this work.An authorized Kia dealer has factorytrained technicians and genuine Kiaparts to service your vehicle proper-ly. For expert advice and quality serv-ice, see an authorized Kia dealer.Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi-cient servicing may result in opera-tional problems with your vehicle thatcould lead to vehicle damage, anaccident, or personal injury.

Owner’s responsibility

✽✽ NOTICEMaintenance Service and RecordRetention are the owner's responsi-bility.

You should retain documents thatshow proper maintenance has beenperformed on your vehicle in accor-dance with the scheduled mainte-nance service charts shown on thefollowing pages. You need this infor-mation to establish your compliancewith the servicing and maintenancerequirements of your vehicle war-ranties.Detailed warranty information is pro-vided in your Warranty & ConsumerInformation manual.Repairs and adjustments required asa result of improper maintenance ora lack of required maintenance arenot covered.

We recommend you have your vehi-cle maintained and repaired by anauthorized Kia dealer. An authorizedKia dealer meets Kia’s high servicequality standards and receives tech-nical support from Kia in order to pro-vide you with a high level of servicesatisfaction.


Maintenance

67

Owner maintenance precau-tions Improper or incomplete service mayresult in problems. This section givesinstructions only for the maintenanceitems that are easy to perform.As explained earlier in this section,several procedures can be done onlyby an authorized Kia dealer with spe-cial tools.

✽✽ NOTICEImproper owner maintenance dur-ing the warranty period may affectwarranty coverage. For details, readthe separate Warranty & ConsumerInformation manual provided withthe vehicle. If you're unsure aboutany servicing or maintenance proce-dure, have it done by an authorizedKia dealer.

WARNING -Maintenance work

• Performing maintenance workon a vehicle can be danger-ous. You can be seriouslyinjured while performing somemaintenance procedures. Ifyou lack sufficient knowledgeand experience or the propertools and equipment to do thework, have it done by anauthorized Kia dealer.

• Working under the hood withthe engine running is danger-ous. It becomes even moredangerous when you wearjewelry or loose clothing.These can become entangledin moving parts and result ininjury. Therefore, if you mustrun the engine while workingunder the hood, make certainthat you remove all jewelry(especially rings, bracelets,watches, and necklaces) andall neckties, scarves, and sim-ilar loose clothing before get-ting near the engine or coolingfans.


7 7

Maintenance

OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checksand inspections that should be per-formed by the owner or an author-ized Kia dealer at the frequenciesindicated to help ensure safe,dependable operation of your vehi-cle.Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your deal-er as soon as possible.These Owner Maintenance Checksare generally not covered by war-ranties and you may be charged forlabor, parts and lubricants used.

Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel:• Check the engine oil level.• Check the coolant level in the

coolant reservoir.• Check the windshield washer fluid

level.• Look for low or under-inflated tires.

While operating your vehicle:• Note any changes in the sound of

the exhaust or any smell ofexhaust fumes in the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice any increased steer-ing effort or looseness in the steer-ing wheel, or change in its straight-ahead position.

• Notice if your vehicle constantlyturns slightly or “pulls” to one sidewhen traveling on smooth, levelroad.

• When stopping, listen and checkfor unusual sounds, pulling to oneside, increased brake pedal travelor “hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in theoperation of your transaxle occurs,check the transaxle fluid level.

• Check the automatic transaxle P(Park) function.

• Check the parking brake.• Check for fluid leaks under your

vehicle (water dripping from the airconditioning system during or afteruse is normal).

WARNING Be careful when checking yourengine coolant level when theengine is hot. Scalding hotcoolant and steam may blowout under pressure. This couldcause burns or other seriousinjury.


Maintenance

87

At least monthly:• Check the coolant level in the

engine coolant reservoir.• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turnsignals and hazard warning flash-ers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltires including the spare.

At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall):• Check the radiator, heater and air

conditioning hoses for leaks ordamage.

• Check the windshield washerspray and wiper operation. Cleanthe wiper blades with clean clothdampened with washer fluid.

• Check the headlight alignment.• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,

shields and clamps.• Check the lap/shoulder belts for

wear and function.• Check for worn tires and loose

wheel lug nuts.

At least once a year:• Clean the body and door drain

holes.• Lubricate the door hinges and

checks, and hood hinges.• Lubricate the door and hood locks

and latches.• Lubricate the door rubber weather-

strips.• Check the air conditioning system.• Inspect and lubricate the automat-

ic transaxle linkage and controls.• Clean the battery and terminals.• Check the brake fluid level.


7 9

Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICEFollow the Normal MaintenanceSchedule if the vehicle is usuallyoperated where none of the followingconditions apply. If any of the follow-ing conditions apply, follow theMaintenance Under Severe UsageConditions.• Repeated short distance driving.• Driving in dusty conditions or

sandy areas.• Extensive use of brakes.• Driving in areas where salt or other

corrosive materials are being used.• Driving on rough or muddy roads.• Driving in mountainous areas.• Extended periods of idling or low

speed operation.• Driving for a prolonged period in

cold temperatures and/or extreme-ly humid climates.

• More than 50% driving in heavycity traffic during hot weatherabove 32°C (90°F).

If your vehicle is operated under theabove conditions, you shouldinspect, replace or refill more fre-quently than the following NormalMaintenance Schedule. After 120months or 240,000 km (150,000miles) continue to follow the pre-scribed maintenance intervals.


Maintenance

107

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULEThe following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance.Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, thefrequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.

*1 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, onebottle of additive is recommended. Additives are avail-able from your authorized Kia dealer along with infor-mation on how to use them. Do not mix other addi-tives.

*2 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to bemaintenance free but periodic inspection is recom-mended for this maintenance schedule depends onfuel quality. If there are some important safety matterslike fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hardstarting problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediate-ly regardless of maintenance schedule and consultan authorized Kia dealer for details.

*3 : Transfer case oil and rear axle oil should be changedanytime they have been submerged in water.

*4 : Inspect for excessive tappet noise and/or enginevibration and adjust if necessary.

*5 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occuror tension is reduced excessively.


7 11

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 6 months

❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Replace engine oil and filter *6

(12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 12 months)❑ Add fuel additive *1

(12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 12 months)❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections❑ Inspect brake pedal free play

24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 12 months

❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers❑ Inspect propeller shaft (AWD)❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball

joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Replace climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace engine oil and filter


(24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months)❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections❑ Inspect brake pedal free play❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks

❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean orreplace.



Maintenance

127

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 36,000 km (22,500 miles) or 18 months

❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Replace engine oil and filter




❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers❑ Inspect propeller shaft (AWD)❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball

joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect brake fluid ❑ Inspect fuel filter *2

❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *2

❑ Inspect parking brake❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank❑ Replace climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)

(Continued)



7 13

Maintenance


❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid

(Every 40,000 miles or 48 months)❑ Inspect rear axle oil (AWD) *3

❑ Inspect transfer case oil (AWD) *3

❑ Replace engine oil and filter (60,000 km (37,500 miles) or 60 months)

❑ Add fuel additive *1


NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE(Continued)

❑ Replace air cleaner filter❑ Replace engine oil and filter






Maintenance

147

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE



joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Replace climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace engine oil and filter










7 15

Maintenance





❑ Inspect parking brake❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank❑ Inspect valve clearance *4

(Continued)

(Continued)

❑ Inspect drive belts(First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 monthsafter every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months) *5

❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)



(96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 96 months)❑ Replace coolant

(First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 60 monthsafter every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months)

❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections❑ Inspect brake pedal free play❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks



Maintenance

167







joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid



❑ Inspect drive belts(First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months after every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months)*5

(Continued)



7 17

Maintenance





(Continued)





❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean orreplace. ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or

replace.


Maintenance

187





❑ Inspect parking brake❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank❑ Inspect drive belts

(First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months after every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months) *5

(Continued)

(Continued)




(First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 60 monthsafter every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months)





7 19

Maintenance







joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect drive belts



❑ Replace spark plugs (iridium coated) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(168,000 km (105,000 miles) or 168 months)

(Continued)




Maintenance

207

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (Continued)






❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid







7 21

Maintenance





❑ Inspect parking brake❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank❑ Inspect valve clearance *4

❑ Inspect drive belts(First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months after every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months) *5

(Continued)

(Continued)




(First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 60 months after every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months)






Maintenance

227








joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect drive belts



❑ Replace spark plugs❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(216,000 km (135,000 miles) or 216 months)

(Continued)


7 23

Maintenance







(Continued)





Maintenance

247


No check, No service required

❑ Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)





❑ Inspect parking brake❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank❑ Inspect rear axle oil (AWD) *3


(Continued)

(Continued)

❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid(Every 40,000 miles or 48 months)

❑ Inspect drive belts(First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months after every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months) *5




(First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 60 months after every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months)





7 25

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONSThe following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Referto the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

MAINTENANCE ITEMMAINTENANCE

OPERATIONMAINTENANCE INTERVALS

DRIVING CONDI-TION

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER REVERY 6,000 KM (3,750 MILES)

OR 6 MONTHSA, B, C, D, E, F, G,

H, I, J, K

AIR CLEANER FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E

SPARK PLUGS R MORE FREQUENTLY A, B, H, I, K

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 96,000 KM (60,000 MILES) A, C, E, F, G, I

MANUAL TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 120,000 KM (80,000 MILES) C, E, F, G, I, J

FRONT BRAKE DISC/PADS, CALIPERS I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H

REAR BRAKE DISC/PADS I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H

PARKING BRAKE I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE &BOOTS/LOWER ARM BALL JOINT,UPPER ARM BALL JOINT

I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, E, F, G, H, I


Maintenance

267

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSA-Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles)

in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10 miles) in freez-ing temperature

B-Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis-tances

C-Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads

D-Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or invery cold weather

E-Driving in sandy areas

F -Driving in heavy traffic area over 32°C (90°F)G-Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roadH-Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rackI -Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle

towingJ -Driving over 170 km/h (106 mph)K-Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

MAINTENANCE ITEMMAINTENANCE

OPERATIONMAINTENANCE INTERVALS

DRIVING CONDI-TION

DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS IEVERY 12,000 KM (7,500 MILES) OR

6 MONTHSC, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

TRANSFER CASE OIL (AWD) R EVERY 120,000 KM (75,000 MILES) C, D, E, G, H, I, J

REAR AXLE OIL (AWD) R EVERY 120,000 KM (75,000 MILES) C, D, E, G, H, I, J

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER(FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER

UNIT)R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E

PROPELLER SHAFT IEVERY 12,000 KM (7,500 MILES) OR

6 MONTHSC, E


7 27

Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMSEngine oil and filterThe engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified inthe maintenance schedule. If thevehicle is being driven in severe con-ditions, more frequent oil and filterchanges are required.

Drive beltsInspect all drive belts for evidence ofcuts, cracks, excessive wear or oilsaturation and replace if necessary.Drive belts should be checked peri-odically for proper tension andadjusted as necessary.

Fuel filter (cartridge)A clogged filter can limit the speed atwhich the vehicle may be driven,damage the emission system andcause multiple issues such as hardstarting. If an excessive amount offoreign matter accumulates in thefuel tank, the filter may requirereplacement more frequently.After installing a new filter, run theengine for several minutes, andcheck for leaks at the connections.Fuel filters should be installed by anauthorized Kia dealer.

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nectionsCheck the fuel lines, fuel hoses andconnections for leakage and dam-age. Have an authorized Kia dealerreplace any damaged or leakingparts immediately.

Vapor hose and fuel filler capThe vapor hose and fuel filler capshould be inspected at those inter-vals specified in the maintenanceschedule. Make sure that a newvapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor-rectly replaced.


Maintenance

287

Vacuum crankcase ventilationhoses (if equipped) Inspect the surface of hoses for evi-dence of heat and/or mechanicaldamage. Hard and brittle rubber,cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, andexcessive swelling indicate deterio-ration. Particular attention should bepaid to examine those hose surfacesnearest to high heat sources, suchas the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assurethat the hoses do not come in con-tact with any heat source, sharpedges or moving components whichmight cause heat damage ormechanical wear. Inspect all hoseconnections, such as clamps andcouplings, to make sure they aresecure, and that no leaks are pres-ent. Hoses should be replacedimmediately if there is any evidenceof deterioration or damage.

Air cleaner filterA Genuine Kia air cleaner filter isrecommended when the filter isreplaced.

Spark plugsMake sure to install new spark plugsof the correct heat range.

Valve clearance (if equipped)Inspect for excessive valve noiseand/or engine vibration and adjust ifnecessary. An authorized Kia dealershould perform the operation.

Cooling systemCheck the cooling system compo-nents, such as the radiator, coolantreservoir, hoses and connections forleakage and damage. Replace anydamaged parts.

CoolantThe coolant should be changed atthe intervals specified in the mainte-nance schedule.


7 29

Maintenance

Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)Automatic transaxle fluid should notbe checked under normal usageconditions.But in severe conditions, the fluidshould be changed at an authorizedKia dealer in accordance to thescheduled maintenance at the begin-ning of this section.

Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)Inspect the manual transaxle fluidaccording to the maintenance sched-ule.

✽✽ NOTICEAutomatic transaxle fluid color isbasically red. As the vehicle is driven, the auto-matic transaxle fluid will begin tolook darker.It is the normal condition and youshould not judge the need to replacethe fluid based upon the changedcolor.

Brake hoses and linesVisually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration andany leakage. Replace any deteriorat-ed or damaged parts immediately.

Brake/clutch (if equipped) fluidCheck the brake fluid level in thebrake fluid reservoir. The level shouldbe between “MIN” and “MAX” markson the side of the reservoir. Use onlyhydraulic brake fluid conforming toDOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specified fluidcould result in transaxle mal-function and failure.Use only specified automatictransaxle fluid. (Refer to“Recommended lubricants andcapacities” in section 8.)


Maintenance

307

Parking brakeInspect the parking brake systemincluding the parking brake lever (orpedal) and cables.

Brake discs, pads, calipersand rotorsCheck the pads for excessive wear,discs for run out and wear, andcalipers for fluid leakage.

Exhaust pipe and mufflerVisually inspect the exhaust pipes,muffler and hangers for cracks, dete-rioration, or damage. Start theengine and listen carefully for anyexhaust gas leakage. Tighten con-nections or replace parts as neces-sary.

Suspension mounting boltsCheck the suspension connectionsfor looseness or damage. Retightento the specified torque.

Steering gear box, linkage &boots/lower arm ball jointWith the vehicle stopped and engineoff, check for excessive free-play inthe steering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or dam-age. Check the dust boots and balljoints for deterioration, cracks, ordamage. Replace any damagedparts.

Power steering pump, belt andhoses (if equipped)Check the power steering pump andhoses for leakage and damage.Replace any damaged or leakingparts immediately. Inspect the powersteering belt (or drive belt) for evi-dence of cuts, cracks, excessivewear, oiliness and proper tension.Replace or adjust it if necessary.

Drive shafts and bootsCheck the drive shafts, boots andclamps for cracks, deterioration, ordamage. Replace any damagedparts and, if necessary, repack thegrease.

Air conditioning refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines andconnections for leakage and dam-age.


7 31

Maintenance

ENGINE OILChecking the engine oil level

1. Be sure the vehicle is on levelground.

2. Start the engine and allow it toreach normal operating tempera-ture.

3. Turn the engine off and wait for afew minutes (about 5 minutes) forthe oil to return to the oil pan.

4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,and re-insert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again andcheck the level. The level shouldbe between F and L.

If it is near or at L, add enough oil tobring the level to F. Do not overfill.

Use a funnel to help prevent oilfrom being spilled on engine com-ponents.

WARNING - Radiatorhose

Be very careful not to touch theradiator hose when checking oradding the engine oil as it maybe hot enough to burn you.

CAUTION• Do not overfill the engine oil. It

may damage the engine.• Do not spill engine oil, when

adding or changing engineoil. If you drop the engine oilon the engine room, wipe it offimmediately.

OXM079004

OXMA073004

■ Type A

■ Type B

OXM079005

OXMA073005

■ Type A

■ Type B


Maintenance

327

Use only the specified engine oil.(Refer to “Recommended lubricantsand capacities” in section 8.)

Changing the engine oil andfilterHave engine oil and filter changed byan authorized Kia dealer accordingto the Maintenance Schedule at thebeginning of this section.

WARNINGUsed engine oil may cause irri-tation or cancer of the skin ifleft in contact with the skin forprolonged periods of time.Always protect your skin bywashing your hands thoroughlywith soap and warm water assoon as possible after handlingused oil.


7 33

Maintenance

ENGINE COOLANTThe high-pressure cooling systemhas a reservoir filled with year roundantifreeze coolant. The reservoir isfilled at the factory.Check the antifreeze protection andcoolant level at least once a year, atthe beginning of the winter season,and before traveling to a colder cli-mate.

Checking the coolant level (Continued)When you are sure all thepressure has been released,press down on the cap, usinga thick towel, and continueturning counterclockwise toremove it.

• Even if the engine is not oper-ating, do not remove the radi-ator cap or the drain plugwhile the engine and radiatorare hot. Hot coolant andsteam may still blow outunder pressure, causing seri-ous injury.

WARNINGRemoving radiatorcap

• Never attempt to remove theradiator cap while the engineis operating or hot. Doing somight lead to cooling systemand engine damage and couldresult in serious personalinjury from escaping hotcoolant or steam.

• Turn the engine off and waituntil it cools down. Useextreme care when removingthe radiator cap. Wrap a thicktowel around it, and turn itcounterclockwise slowly tothe first stop. Step back whilethe pressure is released fromthe cooling system.

(Continued)


Maintenance

347

Check the condition and connectionsof all cooling system hoses andheater hoses. Replace any swollenor deteriorated hoses.The coolant level should be filledbetween F and L marks on the sideof the coolant reservoir when theengine is cool.If the coolant level is low, add enoughspecified coolant to provide protec-tion against freezing and corrosion.Bring the level to F, but do not over-fill. If frequent additions are required,see an authorized Kia dealer for acooling system inspection.

Recommended engine coolant• When adding coolant, use only

deionized water or soft water foryour vehicle and never mix hardwater in the coolant filled at the fac-tory. An improper coolant mixturecan result in serious malfunction orengine damage.

• The engine in your vehicle has alu-minum engine parts and must beprotected by an ethylene-glycol-based coolant to prevent corrosionand freezing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanolcoolant or mix them with the spec-ified coolant.

• Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze or lessthan 35% antifreeze, which wouldreduce the effectiveness of thesolution.

WARNINGThe electric motor(cooling fan) is con-trolled by the enginecoolant temperature,refrigerant pressure

and vehicle speed. It may some-times operate even when theengine is not running. Useextreme caution when workingnear the blades of the coolingfan so that you are not injuredby a rotating fan blades. As theengine coolant temperaturedecreases, the electric motorwill automatically shut off. Thisis a normal condition.If your vehicle is equipped withGDI, the electric motor (coolingfan) may operate until you dis-connect the negative batterycable.

OXM079006


7 35

Maintenance

For mixture percentage, refer to thefollowing table.

Changing the coolantHave the coolant changed by anauthorized Kia dealer according tothe Maintenance Schedule at thebeginning of this section.

OXMA073007

AmbientTemperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze Water-15°C (5°F) 35 65

-25°C (-13°F) 40 60

-35°C (-31°F) 50 50

-45°C (-49°F) 60 40

CAUTIONPut a thick cloth around theradiator cap before refilling thecoolant in order to prevent thecoolant from overflowing intoengine parts such as the alter-nator.

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility whensprayed on the windshieldand may cause loss of vehiclecontrol or damage the paintand body trim.

WARNING Radiator cap

Do not remove the radiator capwhen the engine and radiatorare hot. Scalding hot coolantand steam may blow out underpressure which may result inserious injury.


Maintenance

367

BRAKE/CLUTCH FLUIDChecking the brake/clutch*fluid level

Check the fluid level in the reservoirperiodically. The fluid level should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir.Before removing the reservoir capand adding brake/clutch* fluid, cleanthe area around the reservoir capthoroughly to prevent brake/clutch*fluid contamination.

* if equipped

If the level is low, add fluid to theMAX level. The level will fall withaccumulated mileage. This is a nor-mal condition associated with thewear of the brake linings and/orclutch disc (if equipped). If the fluidlevel is excessively low, have thebrake/clutch* system checked by anauthorized KIA dealer.

Use only the specified brake/clutch*fluid. (Refer to “Recommended lubri-cants and capacities” in section 8.)

Never mix different types of fluid.OXM079008

WARNING - Brake/clutch* fluid

When changing and addingbrake/clutch* fluid, handle itcarefully. Do not let it come incontact with your eyes. If brake/clutch* fluid should come incontact with your eyes, immedi-ately flush them with a largequantity of fresh tap water. Haveyour eyes examined by a doctoras soon as possible.

WARNING - Loss ofbrake/clutch* fluid

In the event the brake/clutch*system requires frequent addi-tions of fluid, the vehicle shouldbe inspected by an authorizedKia dealer.

CAUTIONDo not allow brake/clutch* fluidto contact the vehicle's bodypaint, as paint damage willresult. Brake/clutch* fluid, whichhas been exposed to open airfor an extended time shouldnever be used as its quality can-not be guaranteed. It should bedisposed of properly. Don't putin the wrong kind of fluid. A fewdrops of mineral-based oil, suchas engine oil, in your brake/clutch* system can damagebrake/clutch* system parts.


7 37

Maintenance

WASHER FLUIDChecking the washer fluidlevel

The reservoir is translucent so thatyou can check the level with a quickvisual inspection.

Check the fluid level in the washerfluid reservoir and add fluid if neces-sary. Plain water may be used ifwasher fluid is not available.However, use washer solvent withantifreeze characteristics in cold cli-mates to prevent freezing.

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility whensprayed on the windshieldand may cause loss of vehiclecontrol or damage to paintand body trim.

• Windshield washer fluidagents contain some amountsof alcohol and can be flamma-ble under certain circum-stances. Do not allow sparksor flame to contact the washerfluid or the washer fluid reser-voir. Damage to the vehicle oroccupants could occur.

• Windshield washer fluid ispoisonous to humans and ani-mals. Do not drink and avoidcontacting windshield washerfluid. Serious injury or deathcould occur.

ODMNMC2019

OXMA073010

■ Type A

■ Type B


Maintenance

387

PARKING BRAKE Checking the parking brakeType A

Check whether the stroke is withinspecification when the parking brakepedal is depressed with 30 kg (66 lb,294 N) of force. Also, the parkingbrake alone should securely hold thevehicle on a fairly steep grade. If thestroke is more or less than specified,have the parking brake adjusted byan authorized Kia dealer.Stroke : 8~9 notch

Type B

Check the stroke of the parkingbrake by counting the number of“clicks’’ heard while fully applying itfrom the released position. Also, theparking brake alone should securelyhold the vehicle on a fairly steepgrade. If the stroke is more or lessthan specified, have the parkingbrake adjusted by an authorized Kiadealer.

Stroke : 5~6 “clicks’’ at a force of 20 kg (44 lbs, 196 N).

OXM059015

OXM059013


7 39

Maintenance

Filter replacement

It must be replaced when necessary,and should not be washed.You can clean the filter when inspect-ing the air cleaner element.Clean the filter by using compressedair.

1. Loosen the air cleaner coverattaching clips and open the cover.

2. Wipe the inside of the air cleanerbox.

3. Replace the air cleaner filter.4. Lock the cover with the cover

attaching clips.

AIR CLEANER

OXM079012

OXM079013 OXM073099


Maintenance

407

Replace the filter according to theMaintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is operated in extreme-ly dusty or sandy areas, replace theelement more often than the usualrecommended intervals. (Refer to“Maintenance under severe usageconditions” in this section.)

CAUTION• Do not drive with the air clean-

er removed; this will result inexcessive engine wear.

• When removing the air cleanerfilter, be careful that dust ordirt does not enter the airintake, or damage may result.

• Use a Kia genuine part. Use ofnon-genuine parts could dam-age the air flow sensor.


7 41

Maintenance

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED)Filter inspectionThe climate control air filter shouldbe replaced according to the mainte-nance schedule. If the vehicle isoperated in severely air-pollutedcities or on dusty rough roads for along period, it should be inspectedmore frequently and replaced earlier.When you replace the climate controlair filter, replace it performing the fol-lowing procedure, and be careful toavoid damaging other components.

1. Open the glove box and removethe support strap (1).

2. With the glove box open, removethe stoppers on both sides.

OXM079016OXM079015


Maintenance

427

3. Remove the climate control air fil-ter case by pulling out both sidesof the cover.

4. Replace the climate control air filter.5. Reassemble in the reverse order

of disassembly.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen replacing the climate controlair filter install it properly.Otherwise, the system may producenoise and the effectiveness of the fil-ter may be reduced.

OXM079017 OXM079018N


7 43

Maintenance

WIPER BLADES Blade inspection

✽✽ NOTICECommercial hot waxes applied byautomatic vehicle washes have beenknown to make the windshield diffi-cult to clean.

Contamination of either the wind-shield or the wiper blades with for-eign matter can reduce the effective-ness of the windshield wipers.Common sources of contaminationare insects, tree sap, and hot waxtreatments used by some commer-cial vehicle washes. If the blades arenot wiping properly, clean both thewindow and the blades with a goodcleaner or mild detergent, and rinsethoroughly with clean water.

Blade replacement When the wipers no longer cleanadequately, the blades may be wornor cracked, and require replacement.

1JBA5122CAUTION

To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperarms or other components, donot attempt to move the wipersmanually.

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specifiedwiper blade could result inwiper malfunction and failure.


Maintenance

447

Front windshield wiper blade

Type A1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the

wiper blade assembly to exposethe plastic locking clip.

2. Compress the clip and slide theblade assembly downward.

3. Lift it off the arm.4. Install the blade assembly in the

reverse order of removal.

Type B1. Raise the wiper arm.

1LDA5023

CAUTIONDo not allow the wiper arm tofall against the windshield,since it may chip or crack thewindshield.

1JBA7037

1JBA7038

OHM078059

CAUTIONDo not allow the wiper arm tofall against the windshield,since it may chip or crack thewindshield.


7 45

Maintenance

2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Thenpull down the blade assembly andremove it.

3. Install the new blade assembly inthe reverse order of removal.

Rear window wiper blade

1. Raise the wiper arm and pull outthe wiper blade assembly.

OHM078060

OHM078062

OHM078061


Maintenance

467

2. Install the new blade assembly byinserting the center part into theslot in the wiper arm until it clicksinto place.

3. Make sure the blade assembly isinstalled firmly by trying to pull itslightly.

To prevent damage to the wiper armsor other components, have anauthorized Kia dealer replace thewiper blade.

OHM078063


7 47

Maintenance

BATTERYFor best battery service

• Keep the battery securely mount-ed.

• Keep the battery top clean and dry.• Keep the terminals and connec-

tions clean, tight, and coated withpetroleum jelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte fromthe battery immediately with asolution of water and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to beused for an extended time, discon-nect the battery cables.

WARNING - Battery dan-gers

Always read the follow-ing instructions carefullywhen handling a battery.

Keep lighted cigarettesand all other flames orsparks away from thebattery.

Hydrogen, a highly com-bustible gas, is alwayspresent in battery cellsand may explode if ignit-ed.

Keep batteries out of thereach of childrenbecause batteries con-tain highly corrosiveSULFURIC ACID. Do notallow battery acid tocontact your skin, eyes,clothing or paint finish.

(Continued)

(Continued)

If any electrolyte getsinto your eyes, flushyour eyes with cleanwater for at least 15 min-utes and get immediatemedical attention.If electrolyte gets onyour skin, thoroughlywash the contactedarea. If you feel pain orburning sensation, getmedical attention imme-diately.

Wear eye protectionwhen charging or work-ing near a battery.Always provide ventila-tion when working in anenclosed space.

(Continued)

OXM079100


Maintenance

487

Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,calcium-based battery.• If the battery becomes discharged

in a short time (because, for exam-ple, the headlights or interior lightswere left on while the vehicle wasnot in use), recharge it by slowcharging (trickle) for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually dischargesbecause of high electric load whilethe vehicle is being used, rechargeit at 20-30A for two hours.

(Continued)

An inappropriately dis-posed battery can beharmful to the environ-ment and human health.Dispose the batteryaccording to your locallaw(s) or regulation.

• When lifting a plastic-casedbattery, excessive pressureon the case may cause batteryacid to leak, resulting in per-sonal injury. Lift with a batterycarrier or with your hands onopposite corners.

• Never attempt to recharge thebattery when the batterycables are connected.

• The electrical ignition systemworks with high voltage.Never touch these compo-nents with the engine runningor the ignition switched on.

Failure to follow the abovewarnings can result in seriousbodily injury or death.

CAUTIONIf you connect unauthorizedelectronic devices to the bat-tery, the battery may be dis-charged. Never use unautho-rized devices.

Pb


7 49

Maintenance

Reset itemsItems should be reset after the bat-tery has been discharged or the bat-tery has been disconnected.• Auto up/down window

(See section 4)• Sunroof (See section 4)• Trip computer (See section 4)• Climate control system

(See section 4)• Clock (See section 4)• Audio (See section 4)WARNING

• Before performing mainte-nance or recharging the bat-tery, turn off all accessoriesand stop the engine.

• The negative battery cablemust be removed first andinstalled last when the batteryis disconnected.

WARNING - Rechargingbattery

When recharging the battery,observe the following precau-tions:• The battery must be removed

from the vehicle and placed inan area with good ventilation.

• Do not allow cigarettes,sparks, or flame near the bat-tery.

• Watch the battery duringcharging, and stop or reducethe charging rate if the batterycells begin gassing (boiling)violently or if the temperatureof the electrolyte of any cellexceeds 49°C (120°F).

• Wear eye protection whenchecking the battery duringcharging.

• Disconnect the battery charg-er in the following order.

(Continued)

(Continued)1. Turn off the battery charger

main switch.2. Unhook the negative clamp

from the negative battery ter-minal.

3. Unhook the positive clampfrom the positive battery ter-minal.


Maintenance

507

TIRES AND WHEELSTire care For proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tireinflation pressures and stay withinthe load limits and weight distributionrecommended for your vehicle.

Recommended cold tire infla-tion pressuresAll tire pressures (including thespare) should be checked when thetires are cold. “Cold Tires” means thevehicle has not been driven for atleast three hours or driven less than1.6 km (one mile).Recommended pressures must bemaintained for the best ride, vehiclehandling, and minimum tire wear.For recommended inflation pressure,refer to “Tire and wheels” in section8.

All specifications (sizes and pres-sures) can be found on a labelattached to the driver’s side centerpillar.

WARNING - Tire under-inflation

Severe underinflation (70 kPa(10 psi) or more) can lead tosevere heat build-up, causingblowouts, tread separation andother tire failures that can resultin the loss of vehicle controlleading to severe injury ordeath. This risk is much higheron hot days and when drivingfor long periods at high speeds.

OXM079101L

CAUTION• Underinflation also results in

excessive wear, poor handlingand reduced fuel economy.Wheel deformation also ispossible. Keep your tire pres-sures at the proper levels. If atire frequently needs refilling,have it checked by an author-ized Kia dealer.

• Overinflation produces aharsh ride, excessive wear atthe center of the tire tread, anda greater possibility of dam-age from road hazards.


7 51

Maintenance

Checking tire inflation pres-sureCheck your tires once a month ormore.Also, check the tire pressure of thespare tire.

How to checkUse a good quality gauge to checktire pressure. You cannot tell if yourtires are properly inflated simply bylooking at them. Radial tires maylook properly inflated even whenthey're underinflated.Check the tire's inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold. - "Cold"means your vehicle has been sittingfor at least three hours or driven nomore than 1.6 km (1 mile).

WARNING - Tire InflationOverinflation or underinflationcan reduce tire life, adverselyaffect vehicle handling, andlead to sudden tire failure. Thiscould result in loss of vehiclecontrol and potential injury.

CAUTION - Tire pressureAlways observe the following:• Check tire pressure when the

tires are cold. (After vehiclehas been parked for at leastthree hours or hasn't beendriven more than 1.6 km (onemile) since startup.)

• Check the pressure of yourspare tire each time you checkthe pressure of other tires.

• Never overload your vehicle.Be careful not to overload avehicle luggage rack if yourvehicle is equipped with one.

• Worn, old tires can cause acci-dents. If your tread is badlyworn, or if your tires havebeen damaged, replace them.

CAUTION• Warm tires normally exceed

recommended cold tire pres-sures by 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6psi). Do not release air fromwarm tires to adjust the pres-sure or the tires will be under-inflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tireinflation valve caps. Withoutthe valve cap, dirt or moisturecould get into the valve coreand cause air leakage. If avalve cap is missing, install anew one as soon as possible.


Maintenance

527

Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gauge firm-ly onto the valve to get a pressuremeasurement. If the cold tire inflationpressure matches the recommendedpressure on the tire and loadinginformation label, no further adjust-ment is necessary. If the pressure islow, add air until you reach the rec-ommended amount.If you overfill the tire, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecenter of the tire valve. Recheck thetire pressure with the tire gauge. Besure to put the valve caps back onthe valve stems. They help preventleaks by keeping out dirt and mois-ture.

Tire rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recom-mended that the tires be rotatedevery 12,000 km (7,500 miles) orsooner if irregular wear develops.During rotation, check the tires forcorrect balance.When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking orsevere cornering. Look for bumps orbulges in the tread or side of tire.Replace the tire if you find either ofthese conditions. Replace the tire iffabric or cord is visible. After rotation,be sure to bring the front and rear tirepressures to specification and checklug nut tightness.Refer to “Tire and wheels” in section8.

WARNING• Inspect your tires frequently

for proper inflation as well aswear and damage. Always usea tire pressure gauge.

• Tires with too much or too littlepressure wear unevenly caus-ing poor handling, loss of vehi-cle control, and sudden tirefailure leading to accidents,injuries, and even death. Therecommended cold tire pres-sure for your vehicle can befound in this manual and onthe tire label located on the dri-ver's side center pillar.

• Worn tires can cause acci-dents. Replace tires that areworn, show uneven wear, orare damaged.

• Remember to check the pres-sure of your spare tire. Kiarecommends that you checkthe spare every time youcheck the pressure of theother tires on your vehicle.


7 53

Maintenance

Disc brake pads should be inspectedfor wear whenever tires are rotated.

✽✽ NOTICERotate radial tires that have anasymmetric tread pattern only fromfront to rear and not from right toleft.

Wheel alignment and tire bal-ance The wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tire lifeand best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tirewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset.If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, yourwheels may need to be rebalanced.

S2BLA790A

CBGQ0707A

Without a spare tire

Directional tires (if equipped) WARNING• Do not use the compact spare

tire (if equipped) for tire rota-tion.

• Do not mix bias ply and radialply tires under any circum-stances. This may causeunusual handling characteris-tics that could result in death,severe injury, or propertydamage.

CAUTIONImproper wheel weights candamage your vehicle's alu-minum wheels. Use onlyapproved wheel weights.


Maintenance

547

Tire replacement

If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wearindicator will appear as a solid bandacross the tread. This shows there isless than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of treadleft on the tire. Replace the tire whenthis happens.Do not wait for the band to appearacross the entire tread before replac-ing the tire.

OEN076053

Tread wear indicator

WARNING - Replacingtires

To reduce the chance of seriousor fatal injuries from an acci-dent caused by tire failure orloss of vehicle control:• Replace tires that are worn,

show uneven wear, or aredamaged. Worn tires cancause loss of braking effec-tiveness, steering control, andtraction.

• Do not drive your vehicle withtoo little or too much pressurein your tires. This can lead touneven wear and tire failure.

• When replacing tires, nevermix radial and bias-ply tireson the same vehicle.You mustreplace all tires (including thespare) if moving from radial tobias-ply tires.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Using tires and wheels other

than the recommended sizescould cause unusual handlingcharacteristics and poor vehi-cle control, resulting in a seri-ous accident.

• Wheels that do not meet Kia’sspecifications may fit poorlyand result in damage to thevehicle or unusual handlingand poor vehicle control.

• The ABS works by comparingthe speed of the wheels. Thetire size affects wheel speed.When replacing tires, all 4tires must use the same sizeoriginally supplied with thevehicle. Using tires of a differ-ent size can cause the ABS(Anti-lock Brake System) andESC (Electronic StabilityControl) to work irregularly.


7 55

Maintenance

Compact spare tire replacement A compact spare tire has a shortertread life than a regular size tire.Replace it when you can see thetread wear indicator bars on the tire.The replacement compact spare tireshould be the same size and designtire as the one provided with yournew vehicle and should be mountedon the same compact spare tirewheel. The compact spare tire is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularsize wheel, and the compact sparetire wheel is not designed for mount-ing a regular size tire.

Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim widthand offset.

Tire tractionTire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that areimproperly inflated or on slipperyroad surfaces. Tires should bereplaced when tread wear indicatorsappear. Slow down whenever thereis rain, snow or ice on the road toreduce the possibility of losing con-trol of the vehicle.

Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps to decreasetire wear. If you find a tire is wornunevenly, have your dealer check thewheel alignment.When you have new tires installed,make sure they are balanced. Thiswill increase vehicle ride comfort andtire life. Additionally, a tire shouldalways be rebalanced if it is removedfrom the wheel.

WARNINGA wheel that is not the correctsize may adversely affect wheeland bearing life, braking andstopping abilities, handlingcharacteristics, ground clear-ance, body-to-tire clearance,snow chain clearance,speedometer and odometer cal-ibration, headlight aim andbumper height.


Maintenance

567

Tire sidewall labeling

This information identifies anddescribes the fundamental charac-teristics of the tire and also providesthe tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. TheTIN can be used to identify the tire incase of a recall.

1. Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or Brand name isshown.

2. Tire size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tiresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tires for your vehicle. The fol-lowing explains what the letters andnumbers in the tire size designationmean.Example tire size designation:(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tire size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)P235/65R17 108T

P - Applicable vehicle type (tiresmarked with the prefix “P’’ areintended for use on passengervehicles or light trucks; however,not all tires have this marking).

235 - Tire width in millimeters.65 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).17 - Rim diameter in inches.

108 - Load Index, a numerical codeassociated with the maximumload the tire can carry.

T - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this sectionfor additional information.

Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The follow-ing explains what the letters andnumbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:7.0JX17

7.0 - Rim width in inches.J - Rim contour designation.17 - Rim diameter in inches.

I030B04JM

1

1

23

4

5,6

7


7 57

Maintenance

Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif-ferent speed ratings currently beingused for passenger vehicle tires. Thespeed rating is part of the tire sizedesignation on the sidewall of thetire. This symbol corresponds to thattire's designed maximum safe oper-ating speed.

3. Checking tire life (TIN : TireIdentification Number)

Any tires that are over 6 years old,based on the manufacturing date,(including the spare tire) should bereplaced by new ones. You can findthe manufacturing date on the tiresidewall (possibly on the inside of thewheel), displaying the DOT Code.The DOT Code is a series of num-bers on a tire consisting of numbersand English letters. The manufactur-ing date is designated by the last fourdigits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOOThe front part of the DOT means aplant code number, tire size andtread pattern and the last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.For example:DOT XXXX XXXX 1613 representsthat the tire was produced in the 16thweek of 2013.

WARNING - Tire ageTires degrade over time, evenwhen they are not being used.Regardless of the remainingtread, we recommend that tiresbe replaced after approximatelysix (6) years of normal service.Heat caused by hot climates orfrequent high loading condi-tions can accelerate the agingprocess. Failure to follow thiswarning can result in suddentire failure, which could lead toa loss of control and an acci-dent involving serious injury ordeath.

S 180 km/h (112 mph)T 190 km/h (118 mph)H 210 km/h (130 mph)V 240 km/h (149 mph)Z 240 km/h (Above 149 mph)

Maximum SpeedSpeedRatingSymbol


Maintenance

587

4. Tire ply composition and mate-rial

The number of layers or plies of rub-ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.The letter "R" means radial ply con-struction; the letter "D" means diago-nal or bias ply construction; and theletter "B" means belted-bias ply con-struction.

5. Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure. Referto the Tire and Loading Informationlabel for recommended inflationpressure.

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

7. Uniform tire quality gradingQuality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder and maxi-mum section width.For example:TREADWEAR 200TRACTION AATEMPERATURE A

Tread wearThe tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-ment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the gov-ernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences inroad characteristics and climate.These grades are molded on theside-walls of passenger vehicle tires.The tires available as standard oroptional equipment on your vehiclemay vary with respect to grade.


7 59

Maintenance

Traction - AA, A, B & C The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B and C. Thosegrades represent the tire’s ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions on spec-ified government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tire markedC may have poor traction perform-ance.

Temperature -A, B & C The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B and C representing thetire’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel.Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. Grades B and Arepresent higher levels of perform-ance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by law.

WARNING - Tire tempera-ture

The temperature grade for thistire is established for a tire thatis properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuild-up and possible suddentire failure. This can cause lossof vehicle control and seriousinjury.

WARNING The traction grade assigned tothis tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests,and does not include accelera-tion, cornering, hydroplaning,or peak traction characteristics.


Maintenance

607

Tire terminology and definitionsAir Pressure: The amount of airinside the tire pressing outward onthe tire. Air pressure is expressed inkilopascal (kPa) or pounds persquare inch (psi).Accessory Weight: This means thecombined weight of optional acces-sories. Some examples of optionalaccessories are, automatictransaxle, power seats, and air con-ditioning.Aspect Ratio: The relationship of atire's height to its width.Belt: A rubber coated layer of cordsthat is located between the plies andthe tread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcing materials.Bead: The tire bead contains steelwires wrapped by steel cords thathold the tire onto the rim.Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the plies are laid at alternateangles less than 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.

Cold Tire Pressure: The amount ofair pressure in a tire, measured inkilopascals (kPa) or pounds persquare inch (psi) before a tire hasbuilt up heat from driving.Curb Weight: This means the weightof a motor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil andcoolant, but without passengers andcargo.DOT Markings: The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumeric des-ignator which can also identify thetire manufacturer, production plant,brand and date of production.GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight RatingGAWR FRT: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Front Axle.GAWR RR: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Rear axle.

Intended Outboard Sidewall: Theside of an asymmetrical tire, thatmust always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit forair pressure.Load Index: An assigned numberranging from 1 to 279 that corre-sponds to the load carrying capacityof a tire.Maximum Inflation Pressure: Themaximum air pressure to which acold tire may be inflated. The maxi-mum air pressure is molded onto thesidewall.Maximum Load Rating: The loadrating for a tire at the maximum per-missible inflation pressure for thattire.Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:The sum of curb weight; accessoryweight; vehicle capacity weight; andproduction options weight.Normal Occupant Weight: Thenumber of occupants a vehicle isdesigned to seat multiplied by 68 kg(150 pounds).


7 61

Maintenance

Occupant Distribution: Designatedseating positions.Outward Facing Sidewall: The sideof a asymmetrical tire that has a par-ticular side that faces outward whenmounted on a vehicle. The outwardfacing sidewall bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that is higher ordeeper than the same moldings onthe inner facing sidewall.Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tireused on passenger cars and somelight duty trucks and multipurposevehicles.Recommended Inflation Pressure:Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-ed tire inflation pressure and shownon the tire placard.Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the ply cords that extend to thebeads are laid at 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.Rim: A metal support for a tire andupon which the tire beads are seat-ed.Sidewall: The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating: An alphanumericcode assigned to a tire indicating themaximum speed at which a tire canoperate.Traction: The friction between thetire and the road surface. Theamount of grip provided.Tread: The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact with the road.Treadwear Indicators: Narrowbands, sometimes called "wearbars," that show across the tread of atire when only 2/32 inch of treadremains.UTQGS: Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards, a tire informationsystem that provides consumers withratings for a tire's traction, tempera-ture and treadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tire manufacturersusing government testing proce-dures. The ratings are molded intothe sidewall of the tire.Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-ber of designated seating positionsmultiplied by 68 kg. (150 lbs) plus therated cargo and luggage load.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire: Load on an individual tire due tocurb and accessory weight plusmaximum occupant and cargoweight.Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:Load on an individual tire that isdetermined by distributing to eachaxle its share of the curb weight,accessory weight, and normal occu-pant weight and driving by 2.Vehicle Placard: A label permanent-ly attached to a vehicle showing theoriginal equipment tire size and rec-ommended inflation pressure.


Maintenance

627

All season tires Kia specifies all season tires onsome models to provide good per-formance for use all year round,including snowy and icy road condi-tions. All season tires are identifiedby ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mudand Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snowtires have better snow traction thanall season tires and may be moreappropriate in some areas.

Summer tires Kia specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior perform-ance on dry roads. Summer tire per-formance is substantially reduced insnow and ice. Summer tires do nothave the tire traction rating M+S(Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall.if you plan to operate your vehicle insnowy or icy conditions, Kia recom-mends the use of snow tires or allseason tires on all four wheels.

Snow tiresIf you equip your vehicle with snowtires, they should be the same sizeand have the same load capacity asthe original tires. Snow tires should beinstalled on all four wheels; otherwise,poor handling may result.Snow tires should carry 28 kPa (4 psi)more air pressure than the pressurerecommended for the standard tireson the tire label on the driver's side ofthe center pillar, or up to the maxi-mum pressure shown on the tire side-wall, whichever is less. Do not drivefaster than 120 km/h (75 mph) whenyour vehicle is equipped with snowtires.

Radial-ply tiresRadial-ply tires provide improvedtread life, road hazard resistance andsmoother high speed ride. The radi-al-ply tires used on this vehicle are ofbelted construction, and are selectedto complement the ride and handlingcharacteristics of your vehicle.

Radial-ply tires have the same loadcarrying capacity, as bias-ply or biasbelted tires of the same size, and usethe same recommended inflationpressure. Mixing of radial-ply tireswith bias-ply or bias belted tires isnot recommended. Any combina-tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or biasbelted tires when used on the samevehicle will seriously deterioratevehicle handling. The best rule to fol-low is: Identical radial-ply tires shouldalways be used as a set of four.Longer wearing tires can be moresusceptible to irregular tread wear. Itis very important to follow the tirerotation interval shown in this sectionto achieve the tread life potential ofthese tires. Cuts and punctures inradial-ply tires are repairable only inthe tread area, because of sidewallflexing. Consult your tire dealer forradial-ply tire repairs.


7 63

Maintenance

Low aspect ratio tire(if equipped)Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspectratio is lower than 50, are providedfor sporty looks.Because the low aspect ratio tiresare optimized for handling and brak-ing, it may be more uncomfortable toride in and there is more noise com-pare with normal tires.

CAUTIONBecause the sidewall of the lowaspect ratio tire is shorter thanthe normal, the wheel and tire ofthe low aspect ratio tire is easi-er to be damaged. So, follow theinstructions below.- When driving on a rough road

or off road, drive cautiouslybecause tires and wheels maybe damaged. And after driv-ing, inspect tires and wheels.

- When passing over a pothole,speed bump, manhole, or curbstone, drive slowly so that thetires and wheels are not dam-aged.

- If the tire is impacted, we rec-ommend that you inspect thetire condition or contact anauthorized Kia dealer.

- To prevent damage to the tire,inspect the tire condition andpressure every 3,000km.

CAUTION• It is not easy to recognize the

tire damage with your owneyes. But if there is the slight-est hint of tire damage, eventhough you cannot see the tiredamage with your own eyes,have the tire checked orreplaced because the tiredamage may cause air leak-age from the tire.

• If the tire is damaged by driv-ing on a rough road, off road,pothole, manhole, or curbstone, it will not be covered bythe warranty.

• You can find out the tire infor-mation on the tire sidewall.


Maintenance

647

FUSESA vehicle’s electrical system is pro-tected from electrical overload dam-age by fuses.This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels,one located in the driver’s side panelbolster, the other in the engine com-partment near the battery.If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, checkthe appropriate circuit fuse. If a fusehas blown, the element inside thefuse will melt.If the electrical system does notwork, first check the driver’s sidefuse panel.Always replace a blown fuse withone of the same rating.If the replacement fuse blows, thisindicates an electrical problem. Avoidusing the system involved and imme-diately consult an authorized Kiadealer.Three kinds of fuses are used: bladetype for lower amperage rating, car-tridge type, and multi fuse for higheramperage ratings.

✽✽ NOTICEThe actual fuse/relay panel labelmay differ from equipped items.

WARNING - Fusereplacement

• Never replace a fuse with any-thing but another fuse of thesame rating.

• A higher capacity fuse couldcause damage and possibly afire.

• Never install a wire or alu-minum foil instead of theproper fuse - even as a tem-porary repair. It may causeextensive wiring damage anda possible fire.

CAUTIONDo not use a screwdriver or anyother metal object to removefuses because it may cause ashort circuit and damage thesystem.

OLM079051N

Normal

Normal

■ Blade type

■ Cartridge type

■ Multi fuse

Blown

Blown

Normal Blown

Normal Blown


7 65

Maintenance

Inner panel fuse replacement

1. Turn the ignition switch and allother switches off.

2. Open the fuse panel cover.

3. Pull the suspected fuse straightout. Use the removal tool providedon the engine compartment fusepanel cover.

4. Check the removed fuse; replace itif it is blown.Spare fuses are provided in theengine compartment fuse panel.

5. Push in a new fuse of the samerating, and make sure it fits tightlyin the clips.

If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedKia dealer.

If you do not have a spare, use afuse of the same rating from a circuityou may not need for operating thevehicle, such as the power outletfuse.If the headlights or other electricalcomponents do not work and thefuses are OK, check the fuse panelin the engine compartment. If a fuseis blown, it must be replaced.

OXM073020

ODM072018


Maintenance

667

Fuse switch

Always, put the fuse switch at the ONposition.If you move the switch to the OFFposition, some items such as audioand digital clock must be reset andtransmitter (or smart key) may notwork properly.

Engine compartment fusereplacement

1. Turn the ignition switch and allother switches off.

2. Remove the fuse panel cover bypressing the tab and pulling thecover up.

3. Check the removed fuse; replace itif it is blown. To remove or insertthe fuse, use the fuse puller in theengine compartment fuse panel.

4. Push in a new fuse of the samerating, and make sure it fits tightlyin the clips. If it fits loosely, consultan authorized Kia dealer.

OXM073022

CAUTIONAlways place the fuse switch inthe ON position while drivingthe vehicle.

CAUTIONAfter checking the fuse panel inthe engine compartment,securely install the fuse panelcover. If not, electrical failuresmay occur from water contact.

OXMA073023


7 67

Maintenance

Multi fuse

If the multi fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1. Turn off the engine.2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable.3. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-

ture above.4. Replace the fuse with a new one

of the same rating.5. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the multi fuse is blown, consult anauthorized Kia dealer.

ODM072047


Maintenance

687

Fuse/relay panel description

Inside the fuse/relay panel covers,you can find the fuse/relay labeldescribing fuse/relay name andcapacity.

✽✽ NOTICENot all fuse panel descriptions inthis manual may be applicable toyour vehicle. It is accurate at thetime of printing. When you inspectthe fuse panel in your vehicle, referto the fuse panel label.

ODM072017

OXMA073116


7 69

Maintenance

Inner fuse panelDescription Fuse rating Protected component

MODULE 2 10AInstrument Cluster (IND./MICOM), Steering Angle Sensor, Alternator, Smart Key Control Module, A/V &Navigation Head Unit, STOP_SW, SI_ECU, HLLD LH/RH

MODULE 1 7.5A SPORTS MODE SW/KEY_SOL, SPORT_MODE_SW

A/BAG IND 10A Instrument Cluster (IND.), Digital Clock

A/BAG 15A SRS Control Module, PODS Module

START 7.5A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Relay - Start, Sub Start, Burglar Alarm), PDM

WIPER RR 15A ICM Relay Box (Rear Wiper Relay), Rear Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch (Wiper)

WIPER FRT 25A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Wiper (Low) Relay), Front Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch (Wiper)

MODULE 3 10A

ESC Off Switch, Front A/C Control Module, Instrument Cluster, Audio, MTS, A/V & Navigation Head Unit,Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, Power Window Main Switch, 4WD ECU, P_WDW_PASS_SW_IMS,Rear Parking Assist SNSR, FRT_DRV_SEAT_EXT, FRT_PASS_SEAT_EXT, CONSOLE_EXTN , IPM(BCM IG1)

A/CON 7.5AFront A/C Control Module, Active Incar Sensor, Cluster Ionize, ICM Relay Box (Rear A/C Relay) E/RFuse & Relay Box (Blower Relay)

AMP 30A AMP

P/OUTLET 1 15A -

P/OUTLET 2 20A LUGGAGE_POWER_OUTLET, FRT_POWER_OUTLET_DRV

BLOWER RR 20A ICM Relay Box (Rear A/C Relay)


Maintenance

707

Description Fuse rating Protected component

P/WDW LH 25ADriver Power Window Relay, Power Window Main Switch, Rear Power Window Switch LH, Driver SafetyPower Window Module

P/WDW RH 25APassenger Power Window Relay, Power Window Main SwitchPassenger Power Window Switch, Rear Power Window Switch RH

DR LOCK 20ADoor Lock/Unlock Relay, ICM Relay Box (Two Turn Unlock Relay), Driver/Passenger Door Lock Actuator,Rear Door Lock Actuator LH/RH, ICM Relay Box (T/GATE LATCH Relay)

SMART KEY 4 10A PDM, Start Stop Button Switch, FOB Holder

S/HTR FRT 20A FRT_DRV_SEAT_EXT, FRT_PASS_SEAT_EXT

P/SEAT DRV 30A Driver Power Seat Switch, Driver Lumbar Support Switch

P/SEAT PASS 20A Passenger Power Seat Switch

HTD STRG 15A Steering wheel heater

F/LID 15A Fuel Filler Door Switch

MODULE4 10AO/S Mirror Switch, Power Window Switch, E/R Fuse & Relay Box(POWER OUTLET RLY), Digital Clock,MTS, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit

HTD MIRR 10A Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, Front A/C Control Module

SMART_KEY_1 25A SMART KEY/SMK_UNIT

SMART_KEY_2 7.5A Smart Key Control Module

SMART_KEY_3 7.5A Smart Key Control Module

S/HEATER RR 15A ICM Relay Box (RR SEAT WARMER LH RLY), ICM Relay Box (RR SEAT WARMER RH RLY)

INTERIOR LAMP 10ADR_SCUFF_LP_DRV, DR_SCUFF_LP_PASS, DR_WARNG_SW, S_VISOR_LP_LH/RH, OHC_LAMP,ROOM_LP, RL/RR_PERSONAL_LAMP, CARGO_LAMP

MULTIMEDIA 15A Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, MTS

MEMORY 10AOBD_II, Front A/C Control Module, TPMS, Digital Clock, INSIDE_MIRR, S_WARMER_SW_LH/RH,AIR_VENT_SEAT_SW_LH/RH, CLUSTER, O_S_MIRR_SW, P_WDW_MAIN_SW,FRT_DRV_SEAT_EXT, P_WDW_PASS_SW


7 71

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

OXMA073027

OXMA073131


Maintenance

727

Engine compartment fuse panelDescription Fuse rating Protected component

MULTIFUSE

I/P B+2 60AIPM (Fuse - S/HTR FRT, P/Seat SUN ROOF-1 25A, IPS1 (FOG LH/RH, TAIL LAMP LH), ARISU LH(HEAD LAMP LOW LH, HEAD LAMP HI LH, TURN SIG RL, TURN SIG FL)

BLOWER 40A Blower Relay

RR HTD 40A Rear Defogger Relay

ABS 1 40A ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

ABS 2 40A ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

I/P B+3 60A

SMART_KEY-1 25A, SMART_KEY-4 10A, MODULE-1 7.5A, SUNROOF-2 25A, (FUSE SW RLY,INTERIOR LAMP 10A : DR_SCUFF_LP_DRV, DR_SCUFF_LP_PASS, DR_WARNG_SW,S_VISOR_LP_LH/RH, OHC_LAMP, ROOM_LP, RL/RR_PERSONAL_LAMP, CARGO_LAMP, MULTI-MEDIA 15A : Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, MTS, MEMORY 10A : OBD_II, Front A/C ControlModule, TPMS, Digital Clock, INSIDE_MIRR, S_WARMER_SW_LH/RH, AIR_VENT_SEAT_SW_LH/RH, CLUSTER, O_S_MIRR_SW, P_WDW_MAIN_SW, FRT_DRV_SEAT_EXT, P_WDW_PASS_SW)

I/P B+1 50A AMP 30A, P/WDW LH 25A, P/WDW RH 25A, S/HEATER_RR 15A

MDPS 80A MDPS_ECU

C/FAN 60A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (C/FAN RLY)

FUSE

IGN 2 40A Start Relay, W/O Smart Key - Ignition Switch, With Smart Key - E/R Fuse & Relay Box (IGN2 Relay)

TRAILER 30A Trailer Power Outlet

IGN 1 40A W/O Smart Key - Ignition Switch, With Smart Key - E/R Fuse & Relay Box (IGN1 Relay, ACC Relay )

HORN 15A Horn Relay

DEICER 15A Front Wiper Deicer Relay

I/P B+4 50AIPM (DR LOCK 20A, BLOWER RR 20A, FUEL LID 15A, IPS3 (TAIL LAMP RH, TAIL INT LAMP),ARISU RH (HEAD LAMP LOW RH, HEAD LAMP HI RH, TURN SIG RR, TURN SIG FR)

ABS 7.5A ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

B/UP LP 7.5A Back-Up Lamp Relay (A/T), Back-Up Lamp Switch (M/T)

4WD 20A 4WD_ECU


7 73

Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected component

FUSE

B/A HORN 15A B/A RLY

SENSOR 5 7.5A PCM

TCU 15A Transaxle Range Switch, PCM

EMSBOX

A/CON 10A E/R Fuse & Relay Box(BLOWER RLY, Front A/C Control Module)

AC INVERTER 30A AC_INVERTER_UNIT

POWER OUTLET 25A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (POWER OUTLET RLY), RR_P_OUTLET, FRT_POWER_OUTLET_PASS

P/TAILGATE 30A PTGM

H/LAMP RH 10A E/R Fuse & Relay Box(H/LAMP RH RLY), H_LP_RH

AMS 10A E/R Fuse & Relay WIPER LO RLY), PCM

EMS 40A EMS BOX(MAIN RLY(IGN_COIL 20A, ECU_1 20A, SNSR_1 10A, SNSR_2 10A, ECU_2 10A,INJECTOR_1 10A), F/PUMP 15A, ECU_4 15A

SENSOR 1 10ATheta : Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve #1/2, Variable Intake Manifold Valve,

Crankshaft Position Sensor, Oxygen Sensor Up/DownLambda : PCM, Oxygen Sensor #1/2/3/4

SENSOR 2 10A

Theta : C/FAN RLY, Canister Close ValveLambda : C/FAN RLY, PCM, Canister Close Valve, Oil Control Valve #1/2 (Exhaust), Oil Control Valve

#1/2 (Intake), Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Variable Intake Manifold Valve #1/2,Immobilizer Module

ECU 1 20A PCM

F/PUMP 15A Fuel Pump Relay

IGN_COIL 20ATheta : IG_COIL_CAPACITOR, IG_COIL_1/2/3/4, Lambda : CONDENSOR1/2,IGN_COIL_HARN_LAG, GN_COIL_2/4/6

INJECTOR_1 10ATheta : Immobilizer Module, F/PUMP RLY, Lambda : PCM, F/PUMP RLY

ECU 4 15A Theta : PCM, Lambda : PCM, IDB


Maintenance

747

APPEARANCE CAREExterior careExterior general caution It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warningand caution statements that appearon the label.

Finish maintenanceWashing To help protect your vehicle’s finishfrom rust and deterioration, wash itthoroughly and frequently at leastonce a month with lukewarm or coldwater.If you use your vehicle for off-roaddriving, you should wash it after eachoff-road trip. Pay special attention tothe removal of any accumulation ofsalt, dirt, mud, and other foreignmaterials. Make sure the drain holesin the lower edges of the doors androcker panels are kept clear andclean.Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similardeposits can damage your vehicle’sfinish if not removed immediately.Even prompt washing with plainwater may not completely remove allthese deposits. A mild soap, safe foruse on painted surfaces, may beused.After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water.Do not allow soap to dry on the fin-ish.

CAUTION• Do not use strong soap, chem-

ical detergents or hot water,and do not wash the vehicle indirect sunlight or when thebody of the vehicle is warm.

• Be careful when washing theside windows of your vehicle.Especailly, with high-pressurewater. Water may leak throughthe windows and wet the inte-rior.

• To prevent damage to theplastic parts and lamps, donot clean with chemical sol-vents or strong detergents.

WARNING - Wet brakesAfter washing the vehicle, testthe brakes while driving slowlyto see if they have been affectedby water. If braking performanceis impaired, dry the brakes byapplying them lightly whilemaintaining a slow forwardspeed.


7 75

Maintenance

WaxingWax the vehicle when water will nolonger bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehiclebefore waxing. Use a good qualityliquid or paste wax, and follow themanufacturer’s instructions. Wax allmetal trim to protect it and to main-tain its luster.Removing oil, tar, and similar materi-als with a spot remover will usuallystrip the wax from the finish. Be sureto re-wax these areas even if the restof the vehicle does not yet need wax-ing.

CAUTION• Water washing in the engine

compartment including highpressure water washing maycause the failure of electricalcircuits located in the enginecompartment.

• Never allow water or other liq-uids to come in contact withelectrical/electronic compo-nents inside the vehicle asthis may damage them.

CAUTION• Wiping dust or dirt off the

body with a dry cloth willscratch the finish.

• Do not use steel wool, abra-sive cleaners, acid detergentsor strong detergents contain-ing high alkaline or causticagents on chrome-plated oranodized aluminum parts.This may result in damage tothe protective coating andcause discoloration or paintdeterioration.

OJB037800


Maintenance

767

Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quicklyrust and may develop into a majorrepair expense.

✽✽ NOTICEIf your vehicle is damaged andrequires any metal repair orreplacement, be sure the body shopapplies anti-corrosion materials tothe parts repaired or replaced.

Bright-metal maintenance• To remove road tar and insects,

use a tar remover, not a scraper orother sharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metal parts from corrosion, apply acoating of wax or chrome preser-vative and rub to a high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal partswith a heavier coating of wax orpreservative. If necessary, coat theparts with non-corrosive petroleumjelly or other protective compound.

Underbody maintenanceCorrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control maycollect on the underbody. If thesematerials are not removed, acceler-ated rusting can occur on underbodyparts such as the fuel lines, frame,floor pan and exhaust system, eventhough they have been treated withrust protection.Thoroughly flush the vehicle under-body and wheel openings with luke-warm or cold water once a month,after off-road driving and at the endof each winter. Pay special attentionto these areas because it is difficultto see all the mud and dirt. It will domore harm than good to wet downthe road grime without removing it.The lower edges of the doors, rockerpanels, and frame members havedrain holes that should not beallowed to clog with dirt; trappedwater in these areas can cause rust-ing.


7 77

Maintenance

Aluminum or chrome wheel main-tenance The aluminum or chrome wheels arecoated with a clear protective finish.• Do not use any abrasive cleaner,

polishing compound, solvent, orwire brushes on aluminum orchrome wheels. They may scratchor damage the finish.

• Clean the wheel when it hascooled.

• Use only a mild soap or neutraldetergent, and rinse thoroughlywith water. Also, be sure to cleanthe wheels after driving on saltedroads. This helps prevent corro-sion.

• Avoid washing the wheels withhighspeed vehicle wash brushes.

• Do not use any alkaline or aciddetergents It may damage and cor-rode the aluminum or chromewheels coated with a clear protec-tive finish.

Corrosion protectionProtecting your vehicle from corro-sionBy using the most advanced designand construction practices to combatcorrosion, we produce vehicles ofthe highest quality. However, this isonly part of the job. To achieve thelong-term corrosion resistance yourvehicle can deliver, the owner'scooperation and assistance is alsorequired.

Common causes of corrosionThe most common causes of corro-sion on your vehicle are:• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneaththe vehicle.

• Removal of paint or protectivecoatings by stones, gravel, abra-sion or minor scrapes and dentswhich leave unprotected metalexposed to corrosion.

WARNINGAfter washing the vehicle, testthe brakes while driving slowlyto see if they have been affectedby water. If braking performanceis impaired, dry the brakes byapplying them lightly whilemaintaining a slow forwardspeed.


Maintenance

787

High-corrosion areasIf you live in an area where your vehi-cle is regularly exposed to corrosivematerials, corrosion protection isparticularly important. Some of thecommon causes of accelerated cor-rosion are road salts, dust controlchemicals, ocean air and industrialpollution.

Moisture breeds corrosionMoisture creates the conditions inwhich corrosion is most likely tooccur. For example, corrosion isaccelerated by high humidity, partic-ularly when temperatures are justabove freezing. In such conditions,the corrosive material is kept in con-tact with the vehicle’s surface bymoisture that evaporates slowly.Mud is particularly corrosivebecause it dries slowly and holdsmoisture in contact with the vehicle.Although the mud appears to be dry,it can still retain the moisture andpromote corrosion.

High temperatures can also acceler-ate corrosion of parts that are notproperly ventilated so the moisturecan be dispersed. For all these rea-sons, it is particularly important tokeep your vehicle clean and free ofmud or accumulations of other mate-rials. This applies not only to the vis-ible surfaces but particularly to theunderside of the vehicle.

To help prevent corrosionYou can help prevent corrosion frombeginning by observing the following:

Keep your vehicle cleanThe best way to prevent corrosion isto keep your vehicle clean and freeof corrosive materials. Attention tothe underside of the vehicle is partic-ularly important.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area— where road salts are used, nearthe ocean, areas with industrialpollution, acid rain, etc.—, youshould take extra care to preventcorrosion. In winter, hose off theunderside of your vehicle at leastonce a month and be sure to cleanthe underside thoroughly whenwinter is over.

• When cleaning underneath thevehicle, give particular attention tothe components under the fendersand other areas that are hiddenfrom view. Do a thorough job; justdampening the accumulated mudrather than washing it away willaccelerate corrosion rather thanprevent it. Water under high pres-sure and steam are particularlyeffective in removing accumulatedmud and corrosive materials.


7 79

Maintenance

• When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members,be sure that drain holes are keptopen so that moisture can escapeand not be trapped inside to accel-erate corrosion.

Keep your garage dryDon't park your vehicle in a damp,poorly ventilated garage. This cre-ates a favorable environment for cor-rosion. This is particularly true if youwash your vehicle in the garage ordrive it into the garage when it is stillwet or covered with snow, ice ormud. Even a heated garage can con-tribute to corrosion unless it is wellventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good con-ditionScratches or chips in the finishshould be covered with "touch-up"paint as soon as possible to reducethe possibility of corrosion. If baremetal is showing through, the atten-tion of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings arehighly corrosive and may damagepainted surfaces in just a few hours.Always remove bird droppings assoon as possible.

Don't neglect the interiorMoisture can collect under the floormats and carpeting and cause corro-sion. Check under the mats periodi-cally to be sure the carpeting is dry.Use particular care if you carry fertil-izers, cleaning materials or chemi-cals in the vehicle.These should be carried only inproper containers and any spills orleaks should be cleaned up, flushedwith clean water and thoroughlydried.

Interior careInterior general precautions Prevent chemicals such as perfume,cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand clean-er, and air freshener from contactingthe interior parts because they maycause damage or discoloration. Ifthey do contact the interior parts,wipe them off immediately. If neces-sary, use a vinyl cleaner, see productinstructions for correct usage.

CAUTIONNever allow water or other liq-uids to come in contact withelectrical/electronic compo-nents inside the vehicle as thismay damage them.


Maintenance

807

Cleaning the upholstery and inte-rior trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt fromvinyl with a whisk broom or vacuumcleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with avinyl cleaner.

Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fab-ric with a whisk broom or vacuumcleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu-tion recommended for upholstery orcarpets. Remove fresh spots imme-diately with a fabric spot cleaner. Iffresh spots do not receive immediateattention, the fabric can be stainedand its color can be affected. Also, itsfire-resistant properties can bereduced if the material is not proper-ly maintained.

Cleaning the lap/shoulder beltwebbing Clean the belt webbing with any mildsoap solution recommended forcleaning upholstery or carpet. Followthe instructions provided with thesoap. Do not bleach or re-dye thewebbing because this may weakenit.

Cleaning the interior windowglass If the interior glass surfaces of thevehicle become fogged (that is, cov-ered with an oily, greasy or waxyfilm), they should be cleaned with aglass cleaner. Follow the directionson the glass cleaner container.

CAUTIONUsing anything but recommend-ed cleaners and proceduresmay affect the fabric’s appear-ance and fire-resistant proper-ties.

CAUTIONWhen cleaning leather products(steering wheel, seats etc.), useneutral detergents or low alco-hol content solutions. If you usehigh alcohol content solutionsor acid/alkaline detergents, thecolor of the leather may fade orthe surface may get stripped off.

CAUTIONDo not scrape or scratch theinside of the rear window. Thismay result in damage of the rearwindow defroster grid.


7 81

Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMThe emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warrantyinformation contained in theWarranty & Maintenance booklet inyour vehicle.Your vehicle is equipped with anemission control system to meet allapplicable emission regulations.There are three emission controlsystems, as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control sys-tem

(2) Evaporative emission control sys-tem

(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper functionof the emission control systems, it isrecommended that you have yourvehicle inspected and maintained byan authorized Kia dealer in accor-dance with the maintenance sched-ule in this manual.

Caution for the Inspection andMaintenance Test (With ElectronicStability Control (ESC) system)• To prevent the vehicle from mis-

firing during dynamometer test-ing, turn the Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) system off bypressing the ESC switch.

• After dynamometer testing iscompleted, turn the ESC systemback on by pressing the ESCswitch again.

1. Crankcase emission controlsystem

The positive crankcase ventilationsystem is employed to prevent airpollution caused by blow-by gasesbeing emitted from the crankcase.This system supplies fresh filtered airto the crankcase through the airintake hose. Inside the crankcase,the fresh air mixes with blow-bygases, which then pass through thePCV valve into the induction system.

2. Evaporative emission con-trol (including ORVR:Onboard Refueling VaporRecovery) system

The Evaporative Emission ControlSystem is designed to prevent fuelvapors from escaping into the atmos-phere.(The ORVR system is designed toallow the vapors from the fuel tank tobe loaded into a canister while refu-eling at the gas station, preventingthe escape of fuel vapors into theatmosphere.)


Maintenance

827

CanisterFuel vapors generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapors absorbed inthe canister are drawn into the surgetank through the purge control sole-noid valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve(PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve iscontrolled by the Engine ControlModule (ECM); when the enginecoolant temperature is low duringidling, the PCSV closes so that evap-orated fuel is not taken into theengine. After the engine warms upduring ordinary driving, the PCSVopens to introduce evaporated fuel tothe engine.

3. Exhaust emission control system

The Exhaust Emission ControlSystem is a highly effective systemwhich controls exhaust emissionswhile maintaining good vehicle per-formance.

Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified.Modification of your vehicle couldaffect its performance, safety ordurability and may even violate gov-ernmental safety and emissions reg-ulations.In addition, damage or performanceproblems resulting from any modifi-cation may not be covered underwarranty.• If you use unauthorized electronic

devices, it may cause the vehicle tooperate abnormally, wire damage,battery discharge and fire. For yoursafety, do not use unauthorizedelectronic devices.

Engine exhaust gas precautions(carbon monoxide) • Carbon monoxide can be present

with other exhaust fumes.Therefore, if you smell exhaustfumes of any kind inside your vehi-cle, have it inspected and repairedimmediately. If you ever suspectexhaust fumes are coming intoyour vehicle, drive it only with allthe windows fully open. Have yourvehicle checked and repairedimmediately.

WARNING - ExhaustEngine exhaust gases containcarbon monoxide (CO). Thoughcolorless and odorless, it isdangerous and could be lethal ifinhaled. Follow the instructionson this page to avoid CO poi-soning.


7 83

Maintenance

• Do not operate the engine in con-fined or closed areas (such asgarages) any more than what isnecessary to move the vehicle in orout of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in anopen area for more than a shorttime with the engine running,adjust the ventilation system (asneeded) to draw outside air into thevehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stoppedvehicle for any extended time withthe engine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails tostart, excessive attempts to restartthe engine may cause damage tothe emission control system.

Operating precautions for catalyt-ic converters (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with a cat-alytic converter emission controldevice.Therefore, the following precautionsmust be observed:• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for

gasoline engines.• Do not operate the vehicle when

there are signs of engine malfunc-tion, such as misfire or a noticeableloss of performance.

• Do not misuse or abuse theengine. Examples of misuse arecoasting with the ignition off anddescending steep grades in gearwith the ignition off.

• Do not operate the engine at highidle speed for extended periods (5minutes or more).

• Do not modify or tamper with anypart of the engine or emission con-trol system. All inspections andadjustments must be made by anauthorized Kia dealer.

• Avoid driving with a extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, dam-aging the catalytic converter.

WARNING - Fire• A hot exhaust system can

ignite flammable items underyour vehicle. Do not park, idleor drive the vehicle over ornear flammable objects, suchas grass, vegetation, paper,leaves, etc.

• The exhaust system and cat-alytic system are very hotwhile the engine is running orimmediately after the engineis turned off. Keep away fromthe exhaust system and cat-alytic, you may get burned.Also, do not remove the heatsink around the exhaust sys-tem, do not seal the bottom ofthe vehicle or do not coat thevehicle for corrosion control.It may present a fire risk undercertain conditions.


Failure to observe these precautionscould result in damage to the catalyt-ic converter and to your vehicle.Additionally, such actions could voidyour warranties.

7 84

Maintenance



Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Bulb wattage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4Gross vehicle weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Luggage volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Recommended lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . 8-6

• Recommended sae viscosity number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Vehicle certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . 8-10Engine number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10Refrigerant label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10

8



28

DIMENSIONSItem mm (in)

Overall length 4,685 (184.4)Overall width 1,885 (74.2)Overall height 1,700 (66.9)/1,735 (68.3)*1/1,745 (68.7)*2

Front tread P235/65 R17 1,626 (64.0)235/60 R18 1,621 (63.8)

P235/55 R19 1,621 (63.8)

Rear tread P235/65 R17 1,623 (63.8)235/60 R18 1,618 (63.7)

P235/55 R19 1,618 (63.7)Wheelbase 2,700 (106.29)

*1 with roof rack*2 with sunroof and roof rack

ItemGasoline Theta

II 2.4Gasoline 3.3L

Displacement cc (cu. in)

2,359(143.95)

3,342(203.9)

Bore x Stroke

mm (in.)88x97

(3.46X3.81)92 x 83.8

(3.62 x 3.30)

Firing order 1-3-4-2 1-2-3-4-5-6No. of cylinders 4. In-line V-type

ENGINE


8 3


BULB WATTAGELight Bulb Wattage Bulb type

Front

Headlamps(Low) 55 H7SLLHeadlamps(Low)- HID type* 35 D3SHeadlamps(High) 55 H7LLFront turn signal lamps 28 PY28/8WFront position lamps LED LEDFront fog lamps 27 GE881Front Side marker LED LEDSide Repeater lamps (Outside Mirror)* LED LED

Rear

Bulb typeRear Stop/Tail lamps (outside) 27 or 8 P27/8WRear tail lamps (Inside) 8 P27/8WSide marker 5 W5W

LED typeRear Stop lamps LED LEDRear Tail lamps LED LEDSide marker LED LED

Rear turn signal lamps 27 PY27WBack-up lamps 18 W18WHigh mounted stop lamp* LED LEDLicense plate lamps 5 FESTOON

Interior

Map lamps 10 W10WRoom lamps 10 FESTOONPersonal lamps* 8 FESTOONVanity mirror lamps* 5 FESTOONGlove box lamp 5 FESTOONLuggage lamp 10 FESTOON

* If equipped



48

TIRES AND WHEELS

Item Tire size Wheel sizee

Inflation pressure kPa (psi)

Wheel lug nut torque kg•m (lb•ft, N•m)

Normal load

( )

Maximum load

( )

Front Rear Front Rear

Full size tireP235/65R17 7.0J×17

230 (33) 230 (33) 230 (33) 230 (33)9~11

(65~79, 88~107)

235/60R18 7.5J×18P235/55R19 7.5J×19

Compact spare tire (if equipped)

T165/90R17 4.0T×17 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60)

CAUTIONWhen replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly.


8 5


GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT

LUGGAGE VOLUME

ltem 5 Seater 7 Seater

VDAMIN. 660 l (23.3 cu ft) 116 l (4.1 cu ft)MAX. 1,675 l (59.2 cu ft) 1,530 l (54.0 cu ft)

Min : Behind rear seat to upper edge of the seat back.Max : Behind front seat to roof.

2.4GDI 3.3GDIAT AT AT

2WD 2WD 4WD 2WD 4WD5 Seater 2130 kg (4696 lbs.) 2180 kg (4806 lbs.) 2260 kg (4982 lbs.) 2270 kg (5004 lbs.) 2350 kg (5181 lbs.)7 Seater 2250 kg (4960 lbs.) 2300 kg (5071 lbs.) 2380 kg (5247 lbs.) 2400 kg (5291 lbs.) 2480 kg (5467 lbs.)



68

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.

These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

Lubricant Volume ClassificationEngine oil *1 *2

(drain and refill) 2.4 Engine 5.0 l (5.28 US qt.)API Service SM*3,

ILSAC GF-4 or above3.3 Engine 5.7 l (6.02 US qt.)

Manual transaxle fluid 2.4 Engine 1.8 l (1.90 US qt.) API GL-4, SAE 75W/85

Automatic transaxle fluid2.4 Engine 7.1 l (7.50 US qt.) MICHANG ATF SP-IV, SK ATF SP-IV, NOCA

ATF SP-IV Kia genuine ATF & SP-IV or otherbrands meeting the above specification

approved by Kia motors corp.3.3 Engine 7.8 l (8.24 US qt.)

Coolant

2.4 EngineAT 7.4 l (7.8 US qt.)

Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water(Ethylene glycol base coolant

for aluminum radiator)

MT 7.1 l (7.5 US qt.)

3.3 Engine AT

Without TrailerPackege: 8.7 l(9.2 US qt.)With Trailer Packege : 9.1 l(9.6 US qt.)


8 7


*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel econ-

omy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measurein everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

*3 If the API service SM or ACEA A5 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL or ACEA A3.

Lubricant Volume Classification

Brake fluid0.7~0.8 l

(0.7~0.8 US qt.)FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

Rear differential oil (AWD) 0.7 l (0.74 US qt.)HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE 75W/90

(SHELL SPIRAX X or equivalent)

Transfer case oil (AWD)2.4 Engine 0.6 l (0.63 US qt.) HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE 75W/90

(SHELL SPIRAX X or equivalent)3.3 Engine 0.7 l (0.74 US qt.)

Fuel 66 l (17.4 US gal.) Refer to “Fuel requirements” in section 1



88

Recommended SAE viscositynumber

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) hasan effect on fuel economy and coldweather operating (engine start andengine oil flowability). Lower viscosi-ty engine oils can provide better fueleconomy and cold weather perform-ance, however, higher viscosityengine oils are required for satisfac-tory lubrication in hot weather.

Using oils of any viscosity other thanthose recommended could result inengine damage.When choosing an oil, consider therange of temperature your vehiclewill be operated in before the next oilchange. Proceed to select the rec-ommended oil viscosity from thechart.

CAUTIONAlways be sure to clean the areaaround any filler plug, drainplug, or dipstick before check-ing or draining any lubricant.This is especially important industy or sandy areas and whenthe vehicle is used on unpavedroads. Cleaning the plug anddipstick areas will prevent dirtand grit from entering theengine and other mechanismsthat could be damaged.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

Gasoline Engine Oil *1

°C(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil ofa viscosity grade SAE 5W-30 (API SM / ILSAC GF-4). However, ifthe engine oil is not available in your country, select the properengine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

5W-30, 5W-40

5W-20 (5W-30)


8 9


VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)

The vehicle identification number(VIN) is the number used in register-ing your vehicle and in all legal mat-ters pertaining to its ownership, etc.The number is punched on the floorunder the front passenger seat. Tocheck the number, open the carpetflap.

The VIN is also on a plate attachedto the top of the dashboard. Thenumber on the plate can easily beseen through the windshield fromoutside.

The vehicle certification labelattached on the driver’s side centerpillar gives the vehicle identificationnumber (VIN).

OCM056002

VEHICLE CERTIFICATIONLABEL

OEN086004NOXM089001

VIN Label (if equipped)Frame Number



108

The tires supplied on your new vehi-cle are chosen to provide the bestperformance for normal driving.The tire label located on the driver'sside center pillar gives the tire pres-sures recommended for your vehicle.

The engine number is stamped onthe engine block as shown in thedrawing.

The refrigerant label is located at thefront of the engine room.

TIRE SPECIFICATION ANDPRESSURE LABEL

ENGINE NUMBER

OXM079101L

OXM089003

■ 2.4L

■ 3.3L

OHG080004

REFRIGERANT LABEL

OXMA073130


Index

II

XM(FL) CAN(ENG) Index.qxp 1/23/2013 3:41 PM Page 1

Index

2I

A/V Mode ......................................................................4-80AC Inverter ..................................................................4-152Active eco system..........................................................5-54

Active eco operation ................................................5-54Air bag warning label ....................................................3-77Air bag warning light ....................................................3-50Air bags..........................................................................3-47

Operation ..................................................................3-48Do not install a child restraint on theFront passenger’s seat ..............................................3-50Air bag warning light ................................................3-50SRS components and functions ................................3-51Driver's and passenger's front air bag ......................3-60Side air bag................................................................3-66Curtain air bag ..........................................................3-67SRS care ....................................................................3-74Air bag warning label................................................3-77

Air cleaner ....................................................................7-39Airconditioning system................................................4-121

Manual climate control system ..............................4-121Airconditioning system................................................4-131

Automatic climate control system ..........................4-131

Alarm system ................................................................4-19All wheel drive ..............................................................5-23Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ......................................5-34Appearance care ............................................................7-74

Exterior care ..............................................................7-74Interior care ..............................................................7-79

Armrest (rear) ................................................................3-24Ashtray ........................................................................4-154Automatic climate control system ..............................4-131

Automatic heating and air conditioning..................4-133Manual heating and air conditioning ......................4-134Air conditioning ......................................................4-139

Automatic transaxle ......................................................5-16Sports mode ..............................................................5-18Shift-lock override ....................................................5-20

Battery............................................................................7-47Battery saver function..................................................4-108Blind spot detection system ..........................................5-49

Warning type ............................................................5-50Detecting sensor ........................................................5-51Warning Message ......................................................5-51Non operating condition............................................5-53

Bottle holder ................................................................4-150Brake system..................................................................5-30

Power brakes ............................................................5-30

A

B


I 3

Index

Parking brake ..........................................................5-32Anti-lock brake system (ABS)..................................5-34Electronic stability control (ESC) ............................5-36Vehicle stability management ..................................5-40Hill-start assist control (HAC) ..................................5-41

Brakes/clutch fluid ........................................................7-36Bulb wattage ....................................................................8-3

Camera (Rear view) ....................................................4-106Capacities (Lubricants) ....................................................8-6Care................................................................................7-50

Tire care ....................................................................7-50Exterior care ..............................................................7-74Interior care ..............................................................7-79

Center console storage ................................................4-146Central door lock switch................................................4-23Checking the parking brake ..........................................7-38Checking tire inflation pressure ....................................7-51Child restraint system ....................................................3-38

Seat belt ....................................................................3-40Tether anchor system ................................................3-43

Child-protector rear door lock ......................................4-24Climate control air filter ................................................7-41Clock............................................................................4-154Clothes hanger ............................................................4-155Combined instrument, see instrument cluster ..............4-68

Compact spare tire ........................................................6-15Compact spare tire replacement ....................................7-55Coolant ..........................................................................7-33Cooling fluid, see engine coolant ..................................7-33Crankcase emission control system ..............................7-81Cruise control system ....................................................5-44

Cruise control switch ................................................5-45To set cruise control speed........................................5-45

Cup holder ..................................................................4-149Curtain air bag ..............................................................3-67

Dashboard illumination, see instrument panelillumination ................................................................4-69

Dashboard, see instrument cluster ................................4-68Day/night rearview mirror ............................................4-55Daytime running light..................................................4-109Defogging (Windshield) ..............................................4-142Defogging logic ..........................................................4-144Defroster (Rear window) ............................................4-120Defrosting (Windshield) ..............................................4-142Dimensions ......................................................................8-2Display illumination, see instrument panel

illumination ................................................................4-69Displays, see instrument cluster ....................................4-68Do not install a child restraint on the

front passenger’s seat ................................................3-50

C

D


Index

4I

Door locks......................................................................4-21Central door lock switch ..........................................4-23Child-protector rear door lock ..................................4-24

Drinks holders, see cup holders ..................................4-149Driver position memory system ......................................3-8

Storing positions..........................................................3-9Recalling positions ......................................................3-9Easy access function ................................................3-10

Driver's and passenger's front air bag............................3-60Driving at night..............................................................5-60Driving in flooded areas ................................................5-61Driving in the rain ........................................................5-60Driving off-road ............................................................5-61DRL see Daytime running light ..................................4-109

Economical operation ....................................................5-55Electric chromic mirror (ECM) ....................................4-56Electric power steering ..................................................4-49Electronic stability control (ESC) ................................5-36Emergency starting ..........................................................6-5

Jump starting ..............................................................6-5

Emission control system................................................7-81Crankcase emission control system ..........................7-81Evaporative emission control System ......................7-81Exhaust emission control system ..............................7-82

Engine ..............................................................................8-2Engine compartment........................................................2-6Engine coolant ..............................................................7-33Engine Coolant Temperature guage ..............................4-72Engine number ..............................................................8-10Engine oil ......................................................................7-31Engine overheats..............................................................6-7Engine start/stop button ..................................................5-8

Engine start/stop button position ................................5-8Engine start/stop button position ....................................5-8Engine will not start ........................................................6-4Evaporative emission control System ..........................7-81Exhaust emission control system ..................................7-82Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ..............7-27Exterior care ..................................................................7-74Exterior overview (Front) ................................................2-2Exterior overview (Rear) ................................................2-3

E


I 5

Index

Flat tire ............................................................................6-8Jack and tools ..............................................................6-8Removing and storing the spare tire ..........................6-9Changing tires ..........................................................6-11Compact spare tire ....................................................6-15

Floor mat anchor(s) ....................................................4-155Fluid ..............................................................................7-36

Brakes/clutch fluid ....................................................7-36Washer fluid ..............................................................7-37

Fog light (front) ..........................................................4-112Front seat adjustment - Manual ......................................3-5Front seat adjustment - power ........................................3-6Fuel Economy................................................................4-89Fuel filler lid ..................................................................4-40Fuel Gauge ....................................................................4-72Fuel requirements ............................................................1-3Fuse switch ....................................................................7-66Fuses ..............................................................................7-64

Instrument panel fuse ................................................7-65Fuse switch................................................................7-66Multi fuse ..................................................................7-67Fuse/relay panel description......................................7-68

Gauges ..........................................................................4-71Glove box ....................................................................4-146Gross vehicle weight ......................................................8-5

Hazard warning flasher................................................4-107Hazardous driving conditions........................................5-57Headlamp escort function............................................4-108Headlamp welcome ....................................................4-108Headlamp welcome function ......................................4-108Headrest(front) ..............................................................3-10Headrest(rear) ................................................................3-22Heated steering wheel....................................................4-51Heater ..........................................................................4-131

Automatic climate control system ..........................4-131High - beam operation ................................................4-111Hight adjustment............................................................3-28Highway driving ............................................................5-61Hill-start assist control (HAC) ......................................5-41Hood ..............................................................................4-38Horn ..............................................................................4-51How to use this manual ..................................................1-2

F G

H


Index

6I

Ignition switch position ..................................................5-5Immobilizer system ........................................................4-8Indicator light ................................................................4-91Inside rearview mirror ..................................................4-55Instrument cluster ..........................................................4-68

Instrument panel illumination ..................................4-69LCD Display Control ................................................4-70Gauges ......................................................................4-71Transaxle Shift Indicator ..........................................4-74

Instrument panel fuse ....................................................7-65Instrument panel overview ..............................................2-5Interior care....................................................................7-99Interior features............................................................4-149

Cup holder ..............................................................4-149Sunvisor ..................................................................4-150Bottle holder............................................................4-150Power outlet ............................................................4-151Floor mat anchor(s) ................................................4-155Luggage net (holder) ..............................................4-156Side curtain..............................................................4-156

Interior lamp AUTO cut ..............................................4-117Interior light ................................................................4-117

Interior lamp AUTO cut ..........................................4-117Map lamp ................................................................4-118Room lamp ..............................................................4-117Luggage lamp..........................................................4-119

Vanity mirror lamp ..................................................4-119Interior overview ............................................................2-4

Jack and tools ..................................................................6-8Jump starting....................................................................6-5

KEY ................................................................................5-5Ignition switch position ..............................................5-5

Keys ................................................................................4-4Immobilizer system ....................................................4-8

Label ..............................................................................3-77Air bag warning label................................................3-77Tire sidewall labeling ................................................7-56Tire specification and pressure label ........................8-10Refrigerant label........................................................8-10

Lap/shoulder belt ..........................................................3-27LCD display ..................................................................4-75

LCD modes ..............................................................4-75Service Mode ............................................................4-76User Settings Mode ..................................................4-78A/V Mode..................................................................4-80

J

I

K

L


I 7

Index

Turn By Turn Mode ..................................................4-80Warning Messages ....................................................4-81

LCD Display Control ....................................................4-70LCD modes....................................................................4-75Lighting........................................................................4-108

Battery saver function ............................................4-108Headlamp escort function ......................................4-108Headlamp welcome function ..................................4-108Lighting control ......................................................4-109High - beam operation ............................................4-111Turn signals ............................................................4-112Front fog light ........................................................4-112Daytime running light ............................................4-109

Lighting control ..........................................................4-109Autolight..................................................................4-110

Lubricants and capacities ................................................8-6Luggage net (holder) ..................................................4-156Luggage room lamp ....................................................4-119Luggage volume ..............................................................8-5

Maintenance ....................................................................7-5Maintenance services ..................................................7-5Owner maintenance ....................................................7-7Scheduled maintenance service ..................................7-9Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ..........7-27Tire maintenance ......................................................7-55

Maintenance schedule ..................................................7-10Maintenance services ......................................................7-5Manual climate control system....................................4-121Manual transaxle............................................................5-13Map lamp ....................................................................4-118Mirrors ..........................................................................4-55

Day/night rearview mirror ........................................4-55Electric chromic mirror (ECM) ................................4-56Inside rearview mirror ..............................................4-55Outside rearview mirror ............................................4-64

Moonroof, see panorama sunroof..................................4-44Multi fuse ......................................................................7-67

Odometer ......................................................................4-73Oil (Engine) ..................................................................7-31Outside rearview mirror ................................................4-64Overheats ........................................................................6-7Owner maintenance ........................................................7-7

Panorama sunroof ..........................................................4-44Parking brake ................................................................5-32

Checking the parking brake ......................................7-38Power brakes..................................................................5-30Power outlet ................................................................4-151

O

PM


Index

8I

Power window lock button............................................4-36Pre-tensioner seat belt....................................................3-31

Rear parking assist system ..........................................4-102Rear seat adjustment ......................................................3-15Rear view camera ........................................................4-106Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ..................7-50Recommended lubricants and capacities ........................8-6

Recommended SAE viscosity number........................8-6Refrigerant label ............................................................8-10Road warning ..................................................................6-2Rocking the vehicle ......................................................5-58Room lamp ..................................................................4-117Rotation (Tire) ..............................................................7-58

Scheduled maintenance service ......................................7-9Seat belt Precautions......................................................3-34Seat belt restraint system ..............................................3-25Seat belt warning ..........................................................3-26Seat belts ........................................................................3-25

Seat belt restraint system ..........................................3-25Seat belt warning ......................................................3-26Lap/shoulder belt ......................................................3-27Hight adjustment ......................................................3-28

Pre-tensioner seat belt ..............................................3-31Seat belt Precautions ................................................3-34

Seat warmer (front)........................................................3-12Seat warmer (rear) ........................................................3-21Seat warmer with air ventilation (front) ........................3-14Seatback pocket ............................................................3-14Seats ................................................................................3-2

Front seat adjustment - Manual ..................................3-5Front seat adjustment - power ....................................3-6Headrest(front) ..........................................................3-10Seat warmer (front) ..................................................3-12Seat warmer with air ventilation (front) ..................3-14Seatback pocket ........................................................3-14Rear seat adjustment ................................................3-15Armrest (rear)............................................................3-24Headrest(rear)............................................................3-22Seat warmer (rear) ....................................................3-21

Service Mode ................................................................4-76Shift-lock override ........................................................5-20Side air bag ....................................................................3-66Side curtain ..................................................................4-156Smart key ......................................................................4-11

Battery replacement ..................................................4-18Smooth cornering ..........................................................5-59Snow tires ......................................................................5-63Spare tire..........................................................................6-9

Removing and storing the spare tire ..........................6-9Changing tires ..........................................................6-11

R

S


I 9

Index

Compact spare tire ....................................................6-15Compact spare tire replacement................................7-55

Special driving conditions ............................................5-57Hazardous driving conditions ..................................5-57Rocking the vehicle ..................................................5-58Smooth cornering ......................................................5-59Driving at night ........................................................5-60Driving in the rain ....................................................5-60Driving in flooded areas............................................5-61Highway driving........................................................5-61Driving off-road ........................................................5-61

Speedometer ..................................................................4-71Sports mode ..................................................................5-18SRS care ........................................................................3-74SRS components and functions ....................................3-51Starting difficulties, see engine will not start ..................6-4Steering wheel................................................................4-49

Electric power steering..............................................4-49Tilt and telescopic steering........................................4-50Horn ..........................................................................4-51Heated steering wheel ..............................................4-51Flex steer ..................................................................4-52

Storage compartment ..................................................4-146Center console storage ............................................4-146Glove box ................................................................4-146Sunglass holder ......................................................4-147Luggage box............................................................4-148

Sunglass holder............................................................4-147Sunvisor ......................................................................4-150

Tachometer ....................................................................4-71Tailgate ..........................................................................4-25Tether anchor system ....................................................3-43Theft-alarm system ........................................................4-19Tilt and telescopic steering ............................................4-50Tire and wheels................................................................8-4Tire rotation ..................................................................7-52Tire specification and pressure label ............................8-10Tires and wheels ............................................................7-50

Recommended cold tire inflation pressures..............7-50Tire care ....................................................................7-50Checking tire inflation pressure ................................7-51Tire rotation ..............................................................7-52Tire replacement........................................................7-54Wheel alignment and tire balance ............................7-53Wheel replacement....................................................7-55Tire maintenance ......................................................7-55Tire sidewall labeling ................................................7-56Tire traction ..............................................................7-55Compact spare tire replacement................................7-55

T


Index

10I

Towing ..........................................................................6-17Towing service ..........................................................6-17

Trailer towing ................................................................5-66Transaxle........................................................................5-13

Manual transaxle ......................................................5-13Automatic transaxle ..................................................5-16

Transaxle Shift Indicator ..............................................4-74Trip A/B ........................................................................4-88Trip computer ................................................................4-87

Trip A/B ....................................................................4-88Fuel Economy ..........................................................4-89

Turn By Turn Mode ......................................................4-80Turn signals..................................................................4-112

User Settings Mode ......................................................4-78

Vanity mirror lamp ......................................................4-119Vehicle break-in process ..................................................1-5Vehicle identification number (VIN) ..............................8-9Vehicle stability management ........................................5-40Vehicle weight ..............................................................5-81

Warning light ................................................................4-91Warning Messages ........................................................4-81Washer fluid ..................................................................7-37Welcome system ..........................................................4-108

Headlamp welcome ................................................4-108Wheel alignment and tire balance ................................7-53Wheel replacement ........................................................7-55Windows ........................................................................4-33

Power window lock button ......................................4-36Windshield defrosting and defogging..........................4-142Windshield washers ....................................................4-115Windshield wipers ......................................................4-114Winter driving................................................................5-63

Snow tires..................................................................5-63Wiper blades ..................................................................7-43Wipers and washers ....................................................4-113

Windshield wipers ..................................................4-114Windshield washers ................................................4-115

U

V

W


kia, the company€¦ · drive safely and enjoy your kia! xm(fl) can(eng) foreword.qxp 1/23/2013...

Documents